Groundhog Slay 20112011 is here and what better way to start off than finishing up the hXc tournament, Jade vs. Dillinger 2 for the Shoot Championship, and Vyper having his first Midwest Championship defense. It's all here at Groundhog Slay 2011.

Graveyard Shift 132

Posted: December 3rd, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | No Comments »

Graveyard Shift on Sports Time Ohio

The Card:
Harlem Halladay vs. Arick Wills

HxC Tournament
Eugene vs. Pirate Ninja
John Bundy vs. Divion Sadistik
Mystery Woman vs. Evan Cash

Main Event
Who Will Fight Scott Vyper for the MC at Blizzard ‘11?


Graveyard Shift 132 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio


Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW, ESN and Graveyard Shift banners in the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Graveyard Shift 132 here on ESN! And we're back home here in Cleveland, and we have a major announcement, and this is breaking news that we just received as the broadcast started.

Bill Hughes - Huge. Just huge.

Jack Gene - My name is Jack Gene, I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and we just received word from Brad Johnson himself that he has decided who will be fighting for the Midwest Championship. But, it's not one person vs. Scott Vyper. It will be 4. 4 Challengers going to Blizzard 2011 to fight Scott Vyper for the Midwest Championship. But, before we get to that point, we've got to decide who will be those 4. Matrix, Father Nathan, Kronin, Valora Salinas, Jasmine Lucky and Xavier Langston, tonight, will be a part of the first of two Elimination Chase matches. What that means is, tonight, all 6 will be competing with the shot on the line. The first person to be pinned or submitted will be eliminated from the running. And, we'll do it once again at GS133. Another Elimination Chase match to determine who will fight Scott Vyper.

Bill Hughes - And, that's one hell of a main event.

Jack Gene - The Eric Dillinger's Hardcore Tournament continues tonight as well, and right now, we turn it over to Louie Cwik who is backstage with the Bastard Icon.


The Bastard is Watching

Writer: Eric Dillinger

[The camera cuts to the back where we see Eric Dillinger standing by with Louie Cwik. Cwik is in his usual business attire as Eric wears the black suit we saw him in on the last Graveyard Shift. In the background we can see Mike Barr and Andrew O’Reilly talking and joking. ]

Louie Cwik – Guys, I’m back here with the number one contender for the Shoot Championship and the mastermind behind the Blood Bowl Tournament, Eric Dillinger. Eric, what are your thoughts on the tournament thus far?

Eric Dillinger – Well, Louie, I’m happy with it. I have to say I didn’t expect that much excitement right out of the gates. We saw a lot of hardcore stuff that many fans had forgotten about and even introduced a concept that some wrestling fans aren’t too familiar with. Sure, there’s been exposure to hardcore wrestling, but there’s still so many people who refer to it as garbage wrestling and nothing more. Make no mistake that what these guys do out in the ring is nothing short of art. Maybe it doesn’t take as much physical skill as a corkscrew plancha, but it still takes skill to swing a chair. If you play it up as garbage wrestling, then, yea, any jerk off the street can pick up a chair and swing it, but it takes a professional to be able to land that swing and make it work.

Louie Cwik – That said, Eric, the other thing that’s on everybody’s mind is the Shoot Title rematch. Your training team has been down two people these past two weeks. Tell me, what are you doing to make up for it?

Eric Dillinger – Louie, it’s not about the number of guys you got on your training team, but the quality. My son, Jon, and my mentor, Styles, were two integral parts in my regimen and a great reason I did so well against the Champ. Jade has seen what I got and, if she’s finally got her head in the game, she’s going to be preparing for our rematch. So I have to branch out some more and be able to surprise her.

Louie Cwik – So is ground and pound gone?

Eric Dillinger – Ground and pound is not gone, but I’m bringing more to the fight this time around. See ya around, Louie. I got a tournament to watch.


Pirate Ninja VS Eugene

Writer: Eric Dillinger

[The crowd is going insane as the night gets kicked off right with Eugene making his way to the ring to the delight of the crowd. He slaps the hands of the fans as he goes by.]

Bill Hughes and Jack Gene both agree that Eugene had a strong showing last week and that he has a bright future ahead of him if he can survive this match tonight with Pirate Ninja. Bill notes that he never expected the see the levels of violence he saw last Graveyard Shift from many of the competitors. Jack agrees and says that now, as the tournament has moved on, we can only expect things to get more extreme.

[Pirate Ninja’s music hits and the crowd pops again. Pirate emerges from behind the curtain with a bat covered in barbed wire and a chair in the other hand. He immediately guns for the ring and hurls the chair at his opponent who dodges it. Pirate slides into the ring and raises the bat, but Eugene gets a boot up in his gut. He throws a quick knee into his midsection and whips him, but Pirate reverses! Eugene goes flying off the ropes and Pirate buries the bat into his midsection, doubling him over. He now takes the bat and plants it in between his shoulder blades before taking it once again and raking him across the face with it. Eugene screams in pain as the blood runs down into his eyes. Pirate relents as he drops the bat and goes for the chair. Looking to finish this Pirate climbs the turnbuckle as Eugene stumbles around blindly. Pirate raises the chair, but Eugene falls into the top rope and causes Pirate to lose his balance. He’s crotched on the top turnbuckle and he drops the chair. Eugene, getting his wits about him, picks up the chair and throws it into Pirate’s face. Pirate is knocked off the turnbuckle and falls to the apron.]

Jack mentions that its only three minutes into the match and already Eugene is bleeding profusely from his stomach, his back, and his face. Bill says to wait another three because he’s sure that Pirate will bleeding just as well.

[Eugene goes after Pirate who is getting onto his feet and knocks him off the apron with a running dropkick. Pirate flies and connects his face onto the guardrail. Eugene exits onto the apron and hits his opponent with a flying body press that sandwiches him against the guardrail. Eugene stands and throws Pirate into the crowd before following after him. The fans part like the red sea as someone’s chair is picked up and used as a weapon on Pirate’s back. One of the fans hands Eugene a chain which he wraps around his fist. He punches Pirate in the gut as he stands and grabs him around the head. Holding him in a side headlock he lands hard punches on the top of his head. He leads Pirate away from ringside through the crowd. Punches are exchanged along the way until Eugene gets the better of Pirate and sends him out into the mezzanine.]

Bill makes a joke about Pirate getting him some nachos while he’s out there. Jack mentions that like the matches at the last Graveyard Shift this match could end anywhere.

[Pirate is whipped into a pay phone and Eugene follows in with a wicked punch. Pirate ducks it and Eugene hits the phone. Seizing the opportunity Pirate hits his opponent with the phone and begins to choke him with the chord. Eugene kicks his leg back and lands a low blow, but Pirate fights through the pain and takes him down with a bulldog. The fans have gathered all around the pair as they throw punches back and forth. Eugene gets the upper hand and goes for a weapon from the crowd, but as he does Pirate comes up from behind him and hits a low blow of his own. He takes the weapon intended for Eugene: a tire iron. He comes up from behind his opponent and uses it to perform a side Russian leg sweep. Pirate hangs on and chokes him with the crow bar. Eugene tries to fight out of it, but Pirate has the leverage of a rear naked choke. Soon Eugene passes out and the referee responding has to call the match.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


Mystery Woman VS Evan Cash

Writer: Eric Dillinger

Bill and Jack are eager to see the next match when they notice a commotion in the audience.

[The Mystery Woman jumps the guardrail just as the arena’s attention is on her. The Angel of Death mask that was revealed to belong to Valora is hooked to her waist. She strolls the ringside area before coming to the announcer’s table and taking a seat on it.]

Bill tries to get her attention to tell her that the match is in the ring, but Jack says just to ignore her because you never know when she could go crazy.

[Evan Cash’ music hits and the newcomer bursts through the curtain and plays to the crowd. He slaps the hands of a few fans before sliding into the ring. He plays up the crowd some more before noticing The Mystery Woman ringside. He urges her to get into the ring, but she doesn’t seem to notice him. She’s looking off in the stands at something.]

Bill is telling her to get into the match before Evan comes and gets the best of her. Jack looks in the direction she’s looking and sees nothing but fans. Bill says Evan is leaving the ring.

[Evan wastes no time in punching the Mystery Woman with a hard right and then a left, knocking her off of her perch. She tries to regain her senses, but the big man boots her in the stomach and slams her head off of the announcer’s table. He rams her back first into the ring apron and takes her over with an exploder suplex on the concrete. She writhes in pain on the floor as Evan removes the monitors from the ringside table and other such things strewn about. Picking her back up he throws a knee into her midsection and tosses her onto the table. Jack and Bill go scrambling as Bill’s headset is torn off of him. Evan takes it and wraps the cord around her neck, choking her.]

Jack can’t believe the violence Evan is bringing to his opponent, a woman. Bill, barely audible without a mic, responds with this a hardcore match and to get used to it.

[Evan pulls the Mystery Woman onto the table with his choking and begins to assault her with a small light he forgot to remove. Now pulling her into a standing head scissors he begins to go for a pile driver, but the Mystery Woman halts him with a low blow. She utilizes a double-legged take down and throws him from the table with a sling shot suplex. Evan lands, jaw first, against the guard rail while she goes back to watching the crowd. Everyone watches as she puts her hands to her head and begins tugging at her hair.]

Bill gets his headset back on and yells at her to get serious. Jack says this is her chance to capitalize if Evan can’t regain his marbles. Bill says she must be trying to flag down the guy who sells peanuts.

[Evan regains his senses and climbs the table. The Mystery Woman takes no notice of him until he wraps her around the waist, lifts her up, and drives her through the table with a German Suplex. Her feet fly up over her head as the table gives way and she actually tumbles away. The crowd pops and Evan moves under the ring apron and begins to pull weapons from it. He finds the barbed wire bat from the previous match and throws it into the ring. He also pulls a table from underneath and slides it in. He pulls the dazed woman up to her feet and rolls her into the ring as well. When he follows through he takes the boots to the Mystery Woman and sends her into the turnbuckle. Following in with a giant clothesline he takes her back down to the mat with a running bulldog onto the bat. She shoots off the mat in pain, holding her face with blood seeping out from in between her fingers. Evan, meanwhile, takes the time to set up the table in the ring.]

Bill notices as she pulls her hands from her face a snarl comes across it. Jack says this doesn’t look well for Evan despite having the upper hand.

[Evan goes back to her and clubs her over the back with little effect. He continues to club her, but the pain seemingly isn’t registering in her head. He whips her, but the Mystery Woman reverses. When Evan comes barreling back toward her she takes him down with a drop toe hold onto the table. Evan’s head takes out a section of the end table and the crowd groans in unison at the way his neck bends. She moves over to the bat from before and takes it to the downed Evan Cash, hitting him over and over in the back. Before long she drops the bat and begins to pull at the barbed wire with her bare hands. Blood spurts from small lacerations but she continues on until she pulls a strand of the wire free. She puts Evan in an inverted STF, bridging backward as she does. Except, when she hooks Evan’s neck she doesn’t do it with her hands. Instead, she laces the barbed wire under his neck and begins to pull. Evan shoots to life with his eyes going wide and the barbs digging into his skin. Blood seeps out from his neck and drips onto the mat as he taps. The bell sounds and the Mystery Woman lets go, leaving Evan to clutch at his neck. She exits the ring and makes her way over to the announcer’s where she tells them that this toy is also broken.]


Preparing for the Main Event

Writer: Amanda and Rob

[The scene opens up in the locker room of Father Nathan.  He and Kronin are standing around talking.]

Kronin - I hate to say I told you so, Nate.... But I told you who the Angel of Death was.

Father Nathan - Yeah, yeah...  But believe it or not, she dinnae mean to injure me.  You didn't see the expression on her face when she hit me.

[Kronin smirks.]

Kronin - Technically, neither did you.  She knocked you out cold, dude.

[Father Nathan opens his mouth to reply when the locker door opens and Valora walks in, Kronin steps in front of Father Nathan and shoves Valora.]

Kronin - Wrong locker room chica.

[Valora glares at Kronin and narrows her eyes.]

Valora - Careful, Kronin.  Vyper already embarrassed your ass.  Push me again and you won't even make it to the elimination matches. 

[Kronin rolls his eyes.]

Kronin - Ah, so going back to being Vyper's bitch again?  He had the nice Vyper's Angels set up going last time he was King [bleep] around here..

[Valora shakes her head and laughs a bit before stepping up toe to toe with Kronin and looking him in the eyes.]

Valora - It's so cute how you try to act like a bad ass.  You used to be a bad ass once, and we both know that the reason you and Vyper hate each so much is because you two are exactly alike.  Sooner or later, you're going to drop the knight act Kronin and join the rest of us here.  But I'm not here to talk to you so step off and I'll save your ass kicking for the ring.

[Valora turns to Father Nathan.]

Valora - Talk some sense into your boy here.  He's surrounded by enemies now that you're out of commission.  Matrix, Scott Vyper, Xavier Langston... those three won't eliminate Kronin right away... they'll beat him down and injure him first.  All three know what a threat to win the title he is.

[Nathan nods.]

Father Nathan - Yeah, a bloody shame some crazy woman nailed me in the head with a lead pipe.  I mighta been able to balance the scales out.

[Valora smirks.] 

Valora - Balance the scales?  Nah Padre... I won't say it in front of him but all three of us know the full score.  But I got something to ask you....

[Kronin shakes his head.]

Valora - I'm gonna get your spot, Nathan.  Now that people know I'm back, management is gonna put me in the title chase.  Kronin knows it too, which is why he's going all Alpha male on me.  But... I want your blessings.  I want you to look in my eyes and see that taking you out was a mistake, but not an accident.

[Nathan glances at Kronin and then back to Valora.]

Father Nathan - You and Kronin aren't exactly friends.  You want me to bless you adding another enemy to Kronin?  And what do you mean a mistake but not an accident?  Is Kronin right that you took a cheap shot?

[Valora smirks.]

Valora - Kronin and I might not be friends, but at least we respect each other.  Matrix and Vyper?  It's gonna be two Hall of Famers defending their legacy and doing their damndest to make sure Kronin never gets that honor.  Xavier Langston?  He comes from my kinda neighborhoods, where the only thing that gets respect is brute force, and you do what you gotta do to get what you want... and he's realized how Vyper used him.  He's gonna be taking people out anyway he can.  Believe it or not, Kronin needs me in that match.  He needs a hatchet man, or in my case, hatchet woman to do the dirty work he can't seem to muster up the guts to do...

[Valora takes a deep breath.]

Valora - As for the lead pipe thing.... it was a mistake but not an accident.  The Mystery Woman... I know her.  Because I trained her.  I'm not totally sure if my training broke something in her or just enhanced what was already there... but we teamed together in the Mexican Lucha Libre feds... So... it's not an accident you got creamed because I created the little monster that came in and took my face.  And it was in trying to put down the demon I raised that you got caught in the crossfire.  I'm sorry bout that, Padre, I really am.  When you heal up and I'm champ.  I'll give you a title shot, to make amends.  Think about it... I gotta get ready for my match tonight...

[Valora glances to Kronin.]

Valora - You wanna be champ?  You got a choice to make.  The Frostbite Brawl can't be won by the white knight in shining armor.  You're going to have to get down and dirty.

[Valora turns and walks out of the locker room, leaving Kronin and Father Nathan alone, the two men looking at each other, both deep in thought.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


Divion Sadistik VS John Bundy

Writer: Eric Dillinger

Bill says that the crowd wants more hardcore action and Jack replies that they’ll get it with these next two competitors, noting that this is their second meeting in the ring.

[Divion Sadistik is announced into the arena and steps through the curtain. He takes a moment to play to the crowd, but that is cut short as John Bundy bursts through the curtain and takes him down with a lethal chair shot to the back. He cracks the chair across his back again and pins him on the ramp. It takes awhile for the referee to get to them, but the count is made to two before Divion kicks out. John yells at the ref for not making it there sooner and goes back to assaulting Divion with boots. His assailant gets the better of him when he stands and is taken down on the ramp with a huge body slam. Divion bounces off the ramp, but John isn’t finished. He pulls him up and takes him over to the edge of the ramp. Lodging a knee in his midsection he hoists him onto his shoulder. He goes to launch him off like a lawn dart, but Divion slips off and pushes him. John’s own momentum takes him off the edge of the ramp and through the production table below. A few sparks fly, but nothing major as EMTs rush the scene to attend to Bundy.]

Jack says that if Divion can get there in time he might be able to end this match before it ever hits the ring. Bill says it’s going to take more than that to get rid of Bundy.

[Divion makes the pin amidst the rubble, but Bundy is able to kick out before the three count. Divion looks bewildered as Bundy rolls to his knees and gets to his feet. The two men begin trading punches, back and forth, until Divion gets the upper hand and takes Bundy in a side headlock. He leads his opponent toward the ring, but halfway he is stopped with a belly to back suplex on the concrete. Now it is Bundy’s turn to lead his opponent to the ring with boots to the midsection urging him along the way. Divion makes it to his knees and stops the attack with a shot to the gut. Seizing the opportunity he bounces Bundy’s head off the guard rail. With his opponent stunned he jumps on top of it and flies back with an asai moonsault. Divion rolls off of him and moves to the ring apron where he pulls a table and tool box out from under it. He slides them both into the ring before going back to Bundy who has shook the pain off. Bundy levels him with a short arm clothesline. Now the big man goes for the ring steps, dislodges them, and zeroes in on his opponent. When Divion stands he rams them into his face, sending him into the guard rail. Bundy hits him in the face again and backs up. He goes for one last ram, but Divion dropkicks it back into him. Sadistik slips away, but Bundy chases him into the ring. When Bundy stands he’s hit by the tool box, whose contents flies all over the ring on impact. Bundy falls to the mat and Divion goes to work, setting up the table and thumbing through the contents.]

Bill takes note of the gash on Bundy’s head resembling a vagina as Jack pays close attention to what Divion is finding, most notably a screw driver.

[Divion pushes Bundy chest first across the middle rope and pulls his head back. Taking the screw driver he pushes it into the bleeding gash on his forehead as Bundy tries to fight him off. Finally Divion drives the screwdriver into his face with one last stab, seemingly ripping the gash open further. Blood now flows freely from Bundy’s head. John fumbles around the mat blindly for a moment as Divion stalks him. He tries to come up from behind him, but Bundy turns a drives a mallet into his gut. Divion stumbles back with the wind knocked out of him as Bundy gets to his feet. John pushes Divion into the turnbuckle and takes shoulder blocks to him. He whips him to the ropes and catches him on the rebound with a back body drop that sends him through the table. Feeling the blood loss Bundy slumps against the ropes, but soon shakes the cobwebs. He hits the ropes intending for the Big Splash, but Divion jumps up and attempts his Jumping STO. Bundy has it telegraphed from their last match, though, and blocks it with a right hand. Sadistik falls against the ropes, but comes back with a huge right of his own. Bundy goes for another punch, but Divion ducks underneath and kicks him in the balls. He takes him down with the jumping STO. He pins, 1-2-3, and it’s over.]

Jack congratulates Divion on the hard fought victory. Bill says he’s eager to see the triple threat.


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


Valora vs. Xavier Langston vs. Matrix vs. Kronin vs. Jasmine Lucky

Writer: Amanda

[The shot opens up at ringside.]

Jack Gene - Well Fans, it's that time again.  Main event, time and this match couldn't get much bigger.  Former Great Lakes Champion and Hall of Famer Matrix.  Former 3 Time Great Lakes Champion Champion and many feel future Hall of Famer, Kronin.  Former Great Lakes Champion and another fighter many feel is a future Hall of Famer, Valora.  Newcomers to the major championship, Xavier Langston and Jasmine Lucky.  All of them fighting for the right to face the newly crowned Midwest Champion in the 2nd Annual Frostbite Brawl at Blizzard.

Bill Hughes - That's right.  This week one person will be removed from the title race, our next Graveyard Shift will see another person removed and the final 3 will face off against Scott Vyper in the Frostbite Brawl!

Jack Gene - And you gotta say that if the Champ wants any two people eliminated, it's got to be Valora and Kronin.  Not only are they likely the biggest threats to his title reign, but they both fought in the first Frostbite Brawl and Valora became the GLC in that brawl.

Bill Hughes - That's right.  Valora and Druscilla were the winners of the 1st ever Frostbite Brawl, but this go around, there will be only one title up for grabs and I'm not so sure Vyper would like to see Valora eliminated.  Vyper and Valora were the lynchpin of the original Pinnacle of Power, before that hippie treehugger Kronin came in and ruined it.

Jack Gene - No you don't!  Jade recruited Kronin after SHE charted a new path for the Pinnacle.  If you don't like the PoP under Jade, you have to take a shot at her!

Bill Hughes - .... Fine.  Jade back then had the wrong ideas.  But since then, she's really blossomed into her own girl.  Her time with the Daughters of Darkness really gave her that Killer instinct that she had been missing.

Jack Gene - ....Touche.  Anyways, let's not waste any more time and get right to Wayne Inkster in the ring for the fighter introductions!!

[The camera switches to the ring and Wayne Inkster stands there smiling.]

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and Gentlemen, this next match is set for one fall and it is you Main Event of the evening.  It is the special Frostbite Brawl Elimination Match!  5 Fighters currently have a claim to be the number one contender.  Tonight, one of those fighters will be eliminated in this very ring.  At Graveyard Shift 133, the remaining four fighters will fight and will knock that number down to three.  Those three will then go on to Blizzard and face the WMW Midwest Champion Scott Vyper in the Frostbite Brawl match!!

Introducing first, hailing from Las Vegas, Nevada. She stands 5 feet, 7 inches and weighs in at 145lbs. She is JASMINE LUCKY!!!

["Unstoppable" by Rascal Flatts hits the PA system and a three-leaf clover appears on the big screen. Jasmine Lucky appears on the ramp with one arm up, trying to cheer the fans on. They give a mixed reaction, some loving her and most hating her. Once in the ring, Jasmine jumps up and down, keeping herself limber]

Jack Gene - Well, here comes Jasmine Lucky. I gotta say, I don't know how or why she got into this match, but with her skill set she might be able to surprise a few people and make something happen.

Bill Hughes - You must've had whatever the hell Kronin's smoking. Jasmine definitely deserves to be here! She only hasn't done anything because she's been held back! WMW management continually booked her in matches with nobodies, so that win, lose or draw, it would ensure she didn't move up! This is her big chance! She can finally show everyone that star that is Jasmine [bleepimg] Lucky! Also, her greatest weapon... is that NO ONE in this match will be taking her seriously. Remember, she doesn't have to pin someone... she just has to survive until someone else gets beat.

Jack Gene - Well, that last point was a good one at any rate. That's right fans, the first person to be pinned or to tap out loses and is eliminated. The remaining four will, as Wayne said, go on to GS 133 where they will fight the second and final elimination round of matches.

[The camera switches back to Wayne Inkster.]

Wayne Inkster - Introducing next, hailing from Newark, New Jersey. He stands 6 feet, 1 inch tall and weighs in at 220lbs. He is XAVIER LANGSTON!!!!

BREATHE!
OH!
WHOO! WHOO! WHOO!

[The song being played is "Breathe" by Fabolous, and as the body of the rap starts, the curtains part and in walks Xavier Langston, a sole white spotlight focused on him as the lights dim slightly. Xavier is wearing a sleeveless black trenchcoat, black wrestling tights, and a pair of black wrestling boots. His appearance prompts a mixed reaction from the crowd: some are politely applauding the newcomer, giving him a shot, while others are booing him for his ties with the now-defunct World Wrestling Alliance. Xavier walks down the aisle, keeping a smile on his face. Fans who have their hands outstretched looking for a high five receive it. Fans with their fingers outstretched are ignored. Xavier slides into the ring and flips to his feet, his trenchcoat billowing in the wind behind him. Staring right at his opponent, he slips the sleeveless trench off of his body, letting it fall off of his arms. He catches it with his right hand and, in one motion, flicks it out of the ring. He then raises his left hand in the air in a fist, drawing another mixed reaction as the lights come up and the spotlight dims.]

Bill Hughes - Now HERE is a man that can win it all! Xavier kicked Kronin and Father Nathan in the head so often, I expected him to go all Mortal Combat with a fatality on us!

Jack Gene - ...Seriously? A mortal Kombat reference? Still... Langston DID appear to make the most of his time in the spotlight and not many people will argue he doesn't belong in a match as big as this. Though, I promise you Kronin hasn't forgotten about some of those kicks.

Wayne Inkster - And Introducing the third competitor in this match. Hailing from Tampa Bay, Florida. He stands 6 feet, 2 inches tall and weighs in at 230lbs. He is a WMW Hall of Famer and a former Great Lakes Champion, he is MATRIX!!!!

[The lights in the arena dim as a guitar solo begins. The big screen shows a 'Countdown to Cyber Jump' starting from 5 and moving downwards. Once it gets to 0, the chorus to "With Arms Wide Open" by Creed begins. The lights flash blue and white as Matrix walks out wearing a black trenchcoat, sneakers and gloves. He heads down to the ring without much glamor or drama, playing to the crowd on the turnbuckle.]

Jack Gene - Three fighters in and the crowd has given mixed reactions, some liking, others not really caring for the fighters, but you gotta think that's about to change with the final two fighters in tonight's match up here in Chicago.

Bill Hiughes - But Kronin wasn't even BORN here... he just lives here... he's like those people who jump on a team's bandwagon when they're having a great season and then jump off when the team sucks.  And show some damn respect to Matrix!  He's trying to help save these people from idiots like Father Nathan and Kronin!  I bet you Valora digs the Cyberspace lifestyle.  She, like Matrix is the pinnacle of humanity!  Those two should team up.

Jack Gene - I think that partnership would last.... maybe 5 seconds before Valora beat him bloody.

]Bill Hughes - Hmph.  Says you.

Wayne Inkster - And introducing next.  She hails from Los Angeles, California.  Standing 5 feet, 9 inches tall and weighing in at 165lbs.  She is a former Great Lakes Champion, and is the Hardcore Icon of WMW, she is VALORA!!!!

[The lights dim and over the PA blairs a portion of song:]

THIS WILL BE YOUR LAST STAND!

I WASH THE BLOOD FROM MY HANDS!

I AM. WARRIOR, I'M FEARLESS

NO PAIN, NO MERCY NO WEAKNESS I, I, I'M FEARLESS!

[The rest of the song, 'Fearless' by Ozzy Osbourne plays over the PA as Valora walks out, in place of her usual hoodie, she wears a Chicago Bears Jersey, with the Number 13 on it and her name on the back.  The sight of Valora and Valora wearing the jersey of the home team brings an explosive cheer from the crowd.  Valora pauses at the top of the entryway and plays to the crowd before punching the floor in front of her three times, the third time springing up and jumping forward a bit.  As she lands she breaks into a dead sprint and slides into the ring, moving to one of the corners and sinking back into it, eying the other competitors with her trademark smirk as the crowd chants "Val's gonna kill you!"]

Jack Gene - Well, there she is folks, Valora.  Hardcore Icon of WMW.  And the big wild card in this match.

Bill Hughes - She's back, Jack!  She's really back home where she belongs in WMW!  Jordan Keyser, Brad Johnson and the ESN management team are totally on my Christmas gift list now!

Wayne Inkster - And now, for the final competitor in this match.  He hails originally from Berlin, Germany but makes his home right here in CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.  He stands 6 feet, 6 inches tall and weighs in at 265lbs.  He is a 3 time Great Lakes Champion and the Master of Rock and Shock, he is KRONIN!!!!

['Sonne' by Rammstein plays over the PA and the crowd goes nuts as Kronin walks out and pauses at the top of the entryway, looking over the people in the ring and sighing, shaking his head.  He then points at Xavier and again at Valora, narrowing his eyes and dragging his thumb across his throat as he makes his way down the ramp, running and sliding in, at which point all hell breaks loose with all 5 fighters charging each other.  Wayne Inkster barely avoids getting tagged by a Matrix clothesline and the ref, John Law, calls for the bell.]

Jack Gene - Well, Kronin wasted no time in pointing out who he was after in this match and I gotta say, I wouldn't wanna be Valora or Xavier Langston right now.  Kronin is much like the famous Chicago Linebacker, Brian Urlacher.  Big, powerful, agile. athletic.  and deadly.

Bill Hughes - Yeah?  He seemed less then super human when Vyper knocked him the [bleep] out a few weeks back.

[After a few minutes, the 5 fighters separate from each other and backpedal, each scanning his or her opponents, looking for an opening.  Jasmine Lucky glances over at Valora and points to Kronin, yelling something.  Kronin laughs and eggs both women on, prompting Valora to shrug and head over to Jasmine Lucky, whipping her towards Kronin, spinning the female Lucky around twice to gain momentum and Jasmines executes a perfect dropkick to Kronin's knee, dropping him to a knee.  Kronin looks up in time to get sandwhiched as Jasmine jumps to her feet and nails Kronin in the back of the head with a jumping, roundhouse kick at the same time Valora runs up and nails her Trouble in Paradise style kick.  Kronin Remains half standing, half to a knee for a second, a dazed look on his face before falling face first on the mat, Ric Flair style.  Jasmine celebrates and talks trash to Kronin, but her celebration is short lived as Xavier Langston jumps in and plants a massive foot dead center mass of Jasmine Lucky, sending her tumbling back and out of the ring to the floor.]

Jack Gene - Well.... I don't think Kronin will make the mistake of daring the two high flying women in the match to team up again.  That was a wicked combination there.  We should remind our fans that Jasmine Lucky does have some MMA experience.  But Xavier Langston took Jasmine out for a bit with that Who Shot Ya?

Bill Hughes - Yes he did, and Matrix is being smart and letting the other 4 beat the hell out of each other...

[Indeed, Matrix has retreated to a corner where he rests against the turnbuckle looking over his foes, waiting for an opening.  In the ring, Xavier Langston and Valora now stand face to face in the middle of the ring talking to each other.  Xavier leans in and whispers something to Valora that causes her to smirk and nod in agreement.  Without warning, Xavier Langston whips Valora towards Matrix at high speeds.  Matrix tries to defend himself but is too late as Valora reaches him and jumps up, planting both of her feet in his stomach before falling back and vaulting Matrix out of the corner with a monkey flip... right into another Leaping Yakuza kick from Xavier Langston.  Matrix crumples to the mat landing right next to Kronin as the crowd groans in pain at the move.  Valora jumps up to the top turnbuckle and leaps off, nailing a five star frogsplash on both Kronin and Matrix, Kronin taking the brunt of the impact, though.]

Jack Gene - My God!  Well, you didn't have to wait long for this match to get going, folks.  Valora is making a series of alliances, first working with Jasmine to take Kronin down, and now working with Xavier Langston to bring Matrix down with just a brutal combination there!

Bill Hughes - That move was so awesome, I'm going to steal one of Kronk's phrases and say it rocked several different kinds of awesome.  God, I feel all dirty and hippie like just saying it...

[Valora scrambles over and covers Kronin.  John Law drops down and counts 1....2... but the pin is broken up by Xavier Langston and his kick to the head of Valora.  Xavier Langston then makes the cover on Kronin but that pin is broken up at 2 by Jasmine who hits a slingshot legdrop from outside.  Matrix, meanwhile, tries to get to his feet, using the ropes to help him.  Jasmine Lucky runs over and grabs Valora from behind, pulling Valora to her feet and trying for a reverse DDT but Valora blocks and counters it into a spinning neckbreaker.  Valora jumps up and play to the crowd and then quickly dodges the Who Shot Ya from Xavier Langston.  Valora jumps onto the ropes and springboards off the ropes trying for a hurrancanrana but Xavier catches her and turns, planting her with a powerbomb onto Jasmine Lucky.]

Jack Gene - Wow!  And that's why they call it high risk, folks!  Valora managed to counter Jasmine Lucky's sneak attack, then managed to dodge Lagston's Who Shot Ya kick, but Xavier was one step ahead of Valora and powerbombed her onto Jasmine Lucky, and Bill how many people can say they were one step ahead of Valora on something?

Bill Hughes - I can count the number on one hand.  But Langston look out!  Hippie attack alert!!!

[Kronin stands up while Xavier plays to the crowd.  He stands behind Xavier Langston with his arms crossed across his chest.  Langston eventually senses he's not alone and turns around trying to punch Kronin but Kronin catches the punch and nails Xavier with a big time right hand, before pulling Xavuer Langston back towards him and taking the man down with a short arm clothesline.  Kronin pulls Xavier Langston to his feet and whips him into the ropes and tries for a discus clothesline but Xavier stops short and dodges the Clothesline and nails Kronin with a boot to the gut.  He tries for a DDT, but Kronin drives him into the corner with a shoulder charge/tackle and begins hammering on Langston with right hands until Langston slumps down into a sitting position in the corner.  Kronin then turns and runs at Matrix knocking the man down with a clothesline.  He picks Matrix up and holds the man in place going for a vertical suplex but Xavier Langston comes out of the corner and takes Kronin down with a chop block.  Matrix falls right on top of Kronin and tries for a pinfall but Kronin kicks out after 1.]

Jack Gene - The former Great Lakes Champ trying to get the match going his way but Langston isn't done yet and took him down with a vicious chop block there.

Bill Hughes - There's way too much action to follow here!  My head hurts!

[The match continues on back and forth for a couple of minutes, no fighter having an advantage long before another fighter comes in to take advantage.  Eventually, Kronin stands in the middle of the ring while the four corners of the ring are each occupied by Matrix, Valora, Xavier, and Jasmine.]

Jack Gene - I would not want to be Kronin right now.  He is literally facing enemies on all sides of him.

Bill Hughes - This is great!  We're finally going to see the end of Kronin!

[Kronin stands in the center of the ring and calls his four opponents out, urging them to come at him and at once, all four do just that very thing.  Matrix reaches him first but Kronin sidesteps the attack and Matrix runs right into and through Jasmine, taking her down with a big time Clothesline.  Valora reaches Kronin next and jumps into the air but Kronin catches her and throws her towards Xavier Langston with a fallaway slam.  Langston leaps into the air, vaulting over where Valora hits the mat and turns it into a Who Shot Ya?  Sending Kronin staggering back into the ropes.  Xavier Langston charges in after Kronin and Kronin tries to backdrop Xavier Langston out onto the apron, but Xavier Langston lands on the outside apron.  He tries to send a kick Kronin's way but Kronin catches the kick and pulls Langston in, trying for a overhead T-bone Suplex to bring Langston back in the ring, but Langston catches the rope with his free foot to help him block the move.  He tries for another attack but both he and Kronin topple to the ground when Valora charges up and nails Kronin in the back of the head with a dropkick, sending him into Xavier, and sending both men to the floor at ringside.  Valora's turn as top fighter ends quickly, however when she turns around just in time to be lifted up by Matrix and planted onto the mat with the 180 Spinebuster that Matrix calls Cyberspace.  Matrix goes for the cover and nearly gets a three count before Valora kicks out.]

Jack Gene - That was the type of high level competition and wrestling excellence you've come to expect from Wrestling Midwest, fans!  Kronin stands tall against four attackers, but in the end the numbers game caught up with him and just in that exchange we saw momentum flow from Kronin to Xavier Langston back to Kronin to Valora and then to Matrix.

Bill Hughes - But I love it!  Let them all fight for the right to get their title shot! This is great!

[Matrix plays to the crowd and stomps on Valora, who rolls out to the floor just as Kronin whips Xavier into the ring.  Valora charges and takes Kronin down with a spear, hammering him with right hands as the crowd goes nuts.  In the ring, Jasmine Lucky comes up behind Matrix and kicks him in the groin from behind before spinning around and planting her foot in the back of Matrix's head, sending him face first to the mat.  Jasmine then moves towards Xavier Langston as he smirks and prepares for her, the two taking up fighting stances.]

Jack Gene - This has broken down now!  Kronin and Valora are brawling outside and that gives Matrix, Xavier and Jasmine a golden opportunity to end the match in the ring but WOW!!!

[The camera switches to an ESN sponsored replay that shows Xavier vaulting himself over the ropes and taking out Valora and Kronin on the outside of the ring.  The camera then switches back to real time with all three fighters pulling themselves up to their feet.  Valora comes right at Xavier, throwing a flurry of punches which Xavier defends by blocking, ducking and weaving through and then throws a kick to the side, nailing Kronin as he gets up.  The distraction allows Valora to nail Xavier with her vicious Aztec Double Elbow slash, which sends Xavier staggering backwards.  Valora starts to charge forward but Kronin cuts her off with a clothesline that turns her inside out and then he turns and catches Xavier with a boot to the gut.  Xavier tries to return the favor but Kronin catches the foot, pulls him in close and takes him to the floor with a T-Bone Suplex.  In the ring, Jasmine turns around and sees Matrix getting to his feet again.  She charges him but he springs forward and catches her, planting her with his Cyberspace 180 Spinebuster.  He then goes into the cover and John Law counts 1....2....3!  The bell rings and Xavier, Kronin and Valora look to the ring to see what's just happened.]

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and Gentlemen, the winner of the match....MATRIX!!!  Jasmine Lucky has been eliminated from the Midwest Championship race!

Jack Gene - Wow! Matrix sneaks in the back door and wins the match while Valora, Kronin and Xavier were preoccupied!   We're down to four people now, Kronin, Valora, Xavier, and Matrix!

Bill Hughes - Haha that was brilliant strategy by Matrix!  He waited until the right moment and struck!  And all four of those fighters know that pretty soon, one more of them will be gone. 

Jack Gene - But which one?  That's the question we'll answer at GS 133!   That's all the time we have tonight folks!

[The scene slowly fades to black as 'With Arms Wide Open' by Creed plays and Matrix stands alone in the ring looking down at Valora, Kronin and Xavier with his own smirk on his face, holding his arms out.]


Graveyard Shift 131

Posted: November 14th, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | 1 Comment »

Graveyard Shift on Sports Time Ohio

The Card:
HxC Tournament
The Angel of Death vs. Father Nathan

Main Event
Scott Vyper’s Championship Crowning


Graveyard Shift 131 - McCormick Place Convention Center in Chicago, Illinois


Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW, ESN and Graveyard Shift banners in the McCormick Place Convention Center as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Graveyard Shift 131 here on ESN! And we are coming to you live from the McCormick Place Convention Center in beautiful Chicago, Illinois. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and we have arrived, Bill. WMW and ESN, partnering together again to bring back Graveyard Shift!

Bill Hughes - Yeah, Jack. It's good to be back in our normal digs. No offense to Fuel, but it's the little leagues compared to Graveyard Shift, and I'm really looking forward to our working relationship with ESN. They cater.

Jack Gene - Yeah, it was nice to see a refreshments table with sandwiches and soup. Kudos to that, ESN. Now, obviously, we are fresh off our short, but hugely impactful trip to Mexico City as once again, we were in La Bosque de Chapultepec for El Dia de los Muertos. And, probably one of the biggest items to talk about is... Scott Vyper

Bill Hughes - Yet again, Scott Vyper goes into a situation, plays everyone in it like puppets and comes out on top.

Jack Gene - And, if you didn't watch El Dia, you really should. Such an epic broadcast. But, at the end of the day, Scott Vyper got Kronin, Father Nathan and Xavier Langston to agree to combine their matches and walked out with both the Ace Superior and Great Lakes Championships. And, tonight, we're in Chicago, Scott Vyper's home town, and we will have an official crowning ceremony later on tonight.


The Tournament of Tournaments

Writer: Eric

["Never Let It Die," hits over the house PA as Eric Dillinger steps out onto the ramp way wearing an all-black suit and tie with a white shirt underneath. He holds a microphone in one hand and a black sack in the other. The crowd is literally going insane for the Bastard Icon.]

Jack Gene – Right now, we're going to be treated to a very special announcement by none other than Eric Dillinger. With the partnership with ESN, it seems like Brad Johnson has once again been given free reign to book the show as he wants to, and he's giving some of those reigns to the members of this roster. We're going to find out what Eric is doing down here and... man, listen to this crowd. The WMW fans have really taken to Eric Dillinger in recent weeks.

Bill Hughes – After such a big showing at El Dia it certainly is no surprise that the Bastard Icon has given them a reason to cheer for him once again.

Jack Gene – Shoot Title contendership aside, Bill, Eric is out here for another reason and that’s regarding the mystery tournament we announced earlier. Let’s take a listen.

[The crowd dies down as Eric sets down the sack which stands up on its own.]

Eric Dillinger – It was a well-guarded secret in the company, but it’s finally time to come out with what tonight’s tournament is and what it’s about. Especially with how big the internet has become in playing a part in giving out wrestling’s biggest spoilers I’m surprised that no one has heard anything more than who the participants were. Before I give it away, let me give y’all a little back story into how this came about. It’s no secret that I came from a rough back ground in this business and no matter how far away you try to move from it, you never can. You never can forget what it’s like to grate someone’s face with barbed wire, hit your first chair shot, or throw someone through a table. You never forget any of it. Naturally, one day as I was training for my match with Jade, the idea just came to me. In turn I took that idea to Ben Cash, Brad Johnson, and even Alex Matheson on how to put this thing together.

[He smiles as he looks around.]

Eric Dillinger - What came out of two months of work and preparation was the Blood Bowl, a three-week hardcore tournament. The winner gets what’s in the sack, bragging rights as the toughest man or woman in WMW, and a shot at the Heartlands Strap at Blizzard ’11. The tournament will consist of six initial matches, a semi-finals, and a three-way dance for the grand prize. It’s going to be a long night of blood loss, violence, and glory and so without further ado let’s get this show started!


Eugene vs. Rudiger Ildefonso Probst

Writer: Eric Dillinger

[The crowd is still going insane when Eric Dillinger leaves and Eugene makes his appearance at the top of the ramp with his music taking over from Eric’s. Wayne Inkster announces him as he slaps the hands of a few fans. Next Rudiger Ildefonso Probst, or RIP, is announced along with his music. The two men warm in the ring as they wait for the bell to sound. ]

Jack Gene announces that both of these men are newcomers to WMW, though both men are not new to the sport. Bill Hughes can’t help but make fun of both of these guys, calling them cookie-cutter wrestlers. He even goes as far as to say RIP is an 80’s throwback.

[The bell sounds and both men meet up in the center of the ring, collar-elbow. RIP pushes Eugene into the corner and quickly takes him out of it with a hip-toss into a standing arm bar. When Eugene refuses to quit he releases the hold and plants a hard kick straight into Eugene’s back. RIP takes the knees to his opponent and works him down onto the mat with a front chancery. A little more leverage is applied and he begins to choke Eugene. He punishes Eugene with straight knee shots to the top of the head and rolls him over for a count. He gets a near fall, but presses on with a blatant forearm choke in the pinning position. Given that the ref can do nothing he allows it to happen.]

Bill wants the match to become more hardcore, but admits satisfaction at RIP being a straightforward ass kicker. Jack says that judging from the look on the fan’s faces they probably agree with him.

[RIP pulls him up and slams a forearm into his chest. Eugene stumbles backwards and falls through the middle ropes to the outside. RIP follows. He clubs Eugene on the back, but the downed man pulls RIP into the guard rail. He hits chest first and falls back into a neck breaker on the concrete floor. Eugene quickly dives underneath the ring and the fans stir at the first sign of hardcore action tonight. He pulls out a steel chair, a folding table, and a plastic shopping bag. He throws them all into the ring before going back to RIP and smashing his head off the ring apron, rolling him back into the ring, and following. RIP gets to his feet first, but Eugene grabs the steel chair and smashes it into RIP’s face. The German National goes down in a heap and Eugene drives the point of the chair into his chest. He now takes the table and props it up in the corner of the ring. He comes back to RIP, lifts him to his feet, and puts him in a standing head scissors. As he goes to lift him for a power bomb, though, RIP drops to his knees, low blows Eugene, and lifts him onto his shoulders. He runs at the table and hits a flipping Samoan Drop onto it. The crowd explodes.]

Jack notes that both men have been opened up.

[Both men are busted open and are trading blows, punch for punch, in the center of the ring until RIP hits a boot on Eugene and spikes him into the mat with a ddt. He goes back to the chair and sets it up in between the top and middle turnbuckle. He picks up Eugene and lifts him onto his shoulders. He runs toward the chair, but Eugene slips off his shoulders and pushes him into the turnbuckle. RIP bounces backward giving Eugene the chance to grab him by the head and drive him into the chair. RIP falls to the mat and Eugene grabs the plastic bag from earlier. Dropping onto RIP’s back he holds the German down and wraps it around his head. RIP fights to get the bag off of his head, but to no avail. It’s a few seconds, but he eventually loses consciousness and the ref stops the match. Eugene rolls off of him as the bell sounds. Both men lie on the mat in pure exhaustion.]

Jack Gene says that if this is the first match of the night we’re going to need more than just one ambulance outside of the building tonight. Bill agrees.

[The scene fades.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


Mike Barr vs. Pirate Ninja

Writer: Eric


[The camera switches to the back where we see Mike Barr walking through the hallway with Eric Dillinger. Mike is in his MMA shorts, gloves, and no shoes as he’s talking to Eric who still wears his all black suit.]

Mike Barr – I’m telling ya, this f***in’ guy won’t know what hit him!

[Just as they turn the corner Mike Barr bumps into Pirate Ninja! The two look stunned.]

Eric Dillinger – Well, I guess I better leave you two to it…

[At that, Eric walks away from them while they look at each other for a moment and then begin to brawl. The two men go punch for punch, but Mike pushes Pirate up against a wall with a tackle and spins him around to take him to the floor. He mounts him with punches and really begins taking it to him.]

Jack mention that although the fight may have started, the match hasn’t as there is no referee. Bill yells for one into his microphone, giddy with pleasure at the early beginning of the fight.

[Mike gets off of his opponent and looks for something to hit him with. He finds a trash can and comes back to Pirate. He smashes it over his head three times before dumping it on his head, contents and all. With Pirate trapped in the can Mike begins to throw wild punches into it. Pirate stumbles around the hallway until he falls down. He gets the trash can off of him and tries to get away, but Barr stays on top of him with stomps. A referee hits the scene and Mike attempts to pin him in the hallway with no luck.]

Bill says it’s a good thing they’re allowing the falls count anywhere stipulation to apply. Jack says when you have your best friend running the tournament things can always sway in your favor, implying Mike Barr is a favorite to win. Bill says there’s still a ways to go.

[Pirate gets to his feet and comes up with a low blow that staggers Mike Barr. Pirate gets to his feet and stumbles around looking for a weapon. He comes up with a chair and zeroes in on Mike. As Mike stands he throws it, but Mike ducks! The chair hits the camera and our view goes to static.]

Bill yells for another camera to get on scene. Jack is also eager to see what is happening.

[Our view switches to another camera that is seen moving erratically through the hallways. As it comes to where Mike Barr and Pirate Ninja just were we find that they have disappeared.]

Jack says that this is what happens when you allow falls to count anywhere. The announcers get word that the camera man will keep looking for the two men and we will get back to that match when we do, but the show must go on.

[The scene fades.]


The New Reign of Vyper Begins

Writer: Garvin and Scott

[The shot opens in the backstage parking lot. A blue Hyundai Genesis pulls up. The door opens and out steps Scott Vyper wearing blue shades and a long black open leather trench coat. He smiles as he lifts the GLC over his shoulder. The ASC is strapped around his waist. He heads away from the car towards the arena. Just then, WMW Interviewer Louie Cwik walks into the scene.]

Louie Cwik - Mr. Vyper, please, if I could have a moment of your time. First of all, congratulations on your big win at El Dia de los Muertos. What an honor it must be to hold the top two Championships here in WMW, the Ace Superior and the Great Lakes.

Scott Vyper - Cwik, I'm in such a good mood, I'll actually go ahead and give you a moment of my time. An honor? Sure, there is definitely honor in holding the top 2 titles WMW has to offer. I think the real honor here is shutting up all the morons who kept doubting me and telling me how I was no longer in my prime, and no longer top dog in WMW. Well, I got 2 titles that say otherwise.

Louie Cwik - Tonight, there is a celebration scheduled. How great is it that you are here in your home town for such a special night?

Scott Vyper - To be able to showcase my crowning achievement to my home town is like the return of Michael Jordan to bring in 3 more championships. Only difference is, this town is too stupid to put a statue of me in front. Now if you'll excuse me, I have a few things I need to take care of.

[With that, he begins to walk a way. Just then a stage hand walks into the scene.]

Stagehand - I apologize for disturbing you Mr. Vyper, but Mr. Johnson would like to speak with you.

Scott Vyper - Probably wants to discuss celebratory measures for tonight, tell Brad I'll be right there. I'm going to make a pit stop before hand.

[the stagehand hurries off and Vyper walks off camera]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


The Big Sauce Man vs. Evan Cash

Writer: Eric Dillinger
[The camera goes to the ring where newcomer, The Big Sauce Man, is eagerly awaiting his match with Evan Cash. Evan’s music hits and the young man comes sprinting down to the ring. He slides into the ring and goes straight for BSM with punches and kicks that back him into the corner. Despite being the smaller man Evan is doing some serious damage. He goes to whip BSM, but the big man stops him in his tracks, pulls him back, and reverses the whip that sends Cash outside the ring. BSM follows and goes underneath the ring and pulls out a cheese grater. He kicks cash in the stomach, pushes him against the guard rail, and begins to run it back and forth against Evan’s face. Blood flows and Evan rakes BSM’s eyes to get a break away from him. Evan nears the time keeper’s table and grabs the ring bell. With a running head start he charges BSM, but the big man picks him up in mid run and side-walk slams him on the concrete. He goes for the pin, but Evan kicks out just before three.]

Jack says Evan has a lot of hear t to keep going like this after that punishment. Bill notes that Evan came from the WTF with Eric Dillinger and Jordan Keyser and that this toughness is something they should come to expect from Evan. That, and, he is Ben Cash’ son.

[BSM grabs Evan’s hair and throws him into the ring before going under the ring again for more weapons. BSM pulls two chairs and slides them into the ring along with a claw hammer. Evan Cash is quick to recover and grabs one of the chairs before BSM can enter the ring and get to his feet. As the colossal giant gets to his knees cash sends him down to the mat with a huge chair shot. He drops the chair and goes for the pin. Bundy kicks out and Cash looks flabbergasted. He drives punches into the open gash on his forehead from the chair shot and goes for the pin. Again, BSM kicks out. Cash now gets one of the folding chairs and sets it up in the middle of the ring. He pulls BSM onto the chair and seats the dazed man in it. Cash grabs the other chair and points at BSM, receiving a huge pop from the crowd. He lifts the chair above his head and brings it crashing down onto BSM. The chair bends and is seemingly stuck on BSM’s head.]

Bill and Jack agree that should be the end of BSM who looks to be unconscious from that last chair shot. Bill wonders where the son of a billionaire learned to be so ruthless. Jack offers Jordan Keyser as an answer.

[Cash forgoes toppling the big man out of the chair and grabs the claw hammer. Evan climbs to the top rope and points at BSM. He takes it in both hands, with the steel of the hammer pointed downward, and jumps off. Cash delivers an ax-handle smash that knocks BSM out of the chair and onto the mat. The blood pools underneath his head as Cash makes the cover. 1-2-3 and it’s over. Wayne Inkster announces Cash as the winner.]

Jack questions the morality of the tournament if this is the kind of brutality it is going to showcase while Bill notes that they’ve seen worse in WMW. Jack ponders if he ever saw an unconscious man get assaulted with a hammer.

[The scene fades.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


Irish Ninja vs. Mystery Woman

Writer: Eric Dillinger

[Paramedics are still tending to BSM as they try to move him out of the ring as Irish Ninja’s music hits and Wayne Inkster announces him to the ring. Irish makes his way down to the ring and slaps the hands of a few fans as he takes swigs from his bottle of whiskey. As he nears the ringside barrier, though, a figure flies out of nowhere and dropkicks him. The whiskey flies and is nowhere to be seen.]

Bill yells in bewilderment of what it was as Jack informs him it was the Mystery Woman we’ve seen run through WMW as of late. Bill sighs a sigh of relief as he’s become a fan of her with sexual implications. Jack sighs.

[Irish is back on his fight and going toe-to-toe with the Mystery Woman, each person going blow for blow. Irish gets the upper hand with an European Uppercut and backs the Mystery Woman into the ring steps, the steel barrier, and then into the ring apron. He then grabs the Mystery Woman by the hair and performs a hair toss into the steps, dislodging them. Irish takes the time to revel in his surprise attacker’s situation and paint brushes the back of her head. He then grabs a head full of hair and leads her over to where the Big Sauce Man is finally being rolled out of the ring and onto the stretcher. The Mystery Woman, however, throws an elbow into his gut and throws him face first into the BSM.]

Bill makes light of BSM being used as a weapon while Jack yells for those paramedics to get him out of there before something bad happens.

[As if one cue one of the paramedics tries to push the stretcher away, but the Mystery Woman stops him. She pushes him away and takes hold of the stretcher, aiming it at Irish, and runs it straight into him like a battering ram. Irish flies onto the concrete floor. All four paramedics try to wrest BSM’s body away from her, but to no avail. The Mystery Woman slaps one of the way away, kicks another in the groin, and throws a third over the guard rail. The fourth paramedic ops to have none of her and just walks away. Irish, though, is given enough time to get his bearings and hits the woman with a flying body block from the ring apron. She’s sandwiched against the guard rail, but Irish hits his head as well and is busted open.]

Jack mentions that none of these matches tonight aren’t going to be very ring savvy if they ever make it to the ring in the first place.

[Irish stumbles to his feet as the Mystery Woman is still reeling from his attack. Out of the corner of Irish’ eye he sees something that interests him and he goes for it. Sticking out from underneath the ring is the bottle of whiskey from before. He sticks head straight back and empties what’s little is left down his gullet and makes an exaggerated wiping motion as he’s done. Angry that the bottle is empty he smashes it on the dislodged steel steps. With a new weapon in hand he pulls the Mystery Woman up to her knees and pushes her, throat first, against the guard rail. He applies pressure to her back to choke her with the railing, but pulls her head back by the hair. He takes the jagged, broken glass and stabs at her fore head. The pain is enough to make the woman jerk and for Irish to lose his footing, but he still stabs twice more at her with each stab landing on her face.]

Jack talks about how sadistic the Pirate has become given his lack of alcohol as Bill makes note that he’s taking too much time to celebrate now that he’s done his damage.

[The blood is enough to drive the Mystery Woman into a rage as she low blows Irish from behind, who’s still show boating, and give him a ddt onto the floor. She boots him back to where BSM is still on the stretcher. She puts Irish on his back and then sandwiches herself between the stretcher and BSM. With one heave she pushes BSM off of the stretcher and onto Irish. The crowd groans as they see Irish being sandwiched between the 400-pounder and the concrete floor. The Mystery Woman pulls a chair from underneath the ring, raises it, and swings it down onto Irish’s still exposed head repeatedly. After the fourth chair shot she drops down on top of BSM and makes the cover. The referee makes the count, 1-2-3, and Wayne Inkster announces her the winner.]

Jack Gene calls into his microphone for more paramedics. Bill, however, says it’s too late and that BSM hasn’t moved in twenty minutes. He’s probably already dead seems to be the general consensus.

[The Mystery Woman stands, looks down at Irish, and says, “Awwwwww, this toy’s broken. I’ll have to find a new one. ]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


The Angel of Death vs. Father Nathan

Writer: Amanda/Tabi

Jack Gene - And coming up next is a big match, fans. The Angel of Death tries to move up into the Ace Superior Division by knocking off the former Ace Superior Champion, Father Nathan. Father Nathan, meanwhile, is looking to rebound from his big match loss at El Dia to Scott Vyper that cost him the Ace Superior Championship belt. Definitely a must win bout for both people involved, here Bill.

Bill Hughes - Well, I'll tell you what I wanna know here, Jack... I wanna know firstly, how this match possibly helps Father Nathan. I mean if he wins, he's expected to win. If he loses, then he's lost to someone he should have beaten. It looks like this match doesn't really net him much. Secondly, I wanna know who the hell Kronk's Disease thinks the Angel of Death is under her mask.

Jack Gene - ... Still ripping off AWS Man (Also known as Bill)'s nicknames for Kronin?

Bill Hughes - Someone has to, and as AWS Man's #1 fan, I believe that the duty falls to me during the absence of my hero.

Jack Gene - Well, why don't you try to ask Kronin?

Bill Hughes - .... I tried, but the bastard wouldn't return my calls.

Jack Gene - I can't possibly imagine why. He did return my call, and I was actually able to get an answer to that question from him.

Bill Hughes - Really? Wow being an ass kisser helps out sometimes, huh? Well, who is it?

Jack Gene - After the match, I'll tell you. For right now, let's focus on the upcoming match as we go to Wayne Inkster in the ring for the introductions of our fighters.

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and Gentlemen, the next match is an Ace Superior Divisional match and it is set for one fall. Introducing first, hailing from Mexico City, Mexico. She stands 5 feet, inches tall and weighs in at 155lbs. She is..THE ANGEL OF DEATH!!!!

[The lights in the arena dim and 'Avalancha' by Heroes Del Silencio plays over the PA as the Angel of Death glides in from the roof, landing on one of the turnbuckles as the crowd cheers and she holds her arms up before doing a back flip off the turnbuckle to the ring and backs up into the corner, leaning back against the turnbuckle, awaiting her opponent.]

Jack Gene - And it looks like the Angel of Death is all business here tonight. You know what's interesting about her? I was speaking to Jane Coughlin, and she made the remark that NO ONE in WMW management has seen the Angel of Death with her mask off. It makes Kronin's conspiracy theory that much more interesting that no one associated with WMW has seen the Angel of Death without her mask and thus, no one really knows who she is under the mask.

Bill Hughes - Are you going to keep torturing us with your inside scoop from the paranoid stoner man, or are you going to say something useful, like who Kronk's Disease thinks it is?

Jack Gene - Heh, I think I'm going to hold onto this tidbit for a bit.

Wayne Inkster - And introducing her opponent, Originally from Dublin, Ireland, he now hails from right here in Cleveland, Ohio! Standing 6 feet, 4 inches tall and weighing in at 250lbs, he is.... FATHER NATHAN!!!

['The Blood of Cu Chulain' plays over the PA as Father Nathan walks out, carrying his cross on his back, pausing at the entrance way, looking over the crowd who is on their feet cheering loudly for him. He stares at the Angel of Death in the ring and nods as he then begins to make his way down to the ring, pausing to set up his cross at ringside and kneeling down, mouthing the Serenity Prayer as he then climbs into the ring and stretches, preparing himself for the combat to come. The referee, Luna Pier calls for the bell and both fighters walk out to the middle of the ring, staring each other down, exchanging words. The Angel of Death runs back and slingshots off the ropes, charging at Father Nathan who takes her down with a clothesline. The Angel of Death bounces right back to her feet, only to be taken down again by Father Nathan. Angel of Death bounces back to her feet and ducks under the clothesline attempt of Father Nathan, and takes him to a knee with a dropkick to the knee. The Angel of Death then moves to the ropes, rebounding off and jumping up onto the shoulders of Nathan, taking him down with a hurricanrana.]

Jack Gene comments on the impressive start the Angel of Death has gotten off to, while Bill Hughes continues to speculate on who Kronin thinks might be the secret identity of the Angel of Death.

[The match bogs down, the two fighters trading blows, Father Nathan hanging in there with the much faster Angel of Death, and managing to hit a few power moves on the Angel of Death, the highlight being his trademark forward Samoan roll. From there, Father Nathan pulls the Angel of Death to her feet and sends her hard into the ropes, the Angel of Death soars off from the ropes, trying for a flying forearm, but Nathan catches her and takes her to the mat with a Fallaway Slam.]

Jack comments on the power game from Father Nathan, saying it's the best chance he has to win and questioning how much the Angel of Death will be able to take. Bill continues to Speculate on the Angel of Death's identity, this time picking Jade. Jack Gene reminds Bill that Jade is Chinese, not Mexican and doesn't speak Spanish.

[The next few minutes of the match are back and forth action as the two continue to try to get momentum on their side. At about the 4 minute mark, Father Nathan comes off the ropes and tries for a power clothesline but the Angel of Death ducks under it and jumps into the air, nailing Father Nathan with a Trouble in Paradise style kick that stuns the Irishman and sends him staggering.]

Jack Gene comments that the Angel of Death is taking a page from Valora's playbook as that move was commonly used by the one half of WMW's Hardcore Icons. Bill reminds Jack that Valora was one of the Angel of Death's trainers so obviously she'd know some of Valora's moves.

[In the ring meanwhile, the Angel of Death jumps up and tries for a reverse STO but Father Nathan counters, lifting her up and dropping her back first across his knee.]

Jack comments on the effectiveness of that counter, as it will weaken the Angel of Death's aerial arsenal. Bill agrees with that assessment and says that this match has turned out to be entertaining.

[Father Nathan runs to the ropes and jumps onto the ropes and off of, trying for a fist slam but the Angel of Death rolls out-of-the-way and Father Nathan's fist hits nothing but mat. Jack Gene comments on the rarity of a high risk move from Father Nathan.]

Bill Hughes suggests that Father Nathan should probably stick to what he knows best.

[Father Nathan gets to his feet, holding his hand, trying to shake feeling back into it. The Angel of Death runs up and jumps up, planting Father Nathan face first into the mat with a Reverse STO and from there she wraps her legs around his neck, locking in the Koji Clutch. Luna Pier drops down checking for the submission as Father Nathan tries to fight his way out of the hold.]

Jack Gene comments on how perfect a submission hold the Koji Clutch is for a bigger opponent like Father Nathan. Bill Hughes remarks that when this hold chokes Father Nathan out, he can practically kiss a Ace Superior Title shot goodbye.

[Just then, the crowd makes a noise of surprise and the camera pans to show the Mystery Woman running down to the ring, lead pipe in hand. The Angel of Death sees the Mystery Woman coming and breaks the hold on Nathan, jumping to her feet and catching the Mystery Woman with a boot to the gut before hitting a jawbreaker, sending the Mystery Woman to the mat. The Angel of Death picks up the lead pipe and looks at it, a wicked grin crossing her features as she readies herself to level the Mystery Woman. The Mystery Woman sees Father Nathan starting to get to his feet, dazed and shaking his head. She circles around a bit and suddenly the Angel of Death spins around, taking a mighty swing in a discus motion. Mystery Woman ducks the swing and the Angel of Death cracks Father Nathan in the head making a sickening thud as Father Nathan stands there for a moment and then falls face first on the mat, a huge cut opening up, the blood pooling on the mat. The Angel of Death stands there with a stunned look on her face, dropping the lead pipe and dropping to a knee to check on Father Nathan, only to have the Mystery Woman grab her from behind and take her down with a Russian Legsweep, immediately locking in the same Koji Clutch move that Angel of Darkness had on just a few seconds ago. Luna Pier calls for the bell, and the match ends as a no-contest.]


After Match Happening

Writer: Amanda/Tabi

Jack Gene - Oh My God! what a brutal shot Father Nathan took from that lead pipe! We need some help out here, damnit!

Bill Hughes - Wait Jack, this isn't over yet! The Mystery Woman is going to answer all of our questions for us!!!

[Mystery Woman continues to choke out the Angel of Death and finally, the Angel of Death's movements slow and the Mystery Woman is heard shouting. "It's time to take back what I allowed you to use! You don't want to let her out and play, then I'll force you to bring her out!" As she reaches over and yanks at the mask, and after a few tries, the mask comes off, revealing that the Angel of Death is actually....]

Jack Gene and Bill Hughes - (Yelling in unison in surprise) VALORA!

Jack Gene - It's The Missouri Valley Champion, Valora!!!

Bill Hughes - This night just got a LOT better!

[The crowd breaks into explosive cheers to see their heroine back in WMW and the Mystery Woman breaks the hold, clutching the mask to her chest as she giggles and leaves the ring, pointing to Valora as Valora shakes her head, coming to and hearing the crowd, reaches up and realizes she's been unmasked looking around the ring frantically for her mask and her eyes settle on the Mystery Woman who is dangling the mask from her hand laughing manically. Valora narrows her eyes as she gets to her feet and points at the Mystery Woman.]

Valora - I'm gonna [bleep]ing kill you, you crazy bitch!

[The crowd picks up the all too familiar "Val's gonna kill you!" chant and the Mystery Woman seems to bask in the experience going as far as to blow Valora a kiss. Valora drops down and checks on Father Nathan, who has not moved a muscle since being accidentally hit by Valora's lead pipe shot.]

Jack Gene - Well Valora has been back in WMW for some time evidently! Sault St. Marie thought he fired her, but Valora found a way around it.. the question now is... now that it's known she's back here... do Brad Johnson and Ben Cash have to fire her again?

Bill Hughes - Not if they're smart they won't! Listen to the crowd! It's obvious WMW fans want their hardcore Icon back in WMW and Sault St. Marie isn't in charge anymore... But Valora obviously hasn't lost a step. If I were Father Nathan, Kronin, and Scott Vyper... I'd be very, very nervous right about now.

Jack Gene - Well speaking of Father Nathan, he looks pretty badly hurt. The medics are out here now, taking him to the back now... we're keep you updated if we get an injury update before the show ends...

[The scene fades.]


Still A Champion?

Writer: Garvin and Scott

[The shot opens up inside of Brad Johnson's makeshift office. Johnson stands up just as Scott Vyper walks in the door. He is not wearing his titles.]

Brad Johnson - Mr. Vyper. Thanks for coming to see me with such short notice. Look, I wanted to be the first WMW official to congratulate you on your win. I'm not going to sit here and imply that we've always seen eye to eye, but you are a great Champion, and a great member of Wrestling Midwest.

[Vyper raises his eyebrow at Brad's sudden interest in Vyper's success. He lowers his shades as if they were somehow deceiving him.]

Brad Johnson - I see you're not wearing your titles.

[Vyper smiles.]

Scott Vyper - They're in safe keeping.

Brad Johnson - Well, you deserve every accolade that you have fought for and earned. And, the "Hall of Fame" tag next to your name is a shining example of that. However...

[He pauses and takes a deep breath.]

Brad Johnson - I don't know the best way to go about this, but I'm in a position where I need to help push WMW into our next phase in life. Obviously, you are in a position of great power and great responsibility, and I'm going to have to ask you to do a bit of sacrificing to help us achieve our goals.

Scott Vyper - What, like dropping the ASC? Come on, I haven't even had it a month yet and you're already asking me to drop it.

Brad Johnson - I'm not asking you to drop the ASC. Well, specifically.

[More uncomfortable pauses.]

Brad Johnson - I'm not asking you to drop either of the titles. But, I am asking you to bring them both to the ring later on tonight. The truth is, we have plans for both the ASC and GLC, and unfortunately, those plans require them to not be around your waist.

Scott Vyper - You've got to be [bleep]ing kidding me. This is outrageous if you think you can strip me of these titles. I earned to be where I am and no one, not even you, is going to stop me from taking my place in history.

Brad Johnson - Well, that's the thing, Scott. I'm not doing this in spite. Understand that. I want to give you the honor that you deserve. Bring both titles to the ring later on tonight and I'll explain further.

[Vyper shakes his head.]

Scott Vyper - Brad... if you [beep] me over, the blood is going to be on your hands.

[With that, he walks out in a huff. The scene fades.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Wone vs. John Bundy

Writer: Eric

["Big" John Bundy is announced into the arena by Wayne Inkster with his music playing him down to the ring. Before he even makes it down to the ring, though, Wone comes barreling down the aisle from backstage at him with a baking sheet. He cracks it on Bundy’s back, causing the big man to stumble, and then hits him on the top of his head with it. John falls against the barrier and Wone goes to work with fists on him. A fan ringside hands Wone a frying pan with which he uses to strike Bundy and bust him open. Wone drops the pan and goes to whip Bundy across the aisle, but the big man reverses. Wone, however, jumps up and lands perched on the guard rail. He moonsaults backward and takes down Bundy. The crowd cheers.]

Jack Gene mentions this is the third match that has started non-traditionally. Bill hopes it becomes a recurring thing in WMW, but adds that it’s sad the Shoot Division will never see this level of intensity. Jack argues that it brings a different kind of intensity to the competition.

[Wone kicks Bundy in the gut over and over, moving him ringside in the process. Wone hits a wicked right hand that stuns him and hops onto the apron. He comes flying off with a diving hurricanrana that propels Bundy onto the concrete floor. Not done yet Wone jumps back onto the apron and hits another moonsault onto Bundy. He covers, but can only get a two count. Wone continues to work on Bundy, who is seemingly lifeless at this point. Wone pulls him up and forces him into the corner. Blood streaming down his face as Wone stands across from him with a chair in hand. He runs at Bundy, throws the chair at him, and follows in with a dropkick that smashes it into Bundy’s face! The chair crackles and bends as Bundy goes limp. Wone covers, but this time Bundy is able to get his foot on the bottom rope. Wone gets angry and goes outside the ring where he sets up a table across the ring apron and guard rail. He reenters the ring to find Bundy back on his feet. Wone lands a punch, but Bundy just floors Wone with a short arm clothesline. Bundy, with crimson streaming into his eyes, stumbles around blindly before come to the turnbuckle he was previously trapped against. He rips at them until the steel is exposed. Wone gets back to his feet and clubs Bundy from behind, but receives a poke to the eye when he turns around. Bundy puts Wone in a standing head scissors, turns, and power bombs Wone into the exposed steel turnbuckles.]

Jack Gene is amazed that both men are still standing after those exchanges. First with Bundy mounting an offense that saw Wone get slammed through a folded out chair, then later getting suplexed to the concrete, and sandwiched between the guard rail and the steel steps. Now Wone has reversed the power bomb with a hurricanra that spiked Bundy’s head onto a steel chair!

[Wone is back on the offensive with a few mounted punches in the corner and performs a monkey flip that lands Bundy onto a steel chair. Wone jumps to the top rope and readies for something, but a man jumps the barrier and makes a b-line for Wone. Wone turns in time to see that it is Bob Wire, but is still pushed off his perch and lands crotched on the top rope. From there Bob takes Wone off the ropes and slams him through the table Wone had set up earlier with a spinebuster slam. Quickly Bob gets Wone back into the ring and grabs a fresh chair. Wone fights to get to his feet, but is sent back down to the mat by a sickening chair shot from Bob. Not giving up Wone is on his hands and knees trying to get up, but Bob hits him across the back twice to make sure he stays down. Bob sees out of the corner of his eye that Bundy is beginning to stand. He takes up position behind him. Bundy sees Wone’s prone body for a few seconds before its lights out. Bob cracks the chair across the back of his head, causing him to fall flat on top of Wone. Bob forces the referee to make the count. 1-2-3 and it’s over.]


Mike Barr VS Pirate Ninja, Pt. 2

Writer: Eric

Wayne Inkster says Bundy is the winner and moves on, but before Jack and Bill can really get a chance to comment on the events just taken place the camera goes somewhere else. Bill says that Mike Barr and Pirate Ninja have fought out to the parking lot. Jack says that things are about to pick up.

[The camera goes to the parking lot where we see both Mike Barr and Pirate Ninja are busted wide open and bleeding profusely. Mike has a few scratches on his back as well, but that doesn’t stop him from taking Pirate by the head and throwing him into one of the cars parked nearby. Pirate’s head bounces off of the window and car alarm goes off. Mike puts some educated fists to him before taking him and body slamming him on top of the car’s hood. He pulls Pirate so that his head hangs off of hood and drives the point of his elbow into him repeatedly. Mike now gets on top of the hood and pulls Pirate into a standing head scissors. He goes to lift him, but Pirate back body drops him onto the concrete.]

Jack Gene says that these two have to have been fighting for going on an hour given the time that they first met backstage. Bill says that it can’t go on much longer if that’s the case.

[Pirate gets off the car and begins to stroll out of the parking lot, but Mike gets back to his feet and sees him. Mike gives chase and Pirate runs as fast as he can away from him. Given the speed that they are moving they are both very tired, but they are still able to make it to the edge of the parking lot where a public bus has pulled up. Pirate flags him down and jumps inside, but not before Mike can get on board. The camera follows as inside a shriek is heard and passengers fight to get out the exits. The bus driver yells and looks angry, but that doesn’t stop Mike from smashing Pirate’s head into the glass of the bus. Mike rears back and lands a punch that knocks Pirate into the front row of seats. He readies to mount him for some more punches, but the bus driver maces him! Mike stumbles around blindly as Pirate gets behind him and takes him over with school boy pin. It takes a few seconds, but a referee is finally on the scene. 1.2.3.]

In all of Jack’s years as a commentator he has never seen this happen. Bill notices the police arriving on the scene and wonders if Mike, Pirate, the camera guy, and the referee will be able to make it out of jail in time for the next show. Jack says Dillinger is already hailing taxi to the police department.

[The scene fades.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


Pirate Ninja vs. Divion Sadistik

Writer: Eric Dillinger
[Pirate Ninja is announced into the arena by Wayne Inkster accompanied with his music. Shortly after the process is repeated for Divion Sadistik, but Sadistik receives a warmer welcome from the crowd despite being a new comer. The bell sounds and the two men immediately go to work on each other, blow for blow. Divion wastes no time getting dirty by dropping to his knees and hitting a low blow on Pirate. He takes him up on his shoulders and drops him with a Samoan Drop then exits the ring. Divion grabs a few weapons from the crowd and throws them into the ring. Among them are a pizza cutter, the original NES system, a sack with unknown contents, and a picture frame with no picture. Pirate gets to his feet, but Divion clotheslines him onto his back and picks up the pizza cutter. He applies a rear chin lock and immediately goes to work with the cutter, slicing Pirate's forehead open by running it back and forth. Pirate loosens his opponent's grip on him and bites his hand, getting away. Divion, however, is back on the attack when he pushes Pirate into the corner. He lets loose with kicks to the midsection and a jumping back kick to end things off. Pirate falls on his ass and Divion drives a knee into his face.]
Bill says that things aren't looking good for the Pirate early on. Jack agrees and says he needs to mount some kind of offense if he hopes to last longer than five minutes in this match.

[Divion pulls Pirate from the corner by his boot. He goes to pick up the picture frame, but Pirate comes from behind him and lands a low blow of his own. Taking the weapon from his would be assailant, he smashes it over Divion's head! Now Divion sports lacerations on his face. Pirate uses this opportunity to take him over with a snap mare, lock in a chin lock of his own, and drives his knuckle into the biggest gash on Divion's face located above his eye. Blood spurts like a broken sink pipe.]
Later in the match...
[Pirate whips Divion to the ropes and stops him with a boot to the gut on the rebound. He takes him down with a ddt onto the NES. The crowd pops and Pirate decides to take the sack from before and open it up. His eyes go wild and his mouth drops before grinning big and wide. Quickly he dumps the contents out onto the mat and the camera zooms in to see fish hooks. He pulls Divion to his feet by the hooks and moves to powerbomb him, but Divion reverses the tide with a double legged take down! Not done, yet he pulls on Pirate's legs and drags him across the mat to ensure that they have hooked into his skin. Pirate is screaming loudly as he rolls around the mat in pain, new lacerations covering his body. Divion, however, wastes no time in putting the boots to him. Divion leaves the ring once more and returns with a chair. He moves to hit Pirate with it, but Pirate takes him down with a drop toe hold.]
Jack comments about the hooks still hanging from Pirate's skin. Bill commends Pirate for continuing on in that situation.

[Pirate goes to pick up the chair, but Divion haults him. He knees him in the gut and puts the chair under his chin while holding the back of his head. Immediately he throws both down toward the mat and Pirate falls onto his back, clutching his throat. Divion makes the pin. 1-2-3. Divion stands and gets his hand raised as paramedics run down to the ring to help Pirate who is now coughing up blood. The scene fades.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.


A New Champion Is Crowned

Writer: Scott and Garvin

[As the shot opens up, Brad Johnson is walking down towards the ring. "Fight" by the Graveyard Shift Trio blasts over the PA. The ramp and ring are covered in red carpet. As he reaches the ring, he climbs in.]

Jack Gene - And here comes WMW Owner Brad Johnson, and we're apparently about to see the very foundation crumble. Johnson, ordering Vyper to come to the ring to drop the titles he earned last week at El Dia.

Bill Hughes - Yeah, not much of a homecoming for the guy. Pretty disrespectful if you ask me.

[The music fades as Johnson paces around the ring.]

Brad Johnson - Ladies and Gentlemen, it is time that I introduce to you, your Great Lakes and Ace Superior Champion, Scott... Vyper!

[With that, Vyper's music hits and he walks down to the ring. He wears both the GLC and ASC around his waist.]

Jack Gene - You can tell just by the look in his eyes that Scott is peeved. What an uncomfortable situation here.

Bill Hughes - Will he even drop the titles? You know, there's a chance that he'll crack Johnson over the head with the titles. He's always been a rebel, always doing what's best for Scott Vyper, and I just don't see how this is good for him.

Jack Gene - Brad Johnson suggests it is good for him and good for everyone. Let's just give Johnson a chance to explain his plan.

[As Vyper hits the ring, the music fades. He walks up to Johnson and stands staring a hole through him.]

Brad Johnson - Scott, I appreciate you coming down here, and am glad you decided to bring the titles with you. But right now, it's time for you to hand the titles over.

[Vyper starts to pace.]

Scott Vyper - You've got a lot of nerve asking me to do this. I fought 3 men. I defeated 3 men to get to where I am right now. I kicked the asses of the best in this business. I broke down the unbeatable Father Nathan. I destroyed the crowning jewel of this company in Kronin. And, I played Xavier Langston like a pawn piece. And yet, after all of that, after shutting up the critics, after shutting up my opponents, and after chiseling my name, once again, in the history books, you want to take that away from me.

[Johnson shakes his head.]

Brad Johnson - My actions are not in spite of your accomplishments. You've got to trust me, Scott. You hand over the titles and you will get the full honor you deserve.

[Vyper stares at Brad Johnson intensely. He looks at both of the titles. The crowd boos and Vyper grabs the ropes and yells at the crowd to shut up. He walks back over to Brad Johnson. Finally, he reluctantly removes the titles and hands them over to Brad Johnson. Johnson smiles.]

Brad Johnson - Ladies and Gentlemen, with great admiration, we can now all look at Scott Vyper as the man who retired both the Ace Superior Championship and the Great Lakes Championship.

Bill Hughes - What?!

Jack Gene - My god! Retired? Both titles?

Bill Hughes - How in the hell is that honoring Scott Vyper? That's a slap in the face. What are we supposed to do now? Survive on the HLC and Shoot? Bull[bleep].

[Johnson hands the titles off to a stage hand before turning back to Scott, who looks irate.]

Scott Vyper - You've got to be [bleep]ing me. Retired? Retired?

Brad Johnson - Scott, with your win, you've proven that the Great Lakes and the Ace Superior didn't truly represent what you did at El Dia. But this will.

[Just then, Johnson points up at the ceiling. As Vyper looks up, a spot light points towards a briefcase hanging from the rafters. It begins to lower.]

Jack Gene - A briefcase? What's going on? What's in the briefcase.

Bill Hughes - Relax, Jack.

[As the briefcase reaches them, Johnson unhooks it and opens it up. He pulls out another title.]

Brad Johnson - Ladies and gentlemen, let me introduce you to your new Midwest Champion, Scott Vyper!

[With that, he hands the title off, streamers, balloons and confetti falls from the ceiling. He shakes hands with Vyper and leaves the ring. Vyper looks at the new Midwest title and smiles from ear to ear. Vyper raises the belt up high and the crowd is irate. Finally, Vyper slings the belt over his shoulder and he begins to speak.]

Scott Vyper - I tell you what Brad, this right here? This is a thing of beauty. All of you idiots denounced my name, all of you though that at El Dia, Kronin would just mop the floor with me. All of you believe that I would just be the next man to fail against the main face of the company. No, instead... Vegas and I was not only able to remove the Great Lakes championship from that poor excuse of a rock star, but we were also able to con that idiot Ja-fake-in Xavier Langston into giving up his Ace Superior title shot and make it a fatal four way. So not only was I able to dethrone a man you all worshipped and loved named Kronin, but I was also able to put that gingerbread man of the cloth and rip the title off him too! The best part... since the belts are retired, so are their rematch clauses. So congratulations Kronin and Father Nathan, you went into an all or nothing situation... and WALKED OUT WITH NOTHING! So look everyone... look at the new Midwest Champion... look at the wrestling messiah! Look, as the new Reign of Vyper begins!

[Vyper drops the mic and "Broken Hands" by Lamb of God plays again. Vyper raises the title in the air as the crowd boos. The scene fades.]


Fuel 40

Posted: October 22nd, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | No Comments »

Fuel 40 – October 22nd, 2010 – WMW Arena, Cleveland, Ohio

Shoot Championship Weigh-In
Jade vs. Eric Dillinger

Great Lakes Championship #1 Contender
20-Man Over-the-Top Challenge: Amariie, The Angel of Death, Arick Wills, Bob Wire, Boris Drago, Divion Sadistik, El Oso, Father Nathan, Jerry the Clown, John Bundy, Jasmine Lucky, Jordan Keyser, Marty Poppins, Matrix, Mystery Woman, Ryven, Scott Vyper, Tim Tyler, Tyson Banes, Xavier Langston


Last Week on Fuel 39

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing Xavier Langston hovering over a beaten Arick Wills.]

Voice Over - At Fuel 39, Xavier Langston finally got his revenge on Arick Wills. After Wills was credited for being the man that took Langston out with an injury, Langston struck back and may have put Wills on the table. With nothing else in his way, will he do the same damage to Father Nathan? Or will Father Nathan continue to hide from the challenge?

[The shot changes to show Eric Dillinger motioning that the Shoot Championship will be around his waist.]

Voice Over - Eric Dillinger has proven to be one of the greatest wrestlers on the WMW roster. With wins over Jasmine Lucky and "Boom Boom" Butterfield, Eric is continuing to prove that he will give Jade a worthy challenge. But, will his momentum last into El Dia?

[The shot changes to show shots of Divion Sadistik as he defeats John Bundy.]

Voice Over - Divion Sadistik claimed the #1 Contendership for the Heartlands Championship with his win over John Bundy. But, before he goes for the title, he must first make it through the 20-man Over-the-Top Challenge, tonight.

...

Welcome to Fuel 40.

[The scene fades.]

Fuel 40 - October 23rd, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW and Fuel logos in the WMW Arena as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Fuel 40! And we are coming to you from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and we've got another fast-moving webisode of Fuel ready for you. Today's episode is a build-up towards El Dia de los Muertos 2010. Only two things on the card tonight: The Shoot Championship weigh in, and a 20-man, Over-the-Top Challenge to determine who will face Kronin for the Great Lakes Championship.

Bill Hughes - Yeah, Jack. A lot of big names in that match. Xavier Langston, John Bundy, Boris Drago, Scott Vyper, plus the Heartlands and Ace Superior Champions, Bob Wire and Father Nathan. We could see the ASC face the GLC in a title for title match.

Jack Gene - There are definitely a lot of opportunities here tonight. 20 entered, 1 will walk out with the GLC title shot. But, right now, we're going to turn it over to John and Stephen Squires in the back, as we build up the Shoot Championship weigh-in. Later on tonight, they'll be taking a look at the reigning Champion Jade. Right now, they take a look at Eric Dillinger.

[The shot fades.]

Shoot Weigh-In: Eric Dillinger

Writer: Eric

[The shot opens up backstage with John and Stephen Squires. They sit in front of a flat screen TV that has the El Dia 2010 logo, along with a shot of Jade, Eric Dillinger and the Shoot Championship.]

Stephen Squires - It's all over Twitter, Facebook, and even WMW's homepage, and it's time for us to dive right in: Eric Dillinger vs Jade, in the new Lion's Den MMA, with the Shoot Championship on the line. I'm Stephen Squires, and with me as always is my brother John.  And I know I'm not the only one excited for this match.

John Squires - That's for sure. I am literally chomping at the bit to see this match up as it's shaping up to be the greatest Shoot Title match we've seen yet.

Stephen Squires - How do you figure, John?

John Squires - It's all about the contender for the title, or strap as he calls. Hailing from the great state of Texas, a state that's produced some of the greatest athletes this world has seen, is a man who's known the world over for being one of the toughest professional wrestlers on the face of the planet. He's been hit with chairs, put through tables and glass, lacerated with barbed wire, and he's even lost an ear along the way. It takes nothing short of calling in the National Guard to keep him down. That, in itself, tell me that we could very well see the first man to eat a Jade kick and not fall flat on his face.

Stephen Squires - And if Jade chooses to go down the submission road with Dillinger he's the type to face injury rather than tap out as proven when he faced off against Father Nathan for the Ace Superior Championship. That kind of will and determination just could be the thing that puts a new title around his waist, but he is still relatively untested in the cage.

John Squires - That is true. He has only had two matches in the cage, but if we can indicate anything from his performances so far it's that whatever his training team is feeding him... It's working.

Stephen Squires - Certainly so. The team houses Andrew O'Reilly, former Golden Gloves Champion turned pro wrestler, Mike Barr, a 4th degree black belt in Brazillian Ju Jitsu, Eric Styles, Lucha Libre legend who's trained countless professional wrestlers, and his own son, John Dillinger.  

John Squires - Tell me, what does his son bring to the table?

Stephen Squires - Boyish good looks, water, and fresh towels. Actually, from what I hear he's a chip off the old block. For just turning sixteen the kid is a monster and makes for a great grappling and work out partner for his dad. All in all, I'd say he's got the perfect training team behind him. They've changed up his diet, given him a new training regimen, and the guy was already a monster to begin with. Let's not forget about his ground game which is what he's got going the best for him.

John Squires - Definitely. A guy that size who's got the strength and awareness to watch all of his extremities and you'd better believe that makes for a dangerous equation. Mike Barr and Eric have taught him some serious ground D and offense. However, I don't see him winning by submission.

Stephen Squires - What do you say then?

John Squires - Technical knockout. He'll get Jade on her back until she can't defend. The ref will have no choice but to call it at that point, but that's if he can get Jade on her back in the first place.

Stephen Squires - Eric Dillinger defnitely does have the skills necessary to win and not a lot of weakness going into this barring his experience in the ring. It'll be an interesting match up to say the least. We'll be back a little later to take a look at the Shoot Champion, Jade. Stay tuned.

[The scene fades.]


The Knights Are Here To Stay

Writer: MOD

["You Found Me" by The Fray plays over the PA system when Damien Knight along with Zana Knight making their way down to the ring. The crowd boos them both endlessly what seems to be almost out of the arena. Damien and Zana Knight ignore the boos and make their way into the ring. Zana Knight immediately asks for a mic from Wayne Inkster, but Wayne look reluctant to do so. Zana Knight gives off an angry look and Wayne does not want any problems, so gives the mic to Zana Knight. Zana Knight hands the mic to Damien Knight and he begins to speak.]

Damien Knight - Straight down to business. I guess the old saying is true you can lead a horse to water, but you cant make him drink it. I have tried to help Arick Wills put gold around his waist, but as we have all witnessed he failed miserably. I was a big support of Arick Wills' success in WMW, but I guess he wasn't what I thought he was. So, I am officially parting ways with Arick Wills. I will be putting my focus else where.

[The fans continue to boo Damien Knight as he speaks....]

Damien Knight - SHUT UP!!!!! You fans are rude. Just listen to what I have to say. DAMN!

[The fans begins to boo Damien Knight even louder. Zana Knight taunts the crowd.]

Damien Knight - Now, before I was rudely interrupted. Like I was saying, there has been some controversy with my wife and I, but I am here to let you all know that I am no longer divorcing my wife. The Knights are here to stay.

[Zana Knight shakes her head in approval; agreeing with the statement just made from Damien Knight.]

Damien Knight - With that being said, We are here to put everyone on notice. We are bringing HELL back to WMW!!!!

[Damien Knight drops the mic and "You Found Me" by The Fray plays over the PA system as Damien and Zana Knight begin to exit the ring and make their way up to the top of the ramp. Out of no where Arick Wills comes from backstage with a chair in hand and catches The Knights off guard. Arick Wills levels Damien Knight with a chair shot to the skull. Zana Knight is in shock with the actions of Arick Wills. The King of Wrestling proceeds to give Zana a chair shot to the skull for good measure as well. Arick Wills holds the chair in the air and taunts the fans. The fans cheer Arick Wills on as security make their way out to the ramp to hold Arick Wills back from causing anymore damage. Paramedics finally make their way out from the back to check on The Knights. The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Shoot Weigh-In: Jade

Writer: Amanda

[The shot opens up backstage with John and Stephen Squires. They sit in front of a flat screen TV that has the El Dia 2010 logo, along with a shot of Jade, Eric Dillinger and the Shoot Championship.]

John Squires - And welcome back, WMW fans!  We showed you a bit about Eric Dillinger going into this fight, now let's take a look at Jade.

Stephen Squires - And let's dive right into things.  For those fans who might be new, or simply need a refresher, what do you see as Jade's strong points?

John Squires - Well, Jade has had a truly amazing career here in WMW.  Her first ever match was a draw against Mr. Hero, and after that, she went on a strong string of wins, winning 28 matches before suffering her first loss, at the hands of Scott Vyper.  During that run, she set a record for the longest reigning Heartlands Champion, a record later broken by Hecate, but only slightly.  Jade has also held the Great Lakes Championship, winning the belt in her rookie year.  In the Lion's Den set up, she is a perfect 6-0 and is now over halfway to beating Guy Kinski's record setting year long reign as Shoot Champion.  I believe this is because of Jade's incredible background as a martial artist.  She's an expert in Wushu, which is commonly referred to as Kung Fu outside of China, and we're told that she has adapted moves from other martial arts in to create her own, unique style of fighting.  It's served her well in her time here in WMW, that's for sure.

Stephen Squires - It is an impressive resume, that's for sure.  Now, what about her weaknesses?  I've heard it said that she doesn't have any, but she is human, after all... there has to be something she isn't an expert at.

John Squires - Indeed she does.  I think her biggest strength is also her biggest weakness.  She's a martial artist.  She is not as sound a wrestler as a Kronin, Hecate, Scott Vyper, even a Valora.  If she's forced to grapple, she often is at a disadvantage, and that is one thing Eric Dillinger has going for him.  He will definitely be able to out wrestle Jade.  We've seen Jordan Keyser try to use wrestling to beat Jade and it nearly got him the belt.  I'd bet a year's salary that Eric has studied those matches and will be ready for Jade.  Outside of that, we have the continued distractions in Jade's Personal life.  Her tag team partner and friend, Hecate is still severely injured and no information on the hit and run is forthcoming, We also saw that the International Olympic Committee has stripped Jade of her Gold Medals in Gymnastics and martial arts due to the Chinese government providing false information on her age and date of birth.  That was a huge blow to Jade and it had to be a huge blow to her confidence as well.  And, I think Jade's biggest weakness is her refusal to take a shortcut.  We've seen her be downright brutal in combat, but she holds to her own codes of honor, this was a weakness that cost her her first loss against Scott Vyper and has cost her several matches since then.  Eric Dillinger is not bound by Jade's codes.. all in all, I think Jade is a lot more vulnerable then some people might think.  It's just been that so far, people haven't been able to capitalize.

Stephen Squires - Good points, John.  So let me ask you this, what do you think Jade needs to do to win at El Dia?

John Squires - Stick to what she knows.  Use her lethal kicks to keep Dillinger away from grappling range and wear him down.  Jade is at her best when she's hammering her opponent and seemingly hitting them from every direction.  She needs to do more of the same here.

Stephen Squires - And what does she need to avoid, do you think?

John Squires - She has to go back to that almost Vulcan like Jade.  Eric Dillinger can get into your head and mess with you, I'd put him almost on the same level as Valora or Ryven in that regard.  If Jade can't find a way to block out her personal distractions, Eric Dillinger will make her pay for it.  I also think Jade needs to end the fight quickly and decisively.  She's got all eyes in the WMW on her, and if they smell blood in the water, or sense that she's weakened, her road will get much tougher in a big time hurry.

Stephen Squires - Good point, John, so... to sum it all up...  Can Jade win this match?

John Squires - I think so.  She definitely has the skills to win this match and keep her amazing title run going.  I'd still put her as my favorite to win, but I think Eric Dillinger will turn out to be a good challenge for her.  I'm excited to see how this match plays out.

Stephen Squires - It is at that, John, but we have to pause for a bit here to get back to Fuel 40.  We'll be back a little later with the official weigh-in for Jade vs. Eric Dillinger. Stay tuned.

[The scene fades.]


The Shoot Weigh-In: Jade vs. Eric Dillinger

Writer: Amanda, Eric and Garvin

[The shot opens up on the stage where a scale is placed. Behind the scale, on the WMW Big Screen is the El Dia de los Muertos 2010 poster. Next to the scale stands Wayne Inkster.]

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and gentlemen, it is time for the Shoot Championship weigh-in. First, the challenger, reigning from San Antonio,TX he is Eric Dillinger!

[“Never Let It Die,” hits as Eric Dillinger enters the scene in his MMA shorts, black Cauliflower Crew t-shirt, WMW beanie, and no shoes. Following close behind him is the Cauliflower Crew themselves who have been working so hard to train him. Most of them wave to the crowd, though Mike Barr is seen sneering as he goes past. Eric, meanwhile, points out to the crowd to get a cheap pop.]

Stephen Squires - Stephen Squires with Jack and Bill again to comment on the weigh in. What are your thoughts on Dillinger’s number one contendership?

Jack Gene - As I’ve stated before, I’m not too confident on Dillinger’s ability in the cage. Sure, he’s been a great professional wrestler, but I’m saying if Jade can get around Dillinger’s strength and size advantage then we’ll be seeing her walk out the champ once again.

John Squires - Are you blind? Have you not seen his past two fights in the cage? I don’t know what his training team has been feeding him, but he’s looking better and better every time he gets in there. The guy’s been working hard and I think we’re going to see real results.

Bill Hughes - I’m with John on this one which says a lot because I don’t really like John. But all joking aside, Dillinger’s a guy who’s got a serious back ground as a mat based wrestler. He’s got the guy who taught him all that mat wrestling in his corner again AND Mike Barr who’s a Brazillian Ju-Jitsu specialist.

John Squires – That right. From what I’m hearing Eric’s taking to Ju-Jitsu like a newborn shark does to the ocean.

[Dillinger removes his shirt and beanie before tossing it to his son who catches them. Eric makes an inaudible joke to the woman at the scale. Apparently it was pretty funny because everyone around him is laughing.]

Wayne Inkster - Eric Dillinger weighs in at 240 lbs.

[He does typical muscle flex before rolling his eyes and stepping off the scale and taking back his things from his son. As he puts on his shirt you can see him joking with Andrew.]

Jack Gene - Dillinger’s normally about ten pounds heavier.

John Squires – I talked to Andrew O’Reilly and he’s told me that he’s got Eric doing a lot of boxing cardio. That’s probably where the weight went.


Wayne Inkster - And his opponent, the Wrestling Midwest Shoot Champion...

["The Jade Dragon Concerto" plays over the PA as Jade walks out with her trainers who are getting stared down by Mike Barr. She is wearing a black sports bra trimmed in Jade green and darker colored Jade green shorts.]

Wayne Inkster - ...she reigns from Lhasa, Tibet, China. She is... Jade!

[She gets a big pop from the crowd as she walks up to the scale.]

Stephen Squires - And here comes the WMW Shoot Champion, herself, Jade!

Bill Hughes - You know, a lot of people have criticized Jade for her brutal approach to matches and her rather condescending attitude as of late towards her opponents, but I gotta tell you, I really love it.  It's about time we saw Jade be herself and do what she does best.  I think a lot of people have overlooked Jade and it's about time she reminded people who she is and what she can do.

Stephen Squires - Overlooked?  How so?

[As Jade steps on the scale, Wayne Inkster walks towards it. He reads it.]

Bill Hughes - How so?  It's been all Valora, Kronin, Father Nathan, AWS Man and other people.  When you mention top talent, almost no one mentions Jade.  And they should take note, because when Druscilla was ignored, she went and grabbed the Great Lakes Championship and forced people to pay attention to her.  Hell, even Brad Johnson left Jade out of the 20 man battle royal!  But Marty Poppins is good enough to enter?!  It's asinine!

Wayne Inkster - Jade weighs in at 145lbs.

Jack Gene - Oh, come on Bill. Brad Johnson wants the Shoot Division to focus on the Shoot Title matches.  I don't see anything wrong with people wanting the MMA division to run more like MMA rules, and I haven't heard Jade complain about it, either. Eric's not in the match. Why aren't you complaining about that?

Bill Hughes - Technicalities, Jack.

Jack Gene - Well, we just saw Jade weigh in. Looks like she has dropped another 2 lbs.  Last month, she weighed in at 147.  Are we seeing the first big signs of a real problem with Jade?

Bill Hughes - I think a special exemption could have and should have been made for this occasion, but... I do admit that Jade losing weight at the rate she is is definitely going to spell trouble for her down the road.  But I have faith in Jade that she'll correct things and get back on track.  

[She poses for some muscle shots. Jade steps off the scale, walks up to Brad Johnson and Ben Cash and shakes their hands.]

Stephen Squires - Well, I'm alarmed at the rate at which Jade seems to be dropping weight.  This is definitely something we need to keep an eye on.

Bill Hughes - Well, maybe she's just leaning down and trimming off body fat down to muscle and the like.  We don't know the whole story as to why she's losing weight.

Jack Gene - I think it's a fairly safe assumption to say that the distractions in Jade's personal life is perhaps one of the main reasons she's been dropping weight, and if this trend continues, I don't think Jade will be cleared to compete much longer.

[Eric Dillinger says something to his crew before he walks back to Johnson and stands in front of Jade. Johnson gets in between them and both raise their firsts for some photo ops with Eric smiling and winking at his opponent.]

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and gentlemen, your Shoot Championship fight for El Dia de los Muertos 2010! Jade! ...vs. Eric Dillinger!

Stephen Squires - Well, we've got some varying opinions of this matchup, but after tonight, it's up to these two fighters. Nothing else stands in their way. The time to focus is now, and they have 8 days. 8 days, we meet here again in WMW Arena for El Dia de los Muertos 2010. Stay tuned.

[The crowd pops as more cameras flash. The scene fades.]


Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

20-Man Over-the-Top Challenge

Writer: Garvin

[In the WMW Arena, Wayne Inkster stands in the center of the ring alongside Referee John Law. Referees Stephen Tyler and Luna Pier stand on the outside. In each corner stands John Bundy, Boris Drago, Marty Poppins and Jasmine Lucky.]

Wayne Inkster announces the next contest, tonight's Main Event. He says that this match is to determine who will face Kronin at El Dia de los Muertos for the Great Lakes Championship. He introduces the first four fighters, who stand in the ring with him: John Bundy, Boris Dragon, Marty Poppins and Jasmine Lucky. He says that this is a 20-fighter Over-the-Top Challenge, which will start with 4 fighters in the ring. As soon as one is eliminated, they will be replaced until all 20 fighters have been entered. Those 20 fighters were picked at random by WMW Owner Brad Johnson. An elimination occurs when a fighter is thrown over the top rope and hits the floor with both feet. Jack and Bill talk about how important this match is for every person, and the shot to face Kronin will instantly throw them in the spotlight. Jack also notes that Bob Wire, the Heartlands Champion and Father Nathan, the Ace Superior Champion is involved in this match, which means even another Champion could face Kronin in a Champion vs. Champion match.

[John Law calls for the bell and the fight begins. Bundy, Drago and Jasmine instantly go after Marty Poppins. Instinctly, he runs away and in an effort to escape, he jumps over the top rope and out to the floor. He runs up the ramp and to the safety of the backstage.]

Inkster announces that Marty Poppins was the first elimination. He then introduces the next fighter, Tim Tyler. Bill still can't understand why Marty has a contract in WMW. He's glad that he won't be in the match at any capacity after this.

[Tim walks down to the ring. He's pretty slow. In the ring, Jasmine is trying to get Drago off of his feet, but obviously, he's much to large. Bundy walks over and smashes him with a forearm, but Drago fights it off. He pushes Jasmine off and quickly goes after Bundy. They trade rights and lefts. Jasmine gets back to her feet and drop kicks Drago in the back, causing him to stumble towards the ropes. Tim Tyler makes it about halfway down the ramp and then starts to talk to the camera guy, who - understandably - tries to avoid him. In the ring, Bundy grabs a hold of Jasmine and tosses her over the top rope. She hangs on. Drago and Bundy once again go at it in the center of the ring, throwing rights and lefts. Jasmine gets back into the ring. Drago has Bundy against the ropes and struggles to push him over. Jasmine joins in and forces Bundy out.]

Inkster announces that John Bundy was the second elimination. He then introduces the next fighter, Scott Vyper. Jack and Bill speculate this being a huge opportunity for Vyper to get back into the main event and the WMW GLC race.

[As Vyper hits the ring, he quickly levels Jasmine. Drago tries to trade rights and lefts, but Vyper takes him out with a chop block. Jasmine charges him, and he steps aside, forcing her over the top rope. She holds on. Boris charges and Vyper does the same thing. Boris collides with Jasmine and she goes out. Boris doesn't quite go over, and Vyper finishes the job. Boris hits the floor. Out run Amariie, followed by Arick Wills.]

Inkster announces that Jasmine Lucky was the third elimination and Boris Drago was the fourth. He then introduces the next two fighters, Arick Wills and Amariie. Jack and Bill talk about Amariie's triumphant return and how big this match would be for her if she won. She's been a Heartlands Champion and a Shoot Champion, and this is her time to jump into the Great Lakes Championship picture. Then, they discuss what Arick Wills did earlier tonight and say that they haven't received any updates yet on the conditions of Damien and Zana Knight. Bill hopes they are done and out for good. Jack notes that Tim Tyler is also in this match still, but still hasn't gotten into the ring.

[Amariie is the first to enter and immediately goes after Vyper. Arick Wills is next and goes after Amariie. They begin to double team her. Tim Tyler finally leaves the ear of the camera man and then starts up a conversation with Referee Stephen Tyler. In the ring, Amariie and Arick push Vyper into the ropes and whip him across the ring. As he bounces off the ropes they go for a double clothesline, but Vyper ducks under it. He connects with a right hand on Amariie. Arick Wills goes for another clothesline, but Vyper ducks under it and lifts him up unto his shoulders. He then slams Arick down with the Vyper Driver. Amariie pops back up and hits Vyper with an eye rake that sends him into the corner, shielding his damaged eye. Amariie quickly pulls up Arick Wills. She tosses him over the top rope. He hits the floor. Out runs The Angel of Death.]

Inkster announces that Arick Wills is the fifth elimination. He then introduces the next fighter, The Angel of Death. Jack and Bill talk about TAOD's failed attempt at earning a Heartlands #1 Contendership spot after Bob Wire smashed her over the head with a chair. Bill is just happy that she's coming down to the ring like a normal human being and that we don't have to experience the sideshow that is her entrance.

[TAOD runs down to the ring. She slides in and shoots off the ropes. She takes Amariie down with a clothesline. Vyper still remains in the corner, holding his eye. As Amariie pops up, and ducks a followup clothesline. She catches TAOD. She wraps her up and lifts her, slamming her down with the Impaler. She then pulls her up and throws her over the top rope. She hits the floor. Bob Wire, with chair in hand, runs down the ramp.]

Inkster announces that The Angel of Death is the sixth elimination. He then introduces the next fighter, the reigning Heartlands Champion, Bob Wire. Jack notes that Bob is carrying the chair and says that's how he became the Heartlands Champion in the first place, and that he's undeserved. Bill suggests otherwise and says that Bob Wire is on track to being the best Heartlands Championship ever, besides Shank of course.

[As Bob Wire hits the ring, he slides in with the chair. Referee Stephen Tyler finally gets away from Tim Tyler. Tyler starts to head to the ring, but then gets into another conversation with a fan. Tyler jumps onto the apron and grabs the chair from him. Wire argues with him, and just then, Amariie comes over throws him over the top rope. He hits the ground. Jordan Keyser makes his way down to the ring.]

Inkster announces that Bob Wire is the seventh elimination. He then introduces the next fighter, Jordan Keyser. Jack is trying to figure out if Bob Wire's elimination was faster than Marty Poppins. Bill thinks the whole circumstance is a travesty. That Bob Wire got robbed by the ref's involvement.

[As Jordan hits the ring, he goes after Amariie. Amariie and Jordan trade blows, with Jordan getting the best of it. Vyper, who's been camping out in the corner finally gets involved and he takes Jordan down with a powerslam. As Jordan pops back up, Vyper shoots him off of the ropes. He catches Jordan and locks on a sleeper, before slamming him down with a neckbreaker variation. He pops back up and hovers over Jordan. Jordan gets back to his feet holding his neck, but he fights off Vyper's attack. Amariie rakes him in the back and then hits him with the Impaler. The crowd is now on their feet, cheering for Amariie. She pulls up Jordan, and with the help of Vyper, throws him over the top rope. He hits the floor. Tyson Banes runs out.]

Inkster announces that Jordan Keyser is the eighth elimination. He then introduces the next fighter, Tyson Banes.

[Tim Tyler finally makes it to the ring, but has to stop and tie his shoe. Tyson Banes runs past him and slides into the ring. He goes after Vyper, but Vyper hits him with a knee lift. He pushes Tyson away and Amariie grabs him and hits him with an eye rake. He turns, holding his head. Vyper then grabs him by the dreads, and tosses him over the top rope. He hits the floor. Tim Tyler stands up and slides into the ring.] 

Inkster announces that Tyson Banes is the ninth elimination. He then goes to introduce the next fighter, but his mic cuts out. Jack and Bill try and figure out what took place. But, before they can, the lights cut. They sit and speculate for a few seconds. As the lights turn back on, they notice Jerry the Clown standing in the ring behind Tim Tyler.

[As Tyler turns, Jerry catches with a boot. He then hits Tyler with his own finisher, the single arm DDT. The crowd is in silence. Jerry the Clown hovers over Tyler, smiling a lot, or - at least it looks like he's smiling. He's a clown. It could just be the make up. Scott Vyper isn't so much interested in this, and throws Jerry the Clown over the top rope. He hits the floor.]

Inkster announces that Jerry the Clown is the tenth elimination.

[Amariie then pulls up Tim Tyler and tosses him over the top rope. Xavier Langston, followed by Ryven, appear at the top and run down to the ring.]

Inkster announces that Tim Tyler is the eleventh elimination. He then introduces the next two fighters, Xavier Langston and Ryven. Jack and Bill talk about Xavier's attempts to getting Father Nathan to fight him at El Dia, and maybe with this match, he could push himself into a position to by pass Father Nathan, and fight the Great Lakes Champion instead. Bill is curious where Father Nathan is. Oh, and about Ryven, this is the first we've seen of him since the last supercard, where he lost to Jade.

[Ryven and Scott Vyper begin to trade blows. Xavier Langston is met by Amariie. They trade rights and lefts. Langston takes Amariie and tosses her over the top rope. She hangs on and falls to the apron. Langston then tries to force her out by his feet, but he doesn't get very far. He finally turns his attention to Ryven and Vyper. Ryven has Vyper in the corner. He tries to force him over the top rope, but Vyper holds on. Langston comes up from behind and clubs Ryven in the back of the head. They exchange rights and lefts, before Langston is taken to the mat by Amariie. She hit him with a spear. She begins to throw rights and lefts at him, but Langston quickly gets back to his feet, countering the blows. Vyper, who's very opportunistic, grabs Ryven from behind and tosses him over the top rope. He holds on and lands on the apron. Vyper smashes him in the face with a forearm, and he falls to the floor.]

Inkster announces that Ryven is the twelfth elimination. He then announces the next fighter, Divion Sadistik. Jack reminds us that Sadistik is the challenger for the Heartlands Championship. And how wild would it be if Divion Sadistik faced Bob Wire, won the Heartlands and then faced Kronin and won the Great Lakes Championship. In the same night. It would be a huge night for him. 

[Sadistik hits the ring. He is met by Amariie. Just then, Bob Wire runs back down to the ring. Referee Luna Pier tries to stop him but he side steps her. He then slides into the ring with the chair. Sadistik knocks Amariie to the mat with a scoop slam. He turns and Bob Wire clocks him with the steel chair. Sadistik stumbles, holding his head in pain. Security rush the ring and take Bob Wire from it. As they do so, Sadistik falls against the ropes, holding his head. Langston sees it and charges. He clotheslines him over the top rope. Sadistik hits the floor.]

Inkster announces that Divion Sadistik is the thirteenth elimination. He then announces the next fighter, Matrix. Good ol' Scotty Kames, as Bill rants positively. Jack still can't believe that Sadistik was knocked out of the match and it was all because of Bob Wire. Wire obviously didn't want to see him have two title shots in one night, according to Jack.

[Sadistik goes irate. He charges Bob Wire and they begin to fight on the outside. Security corrals both of them and escorts them to the backstage. Matrix slides into the ring. He immediately goes after Amariie and bullies her into the corner. Vyper and he partner up to try and take Amariie out, but Langston stops them. He and Matrix exchange punches. Vyper tries to power Amariie out, but she once again hangs to the top rope. She then falls to the apron and latches onto the bottom rope. Vyper gets frustrated and walks away. He then charges towards Langston and Matrix, but the both move out of the way and force Vyper over the top rope. He almost hits the floor but quickly pulls himself back onto the apron.]

Jack and Bill both talk about how close that was for Vyper to be eliminated.

[As Matrix tries to force Vyper out with his feet, Xavier Langston lifts him over and sends him out to the floor. El Oso charges out from the back getting a pretty decent pop.]

Inkster announces that Matrix is the fourteenth elimination. He then announces the next fighter, El Oso. Jack and Bill once again talk about how close Scott Vyper was to be eliminated. They then talk about the 4 competitors left in the ring and the last competitor: Father Nathan.

[As El Oso hits the ring, he runs along the apron. Amariie climbs into the ring. She charges Scott Vyper and clubs him in the back of the head. Xavier Langston then meets her and they again start to trade blows. El Oso sees this, climbs the top rope and flies off with a moonsault. He hits everyone, but Langston, who moves out of the way. As El Oso stands up, the crowd pops. He turns and is smashed in the midsection with a boot by Langston. Langston then traps him in a double underhook. He delivers a few stiff shots to the face before lifting him up and tosses him over the top rope. El Oso hits the floor hard. Just then, out of the crowd runs the mysterious, blue-haired woman. She is stopped by the refs.]

Inkster announces that El Oso is the fifteenth elimination. He then announces the next fighter, but he can't, because she hasn't been named yet. One of those, you know, technicalities. Jack and Bill talk about how this mysterious woman appeared last week, and mention that she looks confused and somewhat out of place. As if the refs are instructing her how this match works on the outside. Regardless, they were surprised that she's here. They thought Father Nathan was the last participant. Which is still true. They just expected him here. Boy, were they fooled.

[The refs decide to let her in after hearing the 'okay' from Inkster. As the mysterious woman slides into the ring, she is quickly met by Langston. She pushes him back and gets into the fetal position. He hesitates and then tries to pull her up. She counters and rolls to the corner. Langston shrugs it off. He turns and sees Vyper pull himself up. He charges and clotheslines him over the top rope. Vyper manages to hold on, though, and lands on the apron. Langston, though, doesn't see this, but instead sees Amariie stand up against the opposite end of the ring. He starts to head towards her, but out of nowhere, the Mysterious woman jumps to her feet and runs at Langston. She charges and slams into him with a shoulder block that sends him into the ropes. Amariie and the mystery woman double team Langston, throwing punches into him. Amariie motions to throw him over the top rope, but the Mystery Woman must have gotten the wrong impression. She grabs Amariie by the hair and tosses her over the top rope. Amariie hits the floor. Langston just stares at her. Father Nathan makes his way down to the ring.]

Inkster announces that Amariie is the sixteenth elimination. He then announces the final fighter, Father Nathan. The crowd pops. Jack notes that Amariie is livid on the outside. He's even more confused by the Mystery Woman. But, Bill reminds him that this match, everyone is out to get everyone. Every man for themselves, as they say. Jack and Bill both talk about how awesome it would be to see the two top champions go face to face at El Dia, and even though this is the first time we've really seen Nathan since the last supercard, he looks pretty awesome.

[As soon as Nathan hits the ring, Xavier Langston blitzes him. He tackles him to the mat. They trade rights and lefts, both working to get advantage over the other. On the other side of the ring, the mysterious woman and Scott Vyper battle, with Vyper getting the better end of the deal. He locks her in a headlock. She pushes him off. Father Nathan is able to escape the grasp of Langston. They both get to their feet, but Nathan lands a viscious right hook that knocks Langston into the corner. Nathan turns his attention from Langston to Vyper and the Mystery Woman. He charges them, but Vyper turns and catches him in mid-stride. He uses a knee lift to get Nathan off balance. He then tosses Nathan over the top rope. Nathan holds on and balances on the top rope. Vyper struggles with him to push him over, but he's unable to manage. He yells at the mystery woman to help him, but she does not. She's not even paying attention. Father Nathan's feet fall back to the ring. Just then, Langston charges from across the ring and clotheslines Father Nathan over the top. His momentum carries him over the top as well. Both land on the ground and Langston again continues the fight on the outside. Refs try and break it up.]

Inkster announces that Father Nathan and Xavier Langston are the seventeenth and eighteenth eliminations and the last two fighters, who remain in the fight, are Scott Vyper and The Mystery Woman.

[Inside the ring, the mysterious woman is celebrating. Vyper looks at her and smirks, as she's not even looking at him.]

Jack and Bill are wondering if the mystery woman thinks she has won. Does she not see Vyper? It's hard to tell.

[Just then, Vyper grabs her from behind and tosses her over the top rope. She hits the floor. She looks at Scott and smiles, before giggling and laughing, while clapping her hands and dancing. Referee John Law raises Vyper's hand.]

Inkster announces that the match is over and that Scott Vyper has won the Fuel 40 Over-the-Top Challenge to face Kronin at El Dia de los Muertos for the Great Lakes Championship. Jack and Bill talk about how great it is to see Vyper, once again fighting for the GLC. They also note that the mystery woman is incredibly happy for someone who was just eliminated from this match. Maybe she doesn't understand what was happening?

[Just then, the mystery woman slides back into the ring. She charges after Vyper, but is stopped by Inkster and the 3 refs. They pull her away from him and out of the ring. She stomps and pouts as they walk her up the ramp.]

The mystery woman says she wants to play more and that playtime is not over. The refs don't listen and continue to drag her from the ring. Jack and Bill are really confused by her actions, but then begin to hype Kronin vs. Scott Vyper. They also talk about Xavier Langston vs. Father Nathan and Sadistik vs. Bob Wire, all matches that were really set up by their interactions here tonight.

[Vyper climbs the turnbuckle and motions that the title will be around his waist. The scene fades.]


Fuel 39

Posted: October 15th, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | No Comments »

Fuel 39 – October 15th, 2010 – WMW Arena, Cleveland, Ohio

Dark
Jordan Keyser vs. El Oso
Hiawatha vs. Amariie

Xavier Langston vs. Arick Wills
Eric Dillinger vs. “Boom Boom” Butterfield

Heartlands Championship #1 Contender
Divion Sadistik vs. John Bundy


Last Week on Fuel 38

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing Bob Wire holding the Heartlands Championship as Boris Drago stood in the ring holding his bloody head.]

Voice Over - At Fuel 38, Bob Wire defeated Boris Drago to become the new Heartlands Champion. This crazed individual was able to overcome the size and strength of the Russian beast. Boris couldn't stop him, could Divion Sadistik? Or John Bundy?

[The shot changes to show Amariie standing against a dark background. The lights are dim.]

Voice Over - The return of Amariie is near.

[The shot changes to show shots of Xavier Langston as he defeated El Oso.]

Voice Over - Xavier Langston continued to shine as he successfully defeated El Oso at his own game. He also sent a message to Father Nathan. He plans on beating him, too.

...

Welcome to Fuel 39.

[The scene fades.]

Fuel 39 - October 15th, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW and Fuel logos in the WMW Arena as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Fuel 39! And we are coming to you from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and we've got another fast-moving webisode of Fuel ready for you. We'll see the Heartlands Championship #1 contenders match between John Bundy and the newcomer, Divion Sadistik, plus, will Father Nathan confront Xavier Langston after he sent another message last week? Langston is in action tonight against Arick Wills. Plus, we'll also see Eric Dillinger in a Shoot exhibition match as he prepares for his fight against Jade at El Dia. Bill, what are you looking forward to?

Bill Hughes - I actually like this part of the show better when you do it alone. Gives me time to sit back and enjoy my Hughes Family Peaches "Go Case". It's quick and easy to eat when you're on the go. That's Hughes Family Peaches. They're [bleep]ing delicious.

Jack Gene - Glad to hear that. We're just about ready for our opening contest. It's...

Harry Cockles vs. The Angel of Death

Writer: Tabi

[The shot opens up to show Harry Cockles already in the ring talking with his manager, Ophelia Hinnie, the focus of the talk seems to be on Harry’s pink boa he wore to the ring today while Wayne Inkster stands near the middle of the ring. Moments later, the Angel of Death’s music hits and per her normal routine; glides into the ring from the top of the WMW big screen on a zip line.]

Inkster announces the opening contest is a one fall match. He then introduces Harry Cockles first and Jack comments about Ophelia escorting Cockles to the ring for the first time in awhile. Bill makes a comment about missing the Hinnie. Inkster introduces the Angel of Death next and Bill comments how refreshing it was to see Bob Wire put the Angel of Death in her place last week, while Jack comments that the Angel of Death must be fuming after that attack last week.

[Ophelia Hinnie gets out of the ring as Harry lays his boa on the ring apron just as the Angel of Death hits the ring, landing on the top turnbuckle and performing a back flip into the ring and landing on her feet. The referee checks both Harry and TAOD for foreign objects then calls for the bell. Harry walks to the center of the ring and motions to TAOD that he wants to dance, the crowd calls for them to fight while TAOD looks at Harry like he is touched. Harry starts to dance and TAOD puts a stop to the dancing with a drop kick to Harry face, Harry gets to his feet only to be taken back down by a hurricanrana from TAOD. TAOD turns the hurricanrana into a pin attempt but Harry reverses it into a roll up pin attempt on TAOD who kicks out before the count of 2. TOAD hits the ropes and comes off with a full running start, ducking under the clothesline attempt by Harry and bouncing off the opposite ropes and connecting with a flying tornado DDT on Harry. Ophelia is calling encouragement to Harry in the ring as TAOD goes for another pin; Harry is able to kick out before the 3 count. TAOD pulls Harry to his feet, but Harry surprises TAOD by leaning in and kissing her, causing TAOD to sputter and wipe her mouth.]

Jack comments on that unorthodox way of slowing the TAOD down and now Harry will need to follow it up. Bill says that no one should have to suffer that, it’s cruel and unusual punishment and now TAOD will need to go get a tetanus shot to make sure she didn’t contact anything. Jack informs Bill that you can’t get Tetanus from a kiss.

[Harry sends TAOD down to the mat with a clothesline while she is distracted by the kiss, and then takes her down with another one when TAOD pops back to her feet. TAOD pops back to her feet once more and Harry delivers a scoop slam before TAOD can get her bearings. TAOD gets back up to one knee, Harry follows up with a series of punches and blows that keeps TAOD down on one knee and drives her face first to the mat with a knee to the back of TAOD’s neck. Harry starts to celebrate and pose for the crowd, even going so far as to walk over and get his boa and wrap it around his neck. Harry turns back around as Ophelia yells for him to finish the match, only to get sent down to the mat with a Pele kick from TAOD. Both wrestlers down but before the referee can start to count, Ophelia gets up on the ring apron and starts to argue with the referee. ]

Bill says Ophelia is doing a smart thing and giving her man time to get his bearings after that surprise sneak attack from TAOD. Jack adds that this could be the turning point of the match.

[Ophelia grabs the referee by the shirt and pulls the referee down into her cleavage as she tosses something towards Harry, who is just getting to his feet. But before Harry can grab the item, a blue haired woman wearing a black leather duster, along with purple leggings and a blue top slides comes out of the crowd and slides into the ring. The mystery woman intercepts Ophelia’s toss and spends a moment looking down at the bundle of leather and rubber of the sex toy Ophelia was trying to throw to Harry before spinning around and clocking Harry over the head with it. Harry stands there looking shocked and swaying on his feet after the blow; the mystery woman tosses the toy out of the ring and giggles as she looks at Harry’s dazed form before delivering a spinning back kick to Harry’s midsection and hooking both his arms in a double under hook. The woman goes to lift Harry up, getting him off the ground and drops Harry on the back of his neck and head, giggling as she rolls out of the ring and motions TAOD to the unmoving body of Harry Cockles. TAOD looks at the mystery woman like she’s seen a ghost which only makes the woman giggle more and rock back and forth on her knees on the outside of the ring. TAOD looks over at the downed Harry Cockles and quickly climbs up to the top rope and jumps off to connect with a backflip double leg drop to Harry Cockles.]

Jack calls out loudly “TAOD with the ‘Celestial Sueños’ on the downed Cockles.” He goes on to comment that this match is over except for the 3 count. Bill counters that the match was over when the mystery woman got involved and dropped Harry on his head with a Tiger Driver. Bill also comments that TAOD seemed to recognize the mystery woman. 

[TAOD rolls Harry Cockles over and hooks a leg as she covers him, the referee counts the pin and it’s an easy three count. The referee immediately raises her hand in victory.]

After Match Happenings

Writer: Tabi


[The mystery woman slides back into the ring and as The Angel of Death turns around, they come face to face. The mystery woman steps up, wraps an arm around The Angel of Death’s neck and drops down in a reverse stunner position, then rises back up as The Angel of Death staggers and sweeps out The Angel of Death’s legs; driving The Angel of Death face first into the mat.]

Jack Gene – Good Lord! This woman not only took out Harry Cockles and handed the win to The Angel of Death; she just took out The Angel of Death as well. What is going on here?

Bill Hughes – How the hell should I know?

[The mystery woman looks down at both Harry Cockles and The Angel of Death, giggling as she does; suddenly the giggling stops and she bends over and starts to yell something to the knocked out Angel of Death.]

Mystery Woman – She wants to come out and play! Let her out!

[The woman pouts and stops her foot.]

Mystery Woman – Fine! Don’t need to be no dang ornery. I’ll git her a playin’ soon.

[The woman giggles again and then frowns, looking at both The Angel of Death and Harry Cockles. She taps each one a few times with her foot and when they don’t move, the mystery woman starts to pout. Dropping down into a lotus position between the two knocked out wrestlers, the mystery woman starts to rock and hum to herself; the humming interrupted now and then by giggling.]

Bill Hughes – Great! Just what we need around here, another one touched in the head. This one seems quite a few cards short of a full deck.

[The woman turns and looks right at Jack and Bill, as if she heard the comment then spotting Harry’s boa still lying in the ring, claps her hands in glee and crawls over to grab the boa. She then rolls out of the ring as security finally arrives and jumps the security railing and departs through the crowd with Harry’s boa still in hand.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

A Reaction from Harry Cockles

Writer: Scott

[Harry Cockles is pacing around furiously in his typical flamboyant matter. Ophelia Hinnie watches, confused as to what to do about the matter. The 2 are currently in their locker room, which is stylishly designed with bright colors and designer furniture. Harry Cockles, close to tears, speaks in an almost shrieking voice.]

Harry Cockles - MY BOA! GONE! That was my lucky boa Ophelia. So many memories... so many good times had with that soft, fluffy boa around my neck... AND THAT BITCH STOLE IT!

Ophelia Hinnie - Harry, we can get you anothe...

Harry Cockles - I DON'T WANT ANOTHER BOA! IT WAS MY BOA! MINE MINE MINE MINE MINE! I'll get this.... this... god who was she anyway? Oh fiddlesticks... nevermind. I'll get that vile woman for this... I'll get her, and then I'll get my boa... and then probably some Japanese twins... oh, it would be great if they were a male and female combo of twins. I always wanted to be the middle of my own little human centipede.

Ophelia Hinnie - That would be pretty hot Harr...

Harry Cockles - DON'T DISTRACT ME MS. HINNIE FUNNYPANTZ! I... WANT... MY... BOA!

[Cockles continues to throw a child like tantrum as Ophelia just stands there, looking even more confused than usual.]

Xavier Langston vs. Arick Wills

Writer: Garvin

[Arick Wills, Wayne Inkster and referee Stephen Tyler stand in the ring.]

Inkster announces the next match. He introduces the first fighter, who stands in the ring with him, Arick Wills. The crowd gives a mixed reaction. Jack notes that Arick was knocked out of commission by Dasha in their HLCmt Round 1 match, and wasn't expected to be able to return for another month, but doctors have cleared him to compete and, even Arick Wills has said that he feels at 100% despite how bad it looked on TV. Inkster than announces his opponent: Xavier Langston.

[The pulsing beat of “Wretches and Kings” by Linkin Park starts, with several red and blue spotlights strobing as they point at the entranceway. Upon the first symbol crashing, a hooded figure appears at the entrance with his head down and his hands covered in MMA open-finger gloves. His long, unbuttoned trench allows us to get a glance of his chiseled upper-body physique and a tattooed Old English letter “X” across his heart. His legs, covered in dark purple tights with white trim on the waist, move slowly down the aisle, carrying the rest of Da Man with him as he makes his way slowly to the ring. At about the halfway mark down the aisle, the figure stops and flips up its head, revealing the chilling icy blue eyes and bleach-blonde flattop of Xavier Langston, to the raucous booing of the crowd.]

Jack says that Xavier Langston has been on a roll as of late. And, all though it hasn't been officially announced as of yet, it is expected he will be facing Father Nathan at El Dia de los Muertos. He's made it clear he wants the title, and has been a wrecking ball through the competition since his return a few weeks ago. Bill agrees and says that no one else has stepped up to the challenge.

[Making his way down the aisle, Xavier arrives at the ring and quickly sheds his hooded trench, letting it fall to the floor. He then slides in the ring and stands quickly, staring a hole into Arick Wills. The referee checks him for foreign objects.]

Jack reminds everyone that this is a grudge match if there ever is one. Many credit Arick Wills for Langston needing time off in the first place, and was a major roadblock in his successes here. And, no one believes that more than Langston. Bill says that Langston has shown a lot more anger, a lot more fire this time around. And, it's rubbed a lot of people the wrong way. Jack agrees and says that Father Nathan has pretty much remained out of the ring since he was attacked by Langston. That could be because he's re-injured, or because he's biding his time.

[The ref calls for the bell and Langston shoots across the ring. He tries to get behind Wills, but Wills dodges it. They lock up and Wills sends him across the ring with an Irish whip. He takes Langston down with a shoulder block. Wills bounces off the ropes. Langston kips up and catches him with an arm drag. As Wills pops up, Langston hits him with a drop kick, and another. He continues the fast-paced attack, which took Wills off of his rhythm. Wills began to limp on the bad leg after a few minutes of the offense. Langston locks him in a front chancery, then begins to lay into him with knee strikes. Wills finally escapes to the ropes, but Langston stays on the attack and clotheslines him out to the floor.]

Jack notes that the crowd is really laying the hate into Xavier. Obviously upset about his motives to take out one of the most beloved Champions here, in Father Nathan. Bill suggests that the fans get over it, because as long as Father Nathan's got the title, he'll have a target on his back.

[As Arick Wills collects himself on the outside, Langston shoots into the ropes and charges across the ring. Then then propells himself through the air and onto Wills on the outside with the Space Flying Tiger Drop. He pops back up and yells at a group of fans at ringside. He then peels Wills from the floor and rolls him back into the ring. He slides in after him and goes for a pin. He gets a one. Langston dislikes the slow count, but continues on anyways, locking on a rear naked choke. He cinches it in with a body scissors.]

Bill says that Wills is completely out of his game this week. You can tell he's still hurting from Dasha almost breaking that ankle, and it's obvious that he shouldn't be in the ring right now. Jack says that some of the fans are giving him cheers. Bill says they're either sympathy cheers, or they just hate Langston that much.

[Langston lets go of the hold and pulls up Wills. He pushes him into the ropes and goes for an Irish whip, but Wills counters and takes him down with a clothesline. He drops him with another. Langston pops back up holding his chest and Wills catches him in a sidewalk slam. Wills goes for the pin, but only gets a one. He pushes himself up, and as Langston stands up, he lands a right hand. The crowd gets on their feet. He lands another right hand. Wills goes for a boot to the midsection. Langston catches it and hits a step-over heel kick. A hush falls onto the crowd. Langston sits up. He goes for a quick pin, but gets a two count. He sits up on his knees in disbelief. He quickly gets back up and pulls Wills into the corner. He lands a right hand, and another. But Wills reverses the position and lands a few of his own. He lifts up Langston and puts him on the top rope. Before he can take advantage of the situation, Langston hits an eye rake that sends Wills spinning. Then, Langston leaps off the top rope and lands an Ace Crusher. Wills goes limp on the mat. Langston quickly slides over to him and locks on a Koji Clutch. After a few short moments, Arick Wills taps out.]

Inkster annouces that this match has been ended by the ref. The winner of this match, by submission, is Xavier Langston.

[Langston breaks the hold and stands up looking down at Wills. He smiles. He then turns his attention to the rampway, calling for Nathan to fight him. He motions around his waist and draws "ASC" in the air with his finger. The scene fades.]

Louie Cwik catches up with the Mystery Woman

Writer: Tabi

[The shot opens up with Louie Cwik quickly moving through the backstage hallways, looking slightly flustered as he adjusts his tie and wipes his brow.]

Louie Cwik – What do we know about this person, anything? Do we even have a name or do I have to go ‘Hey you, with the blue hair…yeah you’ to speak with her?

[Louie Cwik just sighs as his earpiece informs him of the bad news.]

Louie Cwik – Just my luck, I always get the crappy assignments, one of these days I will get the plush assignments like that tramp Mischa Barnes does.

[Louie’s rant is cut off as his cameraman taps his shoulder and points down the hall. Sitting on one of the audio cases along the wall is the mystery woman, rocking back and forth and humming softly. Louie starts down the hall towards her then pauses as he spots the two unmoving WMW security personal on the floor near her. With a silent ‘why me’ directed to the heavens, Louie continues down the hall towards the woman, and he can now see she has the boa wrapped around her neck and is petting one end like it was a pet.]

Louie Cwik – Um, excuse me, miss…I’m Louie Cwik, one of the backstage interviewers here at Wrestling Midwest and I would like to ask you a few questions.

[The woman turns her head, still humming and petting the boa and looks at Louie; her ice blue eyes seem to pierce right through Louie Cwik but she doesn’t say anything at all, just sorta gives Louie at rather disturbing grin.]

Louie Cwik – What’s your name? What do we call you?

Mystery Woman – She knows my name, when she comes out to play then all will know my name. Names are precious, should not be given out like Drops.

Louie Cwik – Um, ok then. Can you tell us why you first helped The Angel of Death and then attacked her? Why did you first attack Harry Cockles?

[The woman looks at Louie Cwik with complete lack of understanding.]

Mystery Woman – ‘Arry Cockle? Who dat? Was he the nice man in the ring? He very nice man, presents he give.

[Louie Cwik takes a deep breath to calm his growing frustration and nods his head sharply, reaching out to touch the boa.]

Louie Cwik – Yes he was the man in the ring, the one you dropped on his head. The man you took the boa from.

[The Mystery woman slaps Louie Cwik’s hand as he touches the boa.]

Mystery Woman – No dang footpad takin my present! Bad bad! Not nice man, no you don’t bein nice to me. Now Git, git away dreadful footpad!

[Louie Cwik looks stunned and rubs his hand. He tries once more to take control of this interview, if it could be called that.]

Louie Cwik – I won’t talk about the boa again. Now can you tell me why you attack The Angel of Death after you handed her the match?

Mystery Woman - She done have ye all hornswoggled. She ain’t no angel, dang awful doxy bathed in red, crimson red. Soon she will play, soon the need will make her play; she ain’t gonna hide no longer.

[With that the mystery woman hops off the audio cart and lands on the back of one of the downed security personal. The woman giggles as she draws a painful groan from him and skips off down the hallway, humming and giggling as she pets the boa. Louie Cwik just stands there trying to comprehend what just happened.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Brad Johnson Has An Announcement

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up backstage as Stephen Squires stands next to Brad Johnson.]

Stephen Squires - Stephen Squires here with WMW Owner Brad Johnson, and Mr. Johnson. We've been told that you have a special announcement concerning the Great Lakes Championship at El Dia de los Muertos 2010?

[Johnson smiles.]

Brad Johnson - Yes. Kronin has been a great Champion. He's really shown that he deserves to be in the spot that he's in. And, we've seen him fight the best in this business. But, now it's time to move into the future, for Kronin to take the step that puts himself into the history books. But to get there, he's got to face the next round of challengers. And, usually that's a decision that myself, and the rest of my booking staff have to make. We approve every Great Lakes challenger. But, now - now it's time for the next big challenger to step up and step into the spotlight.

Stephen Squires - So... you're out of ideas?

[Johnson pauses and laughs.]

Brad Johnson - I suppose you could say that. But, really - it's time for us to take a step back and allow the roster to decide who will take that shot. So, next week - we'll find out. We've got a full roster, and the GLC shot is what everyone works for. That's why they're here in WMW.

Stephen Squires - So... what are you saying?

Brad Johnson - 20 fighters, one ring. Over-the-top Challenge.

Stephen Squires - 20 fighters?

Brad Johnson - 20 fighters. And, you can throw in Bob Wire and Father Nathan in that mix as well. Current champions are eligible.

Stephen Squires - Whoa! Even Jade?

[Johnson shifty eyes.]

Brad Johnson - Well, no - not Jade. The Shoot Championship is a bit different. Speaking of which, isn't it time for Eric Dillinger's exhibition?

Stephen Squires - Why... yes. You've heard it here first - Fuel 40, 20-fighter Over-the-Top Challenge to determine the next challenger for the Great Lakes Championship. Now, let's turn it to the ring for our next contest.

[The scene fades.]

Eric Dillinger vs. "Boom Boom" Butterfield

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up inside the ring where Wayne Inkster, Stephen Tyler and "Boom Boom" Butterfield stand in the center of the ring.]

Inkster announces that the next match will be a Shoot Exhibition match inside the WMW ring. All MMA rules will remain in place. This exhibition will go 3 rounds, with 3 minutes per round. He announces the first fighter: "Boom Boom" Butterfield. Jack says that Butterfield was chosen because of his MMA experience and how closely his fighting style and shape is to Eric's opponent at El Dia, Jade. Inkster announces his opponent: Eric Dillinger.

[Eric comes out with the Cauliflower Crew. As Dillinger hits the ring, his crew remains on the outside, minus Styles. They talk on the inside of the ring, before the ref breaks it up.]

Jack Gene makes mention of Eric Styles, the oldest member of the group, who's the other guy working w/ Eric on his ground game and charged w/ getting him in the gym. Jack is still skeptical of Eric's ability in the cage. Bill reminds Jack that he had doubts when Eric went up against Jasmine Lucky, and he should have learned by now not to doubt Eric's abilities in that type of environment. He may not be classically trained, but he can hold his own. Jack says that we won't know for sure until he goes up against Jade. Tonight and Jasmine Lucky are hardly good gauges of what Eric will do at El Dia, considering how much better Jade is to the group.


[Both Fighters join Tyler in the center. He gives them the last bit of instructions before sending them back to their corners. A few moments later, he looks at the timekeeper and gets into position. He looks at both fighters, and then calls for the bell. This is round one. The fight gets underway. The two charge across the ring and immediately, Dillinger launches rights and lefts. Dillinger catches him with a right hook that causes him to stagger. Butterfield catches his balance and blocks the next round of punches. He hits a snap jab that hits Eric in the center of the face, catching him off guard.]

Jack says that this is supposed to be a friendly exhibition. No knockouts are expected. This is to be a sparring session. Bill counters that idea and says, looking at how hard Butterfield just punched Dillinger, and the look on Dillinger's face, this is about to get real ugly.

[Both fighters circle one another, measuring the other up. Butterfield shoots in with a right hand, but misses. Eric catches him with a left handed roundhouse punch. Butterfield goes for a body kick, but Dillinger catches it and returns with a body strike. Dillinger keeps him locked up and forces him into the corner.]

Bill says that this is why Jack should just shut up and let the fight happen. We're only 50 seconds in, and Dillinger is just destroying Butterfield. Jack still thinks that we can't compare Butterfield and Jade. Even with the similarities, Jade is much more trained in that type of fight.

[Eric pulls Butterfield out of the corner, still locked on to his head and arms. He lands a stiff uppercut, and then pushes him backwards. Dillinger throws a left hook that floors Butterfield. Dillinger gets into a side mount and begins to lay him out with hammer fists. Tyler quickly calls for the bell and breaks up the attack. This match is over. Eric stands up as his team climb into the ring. They celebrate.]

Wayne Inkster announces Eric Dillinger as the winner by knockout at the 1:04 second mark. Jack says he can't believe Eric knocked him out. That this was supposed to be an exhibition, not a full-on fight. He questions what Eric was thinking. Bill says that Jack needs to start recognizing Eric's abilities and stop doubting him and over-thinking everything. Sure, this was a sparring match, but as soon as Butterfield laid in with the first strike, it was apparent that this fight was going to end like this. And, it's something that Jade will have to defend herself. She's never gone up against a striker like this. Will be interesting to see how she handles it.

[Dillinger walks over to Butterfield who is now sitting with the help of the ref. Dillinger checks to make sure he is okay, and then continues to celebrate. Members of his crew are talking off-mic to the camera, telling Jade that he's coming and that the title is his. The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Bob Wire Watches With Great Interest

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the back as Bob Wire, along with his chair, stand in the back watching the monitor. They show inside the ring where Divion Sadistik stands. He runs his hand over the Heartlands Championship and laughs to himself. The scene fades.]

Divion Sadistik vs. John Bundy

Writer: Garvin

[In the WMW Arena, Wayne Inkster stands in the center of the ring alongside Divion Sadistik. Referee Stephen Tyler tries to give Divion instruction, but he ignores him completely.]

Wayne Inkster announces the next contest, tonight's Main Event. He says that this match is to determine who will face Bob Wire at El Dia de los Muertos for the Heartlands Championship. He introduces the first fighter: Divion Sadistik. He gets a mixed reaction. Jack retells the story about his history, and why Divion is here. And then reminds everyone how easily he took out Tim Tyler last week. Bill says that two are two problems with that. First, Tyler wasn't thinking about that match, he was thinking about getting his hands on Jerry the Clown. And secondly, to suggest that Divion will be able to pull off another win like that this week is a bit misguided. Considering who his opponent is.

[Just then, "Elite" by The Deftones blasts from the PA and out walks John Bundy. He gets a mixed reaction from the crowd as he walks to the ring.]

Inkster announces his opponent, John Bundy. As Bundy walks to the ring, Jack and Bill discuss his match against Hiawatha last week and how awesomely strong he looked.

[Bundy enters the ring and stares across the ring at Divion. He smiles and waits for the ref's sign. The ref calls for the bell and the match has begun. Bundy goes for a lockup, but Sadistik moves out of the way. Sadistik paces around the outside of Bundy, who just watches patiently. Bundy tries for another lockup, but again, Sadistik avoids it. The ref urges them to begin. Bundy says he's trying, and Sadistic just brushes off the comments. Bundy goes for another lockup, but Sadistik gets behind him with a waist lock. He slams a forearm into his back and tries to push him into the corner, but Bundy counters and gets behind him. He lifts him up and drives him into the corner. Sadistik fights the waist lock, and the ref starts a count to get out of the corner. Bundy breaks it and Sadistik looks back at him with a smile. Bundy walks back to the center and calls Sadistik out. As he meets him, they lock up once again and Bundy gets him into a headlock. Sadistik quickly moves towards the ropes and the ref breaks it up. Bundy, looking frustrated, walks backwards with his hands up, jawing at Sadistik.]

Bill says that Sadistik is playing mind games with Bundy. And all though, it's starting to get to him, Sadistik needs to worry about pissing the big man off as we all know Bundy's history with suspensions and fines for how ruthless he can be.

[They meet again in the center, but Sadistik pushes him off. Bundy goes for another headlock, but Sadistik counters it, pushing him to the side. As Bundy comes back, they immediately lock up again. Sadistik charges towards him, pushing him into the corner. Bundy switches it up on him, and then it's reversed again. Finally, the ref tells them to break it up. Sadistik lands a cheap shot slap as the ref's back was turned to him.]

Jack says that Sadistik is showing some great strength, getting Bundy in the corner like that. He's, again, not doing anything too aggressive. Lots of counters, trying to make Bundy make the first moves, and hopefully causing Bundy to make a mistake. Bill says this was a smart approach against Tyler last week, but this week, there is nothing distracting Bundy. Bundy has his eye on the prize, and these mind games are only delaying the inevitable: Bundy crushing him.

[They circle each other once again in the ring. They lock up once again, and Bundy sends him back into the ropes. The ref starts another 5-count, gets to 3 and Bundy lets go and lands a huge open handed chop against Sadistik's chest. Sadistik stumbles away from the ropes holding his chest. Bundy goes for a clothesline, but Sadistik ducks it and quickly locks him in a headlock. He wrenches a few times before Bundy sends him across the ring. As Sadistik bounces back, they collide with a shoulder block. Bundy barely moves. He dusts off his shoulder with a smile. Sadistik looks around and then hits the ropes again. As he bounces back, Bundy goes for a clothesline, but Sadistik ducks it. He continues running and bounces off the ropes again. Bundy stands in the ring ready to attack him, but Sadistik flies through the air landing a flying forearm to the head. Bundy stumbles backwards and Sadistik takes him down with a by the leg. Sadistik stands up and lands a boot to his chest, and another to his face. He goes for the pin, but is pushed off before the 1-count. They both get back to their feet, and Sadistik rams a boot into his chest. He lands a right hand that sends Bundy stumbling into the corner. As he hits the corner, Sadistik charges, but Bundy hits him with a chest bounce that sends Sadistik stumbling backwards. Bundy hits a right and follows it up with a chop. Sadistik rakes him in the eyes. As Bundy spins around, Sadistik takes him down with a chop block. He goes for a pin, but again pushes out of it before the 1-count. He sits up holding his leg in pain. Sadistik locks on a rear chin lock.]

Bill compliments Sadistik's poise in the ring. Especially against a guy like John Bundy. Really showing he can hang with a guy that size and is handling the match very similarly to how he handled the match against Tim last week, which is unexpected. Jack says that the chop block took a lot of steam out of Bundy. He's in a defensive position, but depending on how hard Sadistik hit that knee, this could be his last shot at getting back to his feet.

[As Bundy fights back to his feet, he lands an elbow to Sadistik's midsection. Sadistik takes a few steps back and Bundy slugs him with a right hand, and another. Bundy grabs him by the head and locks him in a front facelock. He lifts him up and takes him over with a suplex. Bundy rolls onto him and goes for a pin, but Sadistik kicks out. He then begins to dig out Sadistik's eye, which causes the ref to quickly break it up. Sadistik rolls on the mat in pain, holding his right eye. He gets to his knees and Bundy is able to grab him and push him into the corner. He lands a heavy forearm to his jaw. He turns his back and tries to compress Sadistik in the corner, but Sadistik gets an arm free and hits him with a forearm to the back of the head. Bundy walks out of the corner and Sadistik goes for a clothesline, but Bundy catches him on his shoulder and drives him into the corner. Bundy follows it up with an open handed chop against his chest. Bundy then walks out of the corner and tells the crowd that the match is over. He then charges the corner and leaps into the air with an avalanche splash, but Sadistik moved out of the way at the last second. He hits Bundy with a neckbreaker. Both lay on the mat as the ref starts the 10-count.]

Jack can't believe that Sadistik, not only was able to get out of that predicament, but took the big man down in such a way that he still hasn't gotten up. Bill says this is the true test. The true telling point if Sadistik is worthy to be the challenger for the Heartlands Championship. He's got the big man down, but can he himself get back up?

[At the 6-count, both men start to get to their feet. Sadistik is the first. He collects himself on the ropes. Bundy follows him up and charges him, knocking him back into the corner. Bundy hits him with a right hand to the midsection. He then pulls him from the corner and takes him down to the mat with a scoop slam. Bundy calls for the match to be over. He falls back into the ropes and as he bounces back he jumps into the air and goes for the Bundy Splash. But, Sadistik, out of nowhere, jumps up and connects with a jumping STO. Bundy looks out of it. He goes for the pin and gets the 3. The ref calls for the bell. The match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces that Divion Sadistik is the winner of this match by pinfall and will take on Bob Wire at El Dia de los Muertos. Jack was impressed by the Sadistik's ability to take out the big man. Bill suggests that maybe there's something strong behind the whole "Redeemer's" ideology, and maybe this is just the first sign of it.

[Divion sits up as he tries to catch his breath. He rolls out of the ring and begins to walk up the ramp as the crowd gives him a mixed reaction. The scene fades.]


Next Week on Fuel 40

Writer: Garvin

[The scene opens up with shots of Eric Dillinger and Jade in their various Lions' Den matches.]

Voice Over - The official weigh-in between Eric Dillinger and Jade. Two will enter the Lions' Den at El Dia.

[The shot changes to focus in on the Shoot Champion.]

Voice Over - But only one will walk out Shoot Champion.

[The shot changes to show Kronin standing in the center of the ring holding the Great Lakes Championship.]

Voice Over - 20 Fighters will enter the ring at Fuel 40 to decide who will challenge for the Great Lakes Championship at El Dia de los Muertos.

[The camera turns and zooms in on Kronin making a serious face.]

Voice Over - 1 man stands in their way of making history.


...

Fuel 40, from WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio on October 15th, 2010. 

[The scene fades.]

Dark Matches

Writer: Garvin

- Amariie d. Hiawatha.
- Jordan Keyser and El Oso drew.


Fuel 38

Posted: October 7th, 2010 | Category: Non-Televised Results, Televised Results | No Comments »

Fuel 38 – October 8th, 2010 – WMW Arena, Cleveland, Ohio

Tim Tyler vs. Divion Sadistic
Hiawatha vs. John Bundy
Xavier Langston vs. El Oso

Heartlands Championship
Boris Drago (c) vs. Bob Wire


I Am Your Cure

Writer: Scott

It is dusk and cloudy. The land that surrounds the scene is filled with graves. A man, with long black hair and a pale complexion wearing a pleather trench coat buttoned all the way to the neck, sits on a large gravestone. Though it is dark, he wears shades, hiding his eyes. "In the eyes of man, the world is their kingdom... we simply live in it, dwell in it." he says in a strong and deep tone. "We take for granted the liberties our lives give us. Plantation and wildlife for food and sometimes even entertainment. Water to sustain our lives." He raises his arms, holding them out and looking around. "Yet all things that are beautiful about our world is covered in layers of concrete. Skies covered by your precious skyscrapers. Water wasted and diluted by your chemicals of death."

Divion leaps off the gravestone, kneeling to the ground. The grave is rather fresh, as the grass has not grown on the dirt patch yet. Divion sifts his hands through the dirt. "You... you look at yourselves as gods..." he barks. "I see you... as pestilence!"

Divion raises to his feet and brushes the dirt off his hands. He removes his shades to reveal his almost angelic blue eyes. While at first glance, his gaze is inviting. With time, you see how cold and calculating his glare really is. "I see you as an infection upon Lady Earth, who after all you've done to her still graces you with all she has to offer only for you to continuously abuse her with your lust for nicotine smoke, luxurious cars and oil spills." he shivers at the thought. "The only good thing your wars provide is that you lead yourselves to the slaughter like the pathetic lemmings that you are." saying with a very visible smirk on his face.

He walks away from the grave, the camera following him. He suddenly turns around. "I... am Divion Sadistik. Leader of the human revolution known as The Redeemers." He raises his arms once more, as if he is embracing the air around him. He closes his eyes and smiles widely. "Lady Earth shines on us because of our crusade to remove the parasites that dwell on her."

He laughs maniacally, falling to his knees. His laughter suddenly ends as he looks at the camera once more. "Your lives are a disease... I will be your cure." He laughs once more... while laughing he exclaims "I AM YOUR CURE!" loudly, the scene begins to fade.

Last Week on Fuel 37

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing Boris Drago standing on the outside of the ring, watching Dasha and The Angel of Death battle for the HLC #1 Contendership.]

Voice Over - At Fuel 37, two women fought for the opportunity to face Boris Drago for the Heartlands Champion. But, their dreams were shattered when Bob Wire, along with his Steel Chair stood in their way.

[The shot changes to show Bob Wire taking both Dasha and TAOD out with the chairs. Then, the final shot of the match, showing Boris Drago holding the Heartlands Championship and Bob Wire holding the Steel Chair.]

Voice Over - Bob Wire made the challenge. He took the initiative and tonight will fight for the title.

[The shot changes to show Eric Dillinger and Jasmine Lucky fighting in the Lions' Den.]

Voice Over - In a match that was scheduled for 3 3-minute rounds, Eric Dillinger went in as the underdog against the more experienced and highly favored Jasmine Lucky.

[The shot flashes to show Dillinger throwing her down, mounting her, and slamming her with rights and lefts.]

Voice Over - But, by the middle of the second round, it was all too obvious who Jade would be defending the Shoot Championship against at Burn.

[The shot changes to show highlights of the MTL Championship Main Event between Revolution and The Inquisition.]

Voice Over - And with the MTL Championships on the line, The Inquisition challenged Revolution, who had held the titles for close to a year. Not only were they over matched, though, the only question that was being asked was...

[The shot changes to show Father Nathan laying out cold on the outside as Xavier Langston hovers over him.]

Voice Over - Was Father Nathan ready for Xavier Langston?

...

Welcome to Fuel 38.

[The scene fades.]

Fuel 38 - October 8th, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW and Fuel logos in the WMW Arena as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Fuel 38! And we are coming to you from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and we've got another fast-moving webisode of Fuel ready for you. We'll see the debut of Divion Sadistik, plus, will Father Nathan confront Xavier Langston after his attack last week? Is Tim Tyler next on Jerry the Clown's "hit list"? And Will Boris Drago successfully defend the Heartlands Championship, in his first defense, here tonight?

Bill Hughes - You want to just do this entire opening commentary by yourself, Jack?

Jack Gene - Well, we don't have as much time as we used to on Graveyard Shift. And, so much to announce - and, that's without even referencing the fact that Hiawatha is in the ring. We haven't seen him since the epic Thanksgiving battle between him and Shank last year. You've got to wonder what he's here for, but - as we can all see, he's got a microphone in his hand, so maybe we'll find out. Let's turn it to the ring.

Hiawatha Returns

Writer: Garvin

[The camera focuses to inside the ring as Hiawatha stands with a microphone. He looks around as the arena boos him. He frowns.]

Hiawatha - You have every right to boo me. I deserve every bit of displeasure you have for me.

[The crowd continues to boo, causing him to hesitate.]

Hiawatha - I let you down. I let my people down. And I let myself down. And tonight, I'm walking down a new path. The right path. I do not come to this land with anger. I come to this land with the purpose of helping it grown.

[He looks at the crowd, who continue to boo him.]

Hiawatha - Please, I ask for your forgiveness. I ask for Shank's forgiveness. I disrespected you and your traditions while trying to push my own. As the great Chief Seattle said, "Humankind has not woven the web of life. We are but one thread within it."

[The crowd continues to boo, but Hiawatha closes his eyes and bows his head.]

Hiawatha - "Whatever we do to the web, we do to ourselves. All things are bound together. All things connect." Tonight, I reach out my hands in peace. I want to connect.

[Just then, "Elite" by The Deftones blasts from the PA and out walks John Bundy. He gets a mixed reaction from the crowd as he walks to the ring.]

Jack Gene - Looks like John Bundy is heading to the ring. We might be getting this match started.

Bill Hughes - Good. I'm already sick of Hiawatha. He should have stayed where ever it is he came from.

[Bundy climbs into the ring. He grabs a mic from a stagehand and shakes his head as the music fades. He walks up to Hiawatha and raises his right hand.]

John Bundy - How!

[He smiles, but Hiawatha understands the sarcasm and shakes his head, slowly walking away. Some fans start to cheer for Bundy.]

John Bundy - Look, Red. No one cares about you. No one wants to hear about how you've come with respect and honor. It's a snore fest.

Hiawatha - I'm only here to apologize for the wrongs that I've committed.

John Bundy - By wronging the people again by coming out here and standing in the ring that you disrespected the last time you were here?

[More of the crowd backs Bundy. Hiawatha hangs his head. He sighs.]

Hiawatha - Like the grasses showing tender faces to each other, thus should we do, for this was the wish of the Grandfathers of the World.

[Bundy laughs.]

John Bundy - Like the grasses showing tender faces... please. The wish of the Grandfathers of the World is for me to kick your ass.

Hiawatha vs. John Bundy

Writer: Garvin

[Just then, Bundy kicks Hiawatha in the midsection causing him to drop the mic. Bundy drops his mic and grabs Hiawatha by the hair. Referee Luna Pier runs down the ramp and slides into the ring, calling for the bell. Bundy pushes him into the ropes and whips him across the ring. As he bounces back, Bundy takes him down with a belly to belly suplex.]

Jack says that this match is official: Hiawatha vs. John Bundy. Bill is glad that Bundy came up and put Hiawatha's speech, as it was just awful. Jack can't believe that he's agreeing with Bill and is also glad to see Bundy.

[Bundy stands up and quickly pulls up Hiawatha. He pushes him against the ropes again and goes for an Irish whip, but Hiawatha reverses it. Or, tries to at least, but he's unable to power him over. Bundy goes for a short arm clothesline, but Hiawatha ducks it. He lands a right hand, and another. He kicks Bundy in the midsection and again lands a hard right hand. He bounces off the ropes and charges back with a primal yell and goes for a knee lift to the face, but Bundy dodges it. He then scoops up Hiawatha and slams him down on his back. Bundy rests against the ropes, holding his head.]

Jack says he's surprised how much offense Hiawatha got in after Bundy blindsided him to begin the match. He expected Bundy to run away with the match, but Hiawatha is giving him a good fight. Bill says that it was only a matter of time before that momentum shifted back into Bundy's court.

[Hiawatha pulls himself up on the ropes. Bundy charges him and lands a shoulder into his chest, which almost causes Hiawatha to fall out of the ring, but Bundy grabs a hold of him and takes him down with a sidewalk slam. He goes for a pin, but only gets a two count. He pulls up Hiawatha by the hair, which gets a warning from the ref. He picks up Hiawatha onto his shoulder and goes for a powerslam, but Hiawatha counters it and slides down his back. He immediately jumps up and digs his knees into Bundy's back, grabbing a hold of his head. He pulls him back and they both fall, causing Bundy to land on his knees. Hiawatha goes for the pin, but Bundy kicks out at two. Hiawatha stands up and begins to do a ceremonial dance.]

Bill says that Hiawatha's rain dance isn't going to make beating John Bundy any easier. Or likely. Jack says that Hiawatha has the advantage and is just measuring him up, in his own, odd way.

[Bundy gets up to his knees. He then powers up, and just as he does, Hiawatha charges across the ring and goes for a bulldog, but Bundy catches him and throws him down on his back a front-layout backdrop. Bundy then bounces off the ropes and hits a splash. He makes the cover and gets the 3 count for the pin. This match is over.]

Inkster announces that John Bundy has won the match. The crowd reaction is slightly different from his entrance. More mixed, than boos. Jack notes that, and says that Bundy looked very strong in the match, and seems to be different since the last time we saw him. Focused. Bill suggests that it's because he's here alone. Bob Wire isn't here to lose the match for him.

[As Bundy leaves the ring, he keeps looking over his shoulder towards the ring. As he reaches the top of the ramp, he turns and holds up his arms in victory. Hiawatha looks on.]

Tim Tyler Backstage

Writer: Garvin & Steph

[The shot opens up backstage to show Tim Tyler walking through the hallways.]

Jack Gene - And, as we showed you at the top of the broadcast, we will finally see the debut of Divion Sadistik, as he wages war against society alongside "The Redeemers". He says that he's the cure.

Bill Hughes - ...and Tim Tyler, he needs a cure. A cure from that clown.

Jack Gene - I... I'm still unsure what we witnessed last week. Did Jerry the Clown admit to taking out Lumberjack, Handlebeards McGee and Shank?

Bill Hughes - That's... that's a good question. But, when Tim called the attacker out, Jerry the Clown showed up. He answered that call.

[As Tyler turns a corner, he passes a "shady looking area". You see eyes peeking out from the shadows, but Tim doesn't notice it.]

Jack Gene - Wait a second, did you just see that?

Bill Hughes - What?

Jack Gene - In the shadows... I could have sworn I saw something. Nevermind. Let's go to a commercial. Coming up next, Tim Tyler vs. Divion Sadistik. Stay tuned.

[The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

A Visitor

Writer: Eric and Tabi

[Eric Dillinger is seen walking through the hallway of a hospital in a plaid scally cap, white Misfits t-shirt, blue jeans, and black Converse holding what appears to be a bouquet of flowers. He passes by room after room, peeking in and glancing at the numbers, until he comes to the room he’s been looking for. He knocks quickly and walks right in with out waiting for a reply.]

Eric Dillinger - Yooooooo-hooooooooo...

[The camera follows Eric into the room. We can’t see who is in the room as the camera stays focused on the Bastard Icon, but judging by the grin on his face it doesn’t seem like he’s in the wrong place.]

Eric Dillinger - Howdy, love. I heard you had an accident and thought I’d come by and cheer you up. I know what you’re thinking. It ain’t very well likely that I’d come by and see you of all people, but I’ve had a change of heart recently. These’re for you and--

[A wheezing, pain filled voice cuts Eric off there.]

Female Voice - What do you want Eric? If you really wanted to come and wish me well, you would have done that as soon as you heard.

Eric Dillinger - C’mon. Does there really need to be some kind of ulterior motive for me coming here?

[That soft wheezing voice drifts out of the room once more.]

Female Voice - Just because I’m laid up here in the hospital doesn’t mean I don’t know what’s going on in Wrestling Midwest. This wouldn’t have anything to with trying to get me to help you for your match against Jade?

Eric Dillinger - Come to think of it... D’ya want to?

Female Voice - No!

Eric Dillinger - Why the hell not? I respect you and I know you gotta respect me somewhat.

[Eric takes a step into the room, allowing a glimpse in as he does. Laying in a hospital bed is Hecate, a very frail looking Hecate at that. Both of her arms and one leg have been put into rigid casts, the other leg is fixed into a brace. The bit of thigh and her upper arms that can be seen around the blankets and the hospital gown, have been wrapped in bandages. The Greek woman watches Eric with a resigned look.]

Hecate - Respect has nothing to do with it, Eric. Why should I help you against Jade? The woman who is my wrestling partner?

Eric Dillinger - Well, I happen to hear on good authority you’re really good at Pan-cre-ass. I figure we’re two peas in a pod. I wrestle and grapple and so do you. I figure you help me train, give me some insight on Jade and, hell, I’ll help you find the car that run you down. What’cha say?

Hecate - You mean Pankration? Look at me Eric, I’m laid up in a hospital and will be here for Goddess knows how much longer. Even if I had the slightest inclination to help you, which I don’t. I’m in no shape to help anyone out with training. 

Eric Dillinger - C’mon. We could put some more asses in the seats in Mexicooooooooooo.

Hecate - I’ll grant that if I did train you, it would make the match a bit more competitive. But the bottom line is, even if I wasn’t like this; the only way I would help you is if Jade herself asked me to. 

Eric Dillinger - Fine. I understand, but I’ll let my offer stay on the table. I got ears everywhere, y’know?

Female Voice - What the hell are you doing here? Get out, don’t go getting her all worked up when she’s trying to heal!

[Coming down the hall is Diana and Carlos, Diana’s eyes narrowed and looking ready to tear into Eric. Carlos for his part, just looks on passively but ready to react.]

Eric Dillinger - Because you’re a Dr. right? Like a friendly visit ain’t gonna help things along?

[Diana works her way into the door frame and, without touching him, ushers Eric back a foot and into the hallway. He looks over at Carlos and then back at Diana before tensing up, but the frail image of Hecate laid up in the bed brings him back down. He cracks a smile, scoffs, and shakes his head.]

Diana - Look Eric, it’s nice of you to visit her and all, but don’t bring up wrestling at all. OK? The doctors right now are saying it’s unlikely she will ever be able to return to the physical level she was at before the accident. 

Eric Dillinger - Yea, I gotcha. I can tell just by looking at you and...

[Eric looks Carlos over for a second and shakes his head again.]

Eric Dillinger - handsome over here... That you’re concerned, but I’ve known guys to bounce back from worse. If she stays dedicated she’ll bounce back. Level with me, how does she feel about all this?

Diana - It’s eating her up inside, the thought of not being able to ever wrestle again. Jade and I have been working to get a few specialists in here as well as get Dr Williams to take back over as her primary doctor. While she could use the company and seeing some of her co-workers at the same time I’m worried it’s only going to make her more depressed. Just..just keep it off wrestling and her future. 

Eric Dillinger - Understood... So Jade is spending her time here instead of training?

Diana - What?

Eric Dillinger - Nothing, love. Just thinking out loud. Be sure Hecate gets these and let her know if she ever decides to switch times and my wife ever leaves me...

[Diana chuckles softly.]

Diana - I doubt that Eric, she’s very happy in that regard, but I’ll make sure she gets these.

Eric Dillinger - Thanks.

[The scene fades.]

Tim Tyler Backstage

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the back. Tim Tyler is talking with a stagehand. Just then, he hears a creeking sound. He turns and just then, a stack of chairs topples over.]

Stagehand - Oh, [bleep]! Watch out!

[It falls inches away from him and the stagehand, and obviously startles them. Tim holds his heart and head as he checks to make sure the stagehand is okay. He is. Then, you hear laughter.]

Stagehand - What the hell is going on?

[Tim pops a piece of Nicorette.]

Tim Tyler - I... I don't know.

[The scene fades.]

Divion Sadistik vs. Tim Tyler

Writer: Garvin

[In the WMW Arena, Wayne Inkster stands in the center of the ring alongside Divion Sadistik. Referee Stephen Tyler tries to give Divion instruction, but he ignores him completely.]

Wayne Inkster announces the next contest. He introduces the first fighter: Divion Sadistik. He gets a mixed reaction. Jack talks about his history, and why Divion is here. Bill thinks its a bit outlandish to think that one man, and a group of followers, is going to take over the world. Now, what he should be focusing on isn't going after the world as a whole right off the bat. He should start small, like going after the crummy politicians in Cleveland. The only big city in the World that isn't actively developing on the lake front.

[Just then, "Oh Susanna" hits the PA and the crowd pops. Out rides Tim Tyler, solo, on the bicycle built for two. He rides to the ring.]

As Tim rides to the ring, Jack and Bill try to figure out what happened backstage. Was Jerry the Clown behind the accident backstage? Was he trying to take out Tim Tyler? If he was, he was very close. Bill agrees, and says that Tim will have to shake it off and focus on this match if he plans on getting further in the Heartlands tournament.

[Tim Tyler enters the ring and listens to the crowd cheering. He turns to look at Divion and waits for the ref's sign. The ref calls for the bell and the match has begun. Tyler walks to the center of the ring and meets up with Divion. Divion just smirks at him, but doesn't go for any type of move. Tyler goes for a lockup, but Sadistik moves out of the way. Tyler turns to counter any type of move, but Sadistik slowly stalks him from a distance. Tyler tries for another lockup, but again, Sadistik avoids it. The ref urges them to begin, so they do. Tyler and Sadistik meet up in the center with a lockup. Sadistik powers him into the corner and the ref quickly breaks it up getting to a 4-count. Sadistik walks away and calls Tyler to meet him i the center. As they do, they lock up once again and Tyler gets him into a headlock. Sadistik quickly moves towards the ropes and the ref breaks it up. Tyler walks backwards with his hands up, jawing at Sadistik. They meet again in the center, but Sadistik pushes him off. Tyler goes for another headlock, but Sadistik counters it, throwing him into the ropes. As Tyler bounces back, they immediately lock up again. Sadistik pushes him into the corner. Tyler switches it up on him, and then it's reversed again. Finally, the ref tells them to break it up.]

Jack says that Sadistik is trying to size up his first opponent here in WMW. Not doing anything aggressive. Lots of counters, trying to make Tim make the first moves. Bill says this is a smart approach, as you usually see guys come in and try and start with a spark, and that rarely happens, and if it does, it rarely lasts.

[They circle each other once again in the ring. They lock up once again, and Tim sends him back into the ropes. The ref starts another 5-count, gets to 3 and Tim lets go. He takes a few steps back, and Sadistik pounces towards him, locking him in a headlock. He wrenches a few times before Tim sends him into the ropes. As Sadistik bounces back, they collide, with Tim getting the majority of the shoulder block. He falls to the mat. Sadistik quickly hits the ropes and as he bounces back, Tim dives at his feet, causing him to jump over. Sadistik continues running and bounces off the ropes again. Tim goes for a hiptoss, but it's countered with a vicious forearm to the chest, followed by a swinging neckbreaker. He goes for the pin, but only gets a 1-count. They both get back to their feet, and Sadistik rams a boot into his chest. He lands a right hand that sends Tyler stumbling into the corner. As he hits the corner, he darts back out hitting Sadistik with a chop. And another one, but Sadistik rakes him in the eyes. He hits a snapmare, and then uses a double foot stomp on his face, dragging his boots down the sides of his heads. Tyler quickly gets into a seated position, holding his face. Sadistik locks on a rear chin lock.]

Bill compliments Sadistik's poise in the ring. He says that Sadistik saw what type of offense Tim was bringing and has completely taken over this match. Jack says that it's obvious Tim is not focused on this match. He keeps looking over his shoulder, expecting to be attacked at any moment. Bill says that he should feel like he's going to be attacked: because he's in a wrestling ring with a man who wants to pin him or make him submit.

[As Tim fights back to his feet, he lands an elbow to Sadistik's midsection. Sadistik takes a few steps back and Tim lands a boot to the midsection. He gets him into a facelock and goes for a DDT, but Sadistik blocks it and pushes out of it. Sadistik charges with a clothesline, but Tim takes him down with a big boot. Then, the lights flicker. Tim hesitates as he looks around. Sadistik stands up, and as Tim turns back to keep the advantage, Sadistik jumps into the air, grabs him by the head and hits a modified DDT. He goes for the pin and gets the 3. The ref calls for the bell. The match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces that Divion Sadistik the winner of this match by pinfall. Jack was impressed by the debut of Divion Sadistik. He's not too keen on the whole "Redeemer's" ideology, but thinks Sadistik has a place here in the wrestling business.

[Divion kneels in front of Tim Tyler raising his arms up and raising his head with his eyes closed. He visibly is talking to himself, praising Lady Earth for his victory. He looks back at Tim with a smirk and raises to his feet, leaving the ring at a casual pace. He walks up the ramp as the crowd gives him a mixed reaction.]


After Match Happenings

Writer: Garvin

[As Divion walks out of the arena, the lights flicker, and the shut off.]

Jack Gene - What? The lights! Oh, no! Tim is alone in the ring.

[And, then the lights turn back on. Tim stands in the ring, ready to defend himself. But, he's standing across the ring from a very well-dressed "bell-hop" type who has a black messenger bag on his shoulder and a microphone.]

Bellhop Type - Telegram for Mister Tyler.

[Tim looks around, confused of what's happening.]

Bellhop Type - Are you Mister Tyler, sir?

[Tim nods. The bellhop type smiles and reaches into his inside vest pocket and pulls out the telegram.]

Bellhop Type - Mister Tyler. Stop. There seems to be a misunderstanding with the intentions of our last communication. Stop. Apparently, you think that I'm the one behind the attack of Shank, Handlebeards McGee and Lumberjack. Stop. But, I assure you, Mister Tyler, that I am sincerely saddened for what happened to them. Stop. Well, as sad as a clown can be, of course. Stop. You might even say that you see the tears of a clown. Stop. So, please, take these as a sign of my respect for you. Stop. Your friend, Jerry the Clown. Stop. 

[Tim looks around , gritting his teeth. The bellhop looks up and smiles. He then raises a finger, as if just remembering something.]

Bellhop Type - It came with these, Mister Tyler.

[Just then, he reaches into a bag on his shoulder and pulls out a bouquet of flowers. He hands them to Tim.]

Bellhop Type - Have a nice day, Mister Tyler.

[With that, he leaves. Tim looks at the bouquet and looks around. He shakes his head and begins to walk back towards the edge of the ring. He stops and looks at the flowers and drops them suddenly.]

Jack Gene - My god! It's a snake! There was a snake in the flowers!

[Tim slides out of the ring looking worriedly at the snake. The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Introducing Andrew O'Reilly

Writer: Eric

[The camera opens in a darkened studio where we see Eric Dillinger sitting with Louie Cwik. Eric sports a brand new t-shirt that reads Cauliflower Crew with the image of an inflamed ear as the centerpiece. He wears black basket ball shorts and a pair of blue Converse with no socks. Cwik, on the other hand, is dressed business casual with a button up shirt, no tie, slacks, and dress shoes.]

Louie Cwik - Eric, thank you for sitting down with me today.

Eric Dillinger - Hey, thank you. I’m the one who asked for this.

Louie Cwik - It’s my pleasure. I love getting to pick people’s brains from time to time.

Eric Dillinger - I could tell.

Louie Cwik - So you just had your first official MMA match which you won. How does it feel?

Eric Dillinger - Feels great. Never thought the fight would’ve gone as well as it did, but, hey, I guess all that training’s paid off. 

Louie Cwik - Louie Cwik – Ah, yes, all the training by your team the Cauliflower Crew. Tell me, how did you come to assemble such a group?

Eric Dillinger - How’d I come by them? Each person I met at a different time in my life. The story between Mike Barr and I is nothing new. We met at a Dropkick Murphy's show in Boston on St. Paddy’s Day. I was there with Mike Kidd and we started chatting up this bouncer. He recognized us from the WTF pay per view we had there, Street Justice. From there he got us back stage because it turns out he’s Al Barr’s cousin. Y’know, the singer to Dropkick.

Louie Cwik - You were basically friends from the start, then?

Eric Dillinger - Mike and I, yea. 

Louie Cwik - I guess we can’t say the same for someone else on your team?

Eric Dillinger - Eric Dillinger – Hell no. The longer haired guy, if you don’t remember him, is Andrew O’Reilly. Before the WTF folded he and I had a hell of a feud going on. You remember Audrie McLaughlin?

Louie Cwik - Yes. 

Eric Dillinger - My protégé, right? Well, we had a falling out in the WTF. Andy was her boyfriend and the natural enemy of the two guys I was hanging out with. One of them was Aramis and the other was a guy you know pretty well.

Louie Cwik - Jordan Keyser?

Eric Dillinger - Yup. Even after I left my GM position for six months to come back as a wrestler the guy hated my guts. 

Louie Cwik - I believe we have footage from one of those altercations.

Eric Dillinger - Really? I’d heard all footage was liquidated to ESN… Damn it. I forgot about that.

Louie Cwik - Something wrong?

Eric Dillinger - Nah, just a bitter taste in my mouth is all. Let’s roll the clip. 

[We cut to a segment with a small logo in the right hand corner saying “WTF 2009” as Eric Dillinger is seen lounging in a steel folding chair with his feet up on a production table. What was once the US Title lay draped across his lap as his arms are crossed. He’s clearly in deep sleep as people are trying to work around him, many being careful enough not to wake him. Andrew O’Reilly, a man we now see in Eric’s Cauliflower Crew, steps into view and takes one long look at him. He clenches his fist and gets ready to swing… but doesn’t. Instead with one hand he knocks Eric’s feet off the table, waking him. Eric looks startled for a second, but smiles as he realizes who it is.]

Eric Dillinger- I’m sorry, Andy, is there something I can help you with? 

Andrew O’Reilly- Don't call me that. It's Andrew O'Reilly. 

Eric Dillinger - Fine, if you want to keep things so formal between us then, Mr. O’Reilly, what can I do you for? 

Andrew O’Reilly - How about, number one; how you can show up on TV saying you're gonna pay tribute to Audrie? Two; when are you gonna f*ck us all over again by taking the GM job away from Jesse Kingery? And finally, my personal favorite, three; you're full of sh*t. 

Eric Dillinger - Friend— 

Andrew O’Reilly - I’m not your friend. 

Eric Dillinger - Mr. O’Reilly, as far as the GM role goes that’s a road I’ve already traveled down. I’ve proven that I’m great at that job and I’ll only take it if the WTF needs saving again. I know you and Audrie were… are close, but she was my student. I’ll pay homage to her if I want to. 

Andrew O’Reilly - Haven't you ruined her life enough already? 

[The United States Champion presses on, ignoring the comment.]

Eric Dillinger - I’m only here to do what’s right by me. Right now that’s being the US Champion and fighting my damnedest to keep this title prestigious. 

[The Emerald Hero rolls his eyes. Eric catches the reaction and sighs.]

Andrew O’Reilly - Riiiiiight. I've heard so many goddamn people say that over the past couple of years, it's lost it's touch. 

Eric Dillinger - Well, Andr- 

Andrew O’Reilly - Mr. O'Reilly was fine. 

[Eric smirks.]

Eric Dillinger - Mr. O'Reilly. I stand by what I said. I'm simply here to carry this wonderful piece of gold- 

[The Bastard Icon takes note of Andrew rolling his eyes again.]

Eric Dillinger -that I earned rightfully. I'm simply here to make it more prestigious. You liken me to a psycho like Aramis, and frankly, it's getting pretty old. 

[Andrew takes a step forward, standing directly in front of Dillinger.]

Andrew O’Reilly - Now, I know this may be hard and all with one ear, but you listen up and listen good. I don't like you at all, Eric. I don't trust you as far as I can throw you. If you think for one- 

[O'Reilly stops dead as Eric looks away at a crew member, shooting them a friendly smile. Andrew snaps his fingers in front of his face. Dillinger turns back with a frown.]

Andrew O’Reilly - Hello? Helloooooo, McFly! Look at me when I'm talking to you. If you think for one second that the slate is wiped clean after what you did to me last year. After what you did to Audrie-- 

Eric Dillinger - And I apologize. I was out of my head, and- 

Andrew O’Reilly - Enough. I got enough of your bald-faced lies and rhetoric while you were GM. 

Eric Dillinger - Then what do you say you get some more of them as a wrestler? 

[The Emerald Hero lays on a vicious grin. He throws his arms out, ready for a fight.]

Andrew O’Reilly - Then let's go, Eric. You say you're such a badass, how about n- 

Eric Dillinger - Not here. When the time is right. Maybe next Xtreme, the show after— 

Andrew O’Reilly - Oh, I get it. 

[He throws his arms down and leans forward, getting right into Eric's face with an ugly sneer.]

Andrew O’Reilly - The big dog is all bark and no bite, huh? 

[Dillinger merely smirks.]

Eric Dillinger - Think what you want. I’m not ducking you by any means but throwing down the gauntlet. Maybe you should try for a second reign at this guy— 

Andrew O’Reilly - Why the [bleep] not? I'll bring some class to the title. 

[They both stare at each other. Eric smirking, Andrew sneering.]

Eric Dillinger - Say what… I’ll run this by the guys who make the decisions and maybe they’ll decide you’re worthy of a shot at this. Meanwhile, I find myself a partner and— 

Andrew O’Reilly - Now I get it! Now you want me to up the ante and give you a Tag Team Title shot! Just what in the unholy hell are you planning Dillinger? 

[Eric stops smirking immediately, giving the upstart from Boston a cold stare.]

Eric Dillinger - It’s just friendly competition, Mr. O’Reilly. 

[Andrew returns the cold expression with a livid glare. He snarls through gritted teeth.]

Andrew O’Reilly – [bleep] you, Eric. There's not a goddamn thing friendly about you. 

Eric Dillinger - Funny, everyone else around here seems to be happy and friendly to me. Maybe you're the problem. 

[Eric turns away, waving him off.]

Eric Dillinger - See ya, Andy. 

[O'Reilly stands there for a moment, then makes to walk away, turning his back to Eric. He stops.]

Andrew O’Reilly - Oh, one more thing Eric. 

[The Bastard Icon looks up and is met with an echoing slap across the face! Eric leaps to his feet in wide-eyed fury, staring down the equally as livid Emerald Hero! All the stagehands and crew members in the back stare on with shock!]

Andrew O’Reilly - THAT, was for Audrie. 

[The stare down continues for a few more moments, before Andrew grins and walks away. Eric stares after him, one hand rubbing his reddened face. He slowly begins to grin as well, before we cut back to the studio. We see Cwik and Dillinger in the studio again. Cwik looks surprised as he sits back in his chair and looks over at Dillinger who’s smirking.]

Louie Cwik - And how did you convince him to get on your training team? I mean, clearly the guy hated you. 

Eric Dillinger - It was easy. As you know Audrie and I settled our differences and that opened the door for Andrew and I to let the past be the past. Besides, I got a way with people.

Louie Cwik -  Ummm...

Eric Dillinger – I’m paying him to punch me in the face. Andrew was a Golden Gloves champion back in Boston before he was a pro wrestler so naturally I turned to him to teach me boxing. I learned the hard way that going toe-to-toe with him and Padre Nate ain’t the smartest way to go about your business. 

Louie Cwik - Then it’s safe to say that when it comes to striking this man is your teacher.

Eric Dillinger - Bingo. I’m tired of being called a brawler like all I can do is throw wild punches, but that ain’t all me. D*ck face on the announce team downplayed me as a brawler when I’ve made it clear that I can grapple with the best of them. I figure If I can throw some educated fists then maybe I can change the way people think about me. 

Louie Cwik - And how is your punching game going to have an effect on Jade? She’s a well accomplished martial artist--

Eric Dillinger - with experience in Judo, Tai Kwan Do, and Kung Fu. Those are all great disciplines, and I mean that, but in the clinch is where I intend to do the most damage. I’ll throw in a few knee strikes, but these hams right here are gonna be what do the most damage once I’m inside. 

Louie Cwik - So a punching strategy is the route you’re going to take?

Eric Dillinger - Louie, when you say it like that you make it sound stupid. Not just in the clinch where I can land some hard punches, but on the mat as well. Jade is, what, 150 lbs? Her victories over guys twice her size in the past shows one thing and one thing only. Ryven, Umbrage, Lucky, and Keyser were bigger guys who allowed her to do what she does best and that was land those perfect kicks she’s so famous for. Almost every win has been a knock out and that tells me that these bigger guys didn’t use their size to their advantage. They stayed in range of those kicks and didn’t hit her hard enough where it mattered.

Louie Cwik - You’re sounding pretty confident, Eric.

Eric Dillinger - I call it like I see it. I’ve been rolling with Mike and sparring with Andrew long enough to realize kicks don’t mean much when you can’t land them. Call me what you want, but the truth of the matter is that I’m a wrestler who’s easily made the transition into MMA with the help of a great training team. I’m in better shape and I’m a whole hell of a lot smarter than all the other guys who’ve challenged for the strap, apparently.

Louie Cwik - There you have it from our number one contender for the Shoot Championship. Now we take you back ringside.

Eric Dillinger – Wait, can I just say one thing?

Louie Cwik - Sure, Eric. This is your time.

[The camera focuses solely on Eric. Only now do we get a good look at a healing black eye on his face and the devious grin that the Bastard Icon has been known to show in the past.]

Eric Dillinger - Jade, I give you all the respect in the world. I understand that you ain’t the type of person to be taken likely, but understand this. Take me lightly and it’s going to be lights out. I guarantee you, love. 

[Cut back to ringside]

My Word Is Law

Writer: Brian

[Darkness falls over the arena.]

[A voice is heard over the speaker system.]

There’s a time when the operation of the machine becomes so odious, makes you so sick at heart, that you can’t take part; you can’t even passively take part, and you’ve got to put your bodies upon the gears and upon the wheels, upon the levers, upon all the apparatus, and you’ve got to make it stop.

[And immediately after the words stop, the pulsing beat of “Wretches and Kings” by Linkin Park starts, with several red and blue spotlights strobing as they point at the entranceway. Upon the first symbol crashing, a hooded figure appears at the entrance, head down and microphone in his right hand. His long, unbuttoned trench allows us to get a glance of his chiseled upper-body physique and a tattooed Old English letter “X” across his heart.]

[His legs, covered in dark purple tights with white trim on the waist, move slowly down the aisle, carrying the rest of Da Man with him as he makes his way slowly to the ring. Once at the ring, he rolls under the bottom rope, springing quickly to his feet as the hood falls off of his head and the trench coat flows behind him. The boos begin to reign down as the blue eyes and bleach-blond flattop of Xavier Langston reveals itself. After absorbing the hatred for a moment, he makes a cutting motion with his free hand, which causes the music to fade out.]

[The boos, however, do not.]

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!
BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!
BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!


Jack Gene - Well, it looks like Xavier Langston has something to say, but I don’t think the crowd is interested in hearing it.

Xavier Langston - I can wait here all day.

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!

[Finally, the boos die down enough for Xavier to speak.]

Xavier Langston - About one month ago, on Graveyard Shift, I had what ya might call a life-changin’ event.

As I sat in the back on da doctor’s table, tryin’ ta stop my ears from ringin’, I came to a realization. 

Nathan is a [bleep].

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!

Xavier Langston - I know y’all know what match I’m talkin’ bout. Langston an’ Kilik versus Da Inquisition. An’ whatcha had there was three people dat got they asses kicked two weeks prior...an’ Black Friar. Now apparently I can’t get my takeback on Damien Knight’s punk-ass ‘cause he’s nowhere to be found. That careless (no audio) caused this problem I been havin’, but whatever. If he eva comes back, I’ll drop his ass like a bad habit.

But my biggest problem ain’t with da Emm Ooh Dee. Nah, it’s with you, Nate.

RAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!

Xavier Langston - Go back into yo’ minds and think ‘bout dat tag match between Nate, Kilik, Friar, an’ I. Nah, better yet, we gots a big-ass screen, let’s put it up there.

[And with that, the footage of the match Xavier is referring to runs. We’re near the end of the match, where Xavier and Nathan are in the ring together. Voiced over is a commentary from earlier in the match that the commentators can see in Xavier’s eyes that he isn’t right. Nathan lands three punches to the face of Xavier, which cause him to keel over in pain.]

Xavier Langston - Stop, right dere.

[The frame freezes.]

Xavier Langston - Now, even da mos’ dumbass of fans can understand dat I ain’t myself in dis match. (No Audio), man, look at me. Aside from one Voodoo Plunge, I been dominant here. Ain’t no one here can throw a punch dat I cain’t take. But dere I am, slumped over from some head problems. Now, I know y’all ain’t too bright...

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!

Xavier Langston - But jus’ ta let ya know, a trained wrestler can tell what dey need to beat deir opponent. I know if I gotta kick ya, drop an’ elbow, or drop da Firs’ Rule to pin ya. Nathan knew dat all he needed was ta roll me up somehow…small package, inside cradle, sunset flip, any o’ dat woulda pinned me. So what did dis jerk do instead? Roll it.

[Back to the moving footage. Nathan picks up Xavier, and nails him with The Price of Sin to the head. Cover, three count, match.]

Xavier Langston - He had da balls ta try an’ end my career. He chose ta hit me wit’ dat knee...dat deadly-ass knee dat has broken harda men in da pas’, right in da head, when I know he could look into my eyes an’ know dat he didn’t need it dat day. In makin’ dat choice, he took a month o’ my life an’ livelihood away from me. An’ now...now I’m gon’ take from him. It started las’ week, wit’ dat Tag Title match. I took his tag title shot, an’ I lit it up like a joint an’ burned it away. But dat’s jus’ da start. I’mma break Father Nathan down ‘til he ain’t got nothin’ lef’ but his white collar. Cause I AM “DA MAN!”

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!
BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!
BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!

Xavier Langston - ...AN MY WILL...IS...LAW!


Xavier Langston vs. El Oso

Writer: Garvin

[With that, Wayne Inkster enters the ring.]

Wayne Inkster announces the next contest. He introduces the first fighter, who stands in the ring: Xavier Langston. Jack talks about how Langston returned last week by attacking Father Nathan during the MTL Championship match. Jack says that there are many people who have suggested that if Langston hadn't gotten injured, the ASC would be around his waist. Bill says that there hasn't been any real challenges for Nathan. Some close ones, but no one took Nathan to the limit. Langston could, though, and he thinks it's great to see him back, because - that means Nathan's reign will be going away soon.

[Just then, El Oso's music hits and he makes his way to the ring getting a chorus of cheers.]

Inkster introduces his opponent, El Oso. He gets a huge pop. Jack notes that this is the first time El Oso has been in a WMW ring in a few months, as El Oso has been dealing with some knee issues. Bill says that El Oso's one advantage in just about every match he's in is his speed. The way he moves around the ring, it's not matched by anyone here in WMW. Jack agrees.

[As El Oso hits the ring, Langston charges him and quickly takes him off of his feet with a forearm. Langston goes to pick him up, but El Oso jumps up and takes him over with an arm drag. And another. Langston kips up as El Oso charges towards him and ducks under a clothesline. As El Oso turns around, he's taken down with an arm drag, followed by another. He kips up. The crowd cheers as both men stand up and stare at one another across the ring. They shake it off and quickly lock up, but Langston drives a knee into his midsection and locks him into a headlock and takes him down to a knee.]

Bill talks up Langston. Saying how the fans must have forgotten just how fast and just how good Langston was in the ring. He might not be as fast as El Oso, but he's got the strength to overcome. He can keep up with El Oso, and that is not good. At least for El Oso.

[Langston pulls El Oso back up. He whips him into the ropes, but El Oso reverses it, sending Langston across the ring. He bounces off the ropes and Langston takes him down with a shoulder block. Langston hits the ropes again. He bounces off and El Oso jumps over him. Langston hits the ropes again and El Oso takes him down with a jumping leg lariat. He quickly gets back to his feet. Langston gets up to one knee, holding his chin. El Oso bounces off the ropes and charges, but Langston goes a shoulder lift. El Oso jumps over it and goes for a sunset flip pin. He gets less then a one count, before Langston gets back to his feet and hits him with a Yakuza Kick out of nowhere. He goes for a pin, but only gets 2 before locking on a arm-chin lock.]

Jack says that El Oso is appearing to be a bit slower than last time around. Maybe the knee injury did take him out of his game. Bill declines to accept the idea, as it would mean that Langston isn't responsible for being the quality fighter he is, and that's just not the case. Langston is controlling this match, because he can and he should.

[El Oso fights to his feet. He lands some stiff elbows and then a legsweep causing Langston to fall backwards. Langston pops back up holding the back of his head and is met with a chop, and then another. He goes for an Irish whip, but Langston counters sending him in the corner. As El Oso hits the corner, he jumps up and springboards off hitting him with a moonsault. He goes for the pin and gets a two count. El Oso quickly gets back to his feet, as does Langston. Langston turns and launches a right hand, but El Oso dodges it. He boots Langston in the midsection and gets him into a standing legscissors. He tries for a powerbomb, but Langston struggles free of it. El Oso goes for a clotheslines, but Langston ducks underneath it and catches Oso's arm onto his shoulder. He lifts him up and falls backwards, slamming El Oso into the mat with "The First Rule". He goes for the pin, but pulls up El Oso before the 3 count.]

Jack can't believe that Langston didn't pin him. He hit him with his finisher, and pulled him up at the last moment. Bill says that he's obviously not done with him. Langston looks towards the camera outside the ring and starts barking at it, saying that what he's doing to El Oso is what he's going to do to "Nathan".

[Langston puts El Oso into a standing headscissor. He drags both thumbs across his throat before underhooking the arms and slams him down with a Tiger Driver '91. He makes an arrogant cover and gets the three count. This match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces Xavier Langston as the winner of this match by pinfall. Xavier quickly grabs the mic from Inkster and tells "Nathan" that it's only a matter of time before he gets his shot at him, and what he did to El Oso just now is exactly what "Nathan" has to look forward to.

[Langston pushes the mic back into Inkster's chest before exiting the ring. He walks up the ramp as the crowd boos him.]

Bill calls this one of the most impressive wins he's seen from Xavier Langston, and touts him as the future Ace Superior Champion. Jack says that he doesn't know what he's asking for. Father Nathan is undefeated in singles competition as Champion, and it's unlikely to change if Father Nathan has anything to say about it.

[The ref checks El Oso out as the scene fades.]

Bob Wire Prepares For His Match

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the back to show Bob Wire staring at something off screen. He smiles.]

Bob Wire - Oh, I promise you, my beautiful zheena. We will get the title tonight. This is not a sinny. This is real. When the collocol rings, and the warble starts, the Championship will be around me tally. You and I will show the world, just how horrorshow we are.

[The camera pans back to show he is talking to his steel chair. He kisses it as the scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Boris Drago (c) vs. Bob Wire

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the ring where Bob Wire and his chair, Wayne Inkster and referee John Law stand in the ring.]

Inkster announces the main event and says that the Heartlands Championship is on the line. He introduces the challenger first: Bob Wire. Bill says that he's got to give it to Wire, as Wire came out, took out both challenges and basically took over this Heartlands title shot. Whether or not it was a smart idea to openly challenge a man twice his size will be decided tonight. But, he's got balls and obviously a fire under him to get his career back on track.

[The crowd boos. Wire holds up his chair and then is immediately confronted by by the referee, who pulls it away from him. Wire argues, but the ref tosses the chair out of the ring. Then, Boris Drago's intro hits and ]

Inkster introduces the Champion: Boris Drago. Jack reiterates the fact that Boris is huge, and that this being his first title defense, it will be interesting to see how he fairs. It's a lot of pressure on him, considering he's still relatively new to the roster. He's only had a handful of matches, and not a lot of stiff competition. Bill notes that Dasha didn't come down to the ring with Boris, as she's out with a concussion from that chair shot last week.

[As Boris enters the ring, he walks up to Wire and holds up the title. Wire looks at it, then back at Boris. The ref gets in between them and takes the title from him. He displays it for the crowd and then to Wire. He hands the title to Inkster who leaves the ring, and then calls for the bell. Wire quickly charges the ring and tries to take Boris down with a waistlock takeover, but Boris blocks it. Wire hits him with a few forearm shots, but they have no apparent affect on the Champ. Boris turns and is hit with a chop, then a boot to the midsection, then a right hand. Boris grabs a hold of Wire by the head and pie-faces him down to the mat. Wire quickly pops back up and ducks under a clothesline, before dropping another boot to Boris' midsection. He lands a stiff right hand, one that causes Wire some discomfort. He shakes it off and delivers another boot, this time to the knee. He gets him in a headlock, but it's quickly broken out of, and Boris takes him down with a modified back body-drop throw. Wire pulls himself back up but is drilled with an open-handed chop to the chest. He stumbles into the corner, holding his chest.]

Jack notes while Wire is throwing everything he has at Boris, he doesn't seem to be doing much damage. Bill agrees that Boris looks unstoppable here. He has absorbed everything Wire has tried and is quickly taking the match over.

[Boris works on Wire in the corner with stomps and chokes. The ref continues to warn him to get out of the corner. Boris pulls him out and takes him down to the mat with a powerslam. He puts his foot on his chest for the pin, but Wire quickly rolls out of it. Wire pulls himself back up to his feet and gets booted in the face, which sends him into the ropes. Boris punches him in the midsection and forces him out of the ring. Wire hangs onto the ropes and lays on the apron. Boris pulls him up by the head and then grabs him by the throat, but Wire counters with a kick to the midsection. He then grabs Boris by the head and jumps off the apron, slingshotting him back in the ring. Wire slides back into the ring and mounts Boris, before landing rights and lefts. Some hit, some are blocked, but Boris manages to get out of the predicament. Boris tries to get back to his feet, but Wire kicks him in the side of the head causing him to fall back down to the mat. He then locks on a chinlock, digging his knee into the back of Boris' neck, pulling up on his back.]

Jack is surprised that Wire was able to lock on this hold saying this could be the change of the match. Someone finally got Boris on the ground and is close to making him submit. Bill thinks a submission is unlikely, which is then proven to be true as Boris breaks out of the submission.

[Wire's grip is broken and quickly stays on the agression by driving a knee into Boris' head. Boris drives up to his feet but is knocked back into the ropes by Wire. Wire charges the ropes and clotheslines him over the top rope. He gets a big reaction from the crowd. Boris lands on his feet and begins to walk around the ring, trying to regain composure. Wire slides out of the ring and continues his attack on him. Law starts the 10-count. He lands a right hand. Boris pushes him away as he turns a corner. Wire grabs him and pushes him into the barrier. He lands a huge chop, but Boris quickly slams a knee into his midsection. He throws Wire to the side. Boris grabs the top rope and tries to pull himself up, but Wire slams a forearm into his back and brings him back down to the outside. He goes for an Irish whip into the steps, but Boris reverses it and tries for a short-arm clothesline, but Wire ducks it and gets behind him. Then, he lands a bulldog onto the outside floor. The ref reaches an 8-count before Wire slides in to break the count. He rolls back outside. Wire then reaches underneath the ring and pulls up a chair, which gets a huge reaction from the crowd. He throws it into the ring. The ref immediately grabs it and tosses it out the other side of the ring. He warns Wire. Wire smiles. Boris gets back to his knees holding his head.]

Jack can't understand why Wire would bring a chair into the mix. If he uses a chair, he'd be disqualified. Bill says that maybe Wire's focus isn't necessarily to take the title from Boris, but maybe it's to hurt Boris, something no one has done yet here in WMW. Bill remembers that a lot of times, Wire's focus has always been to do as much damage as possible. He references his feud with Lumberjack.

[Wire reaches back under the ring and pulls out a table. He slides it into the ring, which causes the ref to once again warn him that he will be disqualified. As the ref turns his focus to removing the table, Wire grabs his chair and slams it into the midsection of Boris. He then drives the chair into his head which causes Boris to fall backwards against the ring. Wire rolls him into the ring and goes for the pin. He gets a two count. He pulls Boris up and slams a right hand into his head, but Boris returns with a right hand of his own. He stumbles away holding his head as a cut is now visible to the crowd. He turns back to Wire and Wire charges and hits him with a boot to the midsection. He grabs him by the arm and drops him with a single-arm DDT. He makes the cover and gets the pin. This match is over.]

Inkster announces that Bob Wire has won the match and is the new Heartlands Champion. Jack can't believe it. He can't believe that Wire has defeated Boris. Bill says that the only reason it's even possible is because Wire used the chair on him. And even that didn't take him out. Wire still had to hit him with that DDT.

[Wire stands in the center of the ring holding the title. Boris comes back to and goes irate. He goes after Wire, but Wire escapes up the ramp. He collapses in the center of the ramp holding the title above his head. He brings it up to his face and smiles as he stares at it. He walks back to the ring and grabs his chair before walking back up the ramp. The crowd gives him a mixed reaction as Boris stands at the edge of the ring yelling at Wire. His forehead is covered with blood. The scene fades.]


Next Week on Fuel 39

Writer: Garvin

[The scene opens up in an ancient stone building to show a shadowed figure kneeling before an alter, a breeze blowing long dark hair.]

Voice Over - Months ago she faded from the public eye and a new day dawned for Wrestling Midwest, no longer afraid of the night. Now she returns to once again show her enemies the meaning of fear.

[The figure stands and as she turns the camera focuses on her face, showing the pale features of Amariie Maerthos smiling smugly as the scene starts to fade to black.]

Voice Over - Next week, The darkness returns.


[The shot changes to show Bob Wire, now, holding the Heartlands Championship and the Steel Chair.]

Voice Over - Bob Wire now reigns in the Heartlands. What does that mean for the future of the division now that "Hardcore" Bob Wire is their leader?

[The shot changes to show Xavier Langston and Father Nathan in action poses.]

Voice Over - Xavier Langston calls out the Ace Superior Champion. Will he finally respond?

[The shot flashes to show Kronin standing with the GLC around his waist.]

Voice Over - And Kronin remains without a challenger. Who will stand up to face the man that put AWS Man (also known as Bill) on the shelf?

...

Fuel 39, from WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio on October 15th, 2010. 

[The scene fades.]


Fuel 37

Posted: September 30th, 2010 | Category: Non-Televised Results, Televised Results | No Comments »

WMW Fuel 37 on YouTube

The Card:
Matrix vs. Zana Knight
Harry Cockles vs. Marty Poppins

Heartlands Championship #1 Contenders
Dasha vs. The Angel of Death

Shoot Championship #1 Contenders
Eric Dillinger vs. Jasmine Lucky

Main Event
Midwest Tag League Championships
Revolution vs. The Inquisition


Fuel 37 - October 1st, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW and Fuel logos in the WMW Arena as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Fuel 37! And we are coming to you from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and - well, it's been a while since you and I hosted Fuel, Bill.

Bill Hughes - Yeah, I almost forgot this show still existed.

Jack Gene - Seems like Wrestling Midwest and ESN are still ironing out a few details, so - in the meantime, we've got fans to entertain, and we'll do it right here on YouTube. We've got an action packed show for you, folks. It's been about 2 weeks since the WMW ring has seen competition. Basically, since Burn 2010. And, so much to talk about it, but unfortunately, with us being on Fuel, our time is limited. Strap your safety belts folks and enjoy the ride, because this Fuel will be moving very fast. It's time for our opening contest. Let's turn it to Wayne Inkster in the ring to make the official announcement.

Dasha vs. The Angel of Death

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up inside the ring, where Wayne Inkster stands in the center of the ring. The lights in the arena dim a bit and the sound of many soldiers marching is heard. After a few seconds, "Soviet March" by James Hannigan plays and Dasha walks out, alongside the Heartlands Champion, Boris. The crowd boos.]

Inkster announces the opening contest, the number one contender match to decide who will face Boris for the Heartlands Championship at GS132.  He introduces the first fighter, Dasha. Jack is surprised that Boris escorted her to the ring, considering he's Champion. Bill says that it's clear why Boris is out here. One, Dasha supported him along his journey to become the Heartlands Champion, and two, he'll fight the winner, so he's out here to scout.

[As he enters the ring, Boris exits the ring. He grabs a seat in front of the announce table. She bounces in the corner and waits for her opponent. Just then, The Angel of Death's music hits. And, as she has done in the past, she glides from the WMW big screen on a zip line.]

Jack says he was surprised she didn't fair as well against Boris. Considering her speed. But, Boris's overpowered her, which Bill predicted. Tonight, Bill says, it's a more even match up. Dasha came up big on Fuel 36 against Arick Wills, while TAOD defeated Thomas Kilik, and neither have been seen since. TAOD rebounded well, but now she goes up against someone very close to Boris, and that might not be good for her.

[She hits the ring, landing on top of the turnbuckles, before doing a back flip, and landing on her feet. In the opposite corner, Dasha is all business. AOD is checked for foreign objects by the ref. As the bell rings, TAOD charges across the ring and catches Dasha with rights and lefts, forcing her back into the corner. She raises her hands and yells at the crowd. They cheer in appreciation. She pulls Dasha from the corner and goes for an Irish whip, but Dasha reverses it. TAOD bounces off the ropes and ducks under a Dasha clothesline. She hits an arm drag, and another. Both bounce back up to their feet, but TAOD hits a hurricanrana. She holds on for a pin, but Dasha is out before the one count. Dasha gets back to her feet and goes for a right hand, but TAOD ducks it and sends her reeling with a dropkick. TAOD bounces back up and sends Dasha over the top rope with a clothesline. Boris stands up and looks towards her from a distance. As Dasha slides back into the ring, TAOD immediately goes for another pin. That pin is kicked out after the 1, and TAOD locks on a side headlock.]

Jack commends Angel of Death on her speed and risk taking. Bill says that every risk comes a consequence, and right now, all she's doing is pissing Dasha off.

[Boris remains in his seat as he readjusts the title on his shoulder. In the ring, Dasha fights to her feet. She is able to power TAOD up and slams her down with a backdrop driver. She gets back to her feet, holding her head. TAOD gets to her knees, but Dasha clocks her with a right hand. She then begins to target her arms and legs, before locking on a camel clutch.]

Bill says that this is what he was talking about. The Angel of Death, tonight, will be the Receiver of Death, again, but this time by Boris' girlfriend, Dasha. And she will once again lose her opportunity to fight for the Heartlands Championship. Jack says that it's too early for the hat to be thrown in.

[Just then, TAOD somehow gets to her knees. She powers Dasha up and slips behind her, causing Dasha to fall to her face. As Dasha gets back up, TAOD jumps up, and hits a thunderous jumping kick to the side of her head. As Dasha collapses, she climbs to the top, holding her back. Out of nowhere, Bob Wire slides into the ring and takes her out with a steel chair shot to the face which causes her to fall to the outside of the ring. The ref calls for the bell. Inkster climbs onto the apron.]

After Match Happenings

Writer: Garvin

Jack Gene - My god! It's Bob Wire with the chair! He took out The Angel of Death.

[Dasha stands up and is met with a chair shot to her head. She collapses to the mat. Boris stands up and yells at him from the outside. As Wayne Inkster stands on the apron, Wire rips the mic from him.]

Bob Wire - Boris!

[Boris tries to climb into the ring, but Wire slams the chair against the top rope, causing Boris to back down.]

Bob Wire - Boris! You will slooshy to what I have skazat, you shoot!

[Boris doesn't like being talked down to and goes irate on the outside.]

Bob Wire - Your reign as Champion will end next week. But, not because of these two sodding cheenas.

[He looks at the fallen fighters that he took out.]

Bob Wire - But, by me.

[He points to his waist. Boris shakes his head and smirks.]

Bob Wire - That title will go around me tally, whether you like it or not. Kopat?

[He drops the mic and holds up the chair. "Elite" by the Deftones blasts from the PA. The crowd gives a mixed reaction. The scene fades as medics run into the ring area to check on Dasha and TAOD.]

Hey! It's Tim Tyler!

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the back as Tim Tyler strides through the hallway. He looks somewhat angry.]

Jack Gene - And as we,

Bill Hughes - Hey! It's Tim Tyler!

Jack Gene - That it is. He's the last of the Foxxy Grandpas still standing. We've seen Shank, Lumberjack and Handlebeards McGee taken out of the last few weeks. Could he be next? Stay tuned.

[The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Tim Tyler Wants Answers

Writer: Steph & Garvin

[Tim strides down to the ring with purpose, his long, skinny legs carrying him faster than his usual speed of "mosey."  He is furious.  Furious and craving the beloved cigarettes that he gave up two weeks ago.  He carefully separates the ropes and steps between them before grabbing the mic.]

Tim - All right, all rightey, we get the picture hot stuff!  First, you take out Handlebeards!  Then, Lumberjack!  Now my boy, Shank?  I get the picture!  You don't need to pussyfoot around the subject!  The object of your hate is clearly, CLEARLY, old Timmy here!  You've been taking your sweet time, taking out my supporters one by one and I tell you what I tell you what!  I'm not gonna stand here and take it!  In fact, I'm gonna stand here and DISH IT OUT!  You have me where you want me!  Alone!  No partners to defend me!  I can only conclude that you must be terrified of me to eliminate my partners one at a time like this.  So what are you waiting for?  Let's get this over with, because today Diana cooked five way chili for dinner and I have a date with my throne and a copy of The Chronicle-Telegram.  

[The shot opens up in the back. The scene is a dark red canvas. In walks Jerry the Clown. All you see is his face, and the ruffles around his neck. He looks at the camera with a giant smile. For what seems like 15 seconds, all he does is stand there at an angle with just a smile and a few winks. His head goes straight.]

Jerry "the Clown" - You know, kids...?

[He never stops smiling and continues to look up, as if searching for the right words. He physically exaggerates every syllable with grandiose hand gestures.]

Jerry "the Clown" - I'm pretty sure I heard this from my great ol' Mom Clown...

[He looks down at the camera and smiles, scrunching up his face to look like his grandmother. He begins to impersonate her.]

Jerry "the Clown" - It's all fun and games until someone gets hurt.

[He unscrunches his face and smiles wildly again.]

Jerry "the Clown" - Well, Tim, I guess my great ol' Mom Clown... was right.

[He nods and then leans into the camera.]

Jerry "the Clown" - Wasn't she?

[He leans back and pulls up a puppet version of himself.]

Mini Jerry "the Clown" - Wasn't she?

[He looks back to the camera and shrugs. His face looks like concern instead of an unavoidable and undying happiness.]

Jerry "the Clown" - Wasn't she, Tim?

[He looks down at the puppet.]

Mini Jerry "the Clown" - Yes Jerry! Great Mom Clown is always right!

[Jerry nods in agreement. He looks back at the camera and smiles.]

Jerry "the Clown" - She is.

[He reaches up with his free hand and puts his finger to his red nose. He smiles wider and laughs.]

Jerry "the Clown" - Beep beep!

[He runs off of the scene and the shot fades. The shot cuts back to the ring as Tim stands still in the center of the ring, silently mouthing "what in the hell?"  He reaches nervously for his Nicorette gum. The scene fades.]

Eric Dillinger and Jasmine Lucky Prep For Their Match

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the back to show a split screen of Eric Dillinger and Jasmine Lucky warming up.]

Jack Gene - That... that was just creepy. Coming up later on tonight is Eric Dillinger, taking on Jasmine Lucky in his WMW Lions' Den debut match as he they fight for the opportunity to face Jade at El Dia de los Muertos. That is coming up right before the main event. Right now, we turn it back to the ring, where Wayne Inkster is ready to announce our next contest.

[The scene cuts back to the ring.]

Harry Cockles vs. Marty Poppins

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens inside the ring as Harry Cockles and Marty Poppins stand in opposite corners. Wayne Inkster stands in the center alongside referee Luna Pier.]

Wayne Inkster announces that the following contest and introduces first Marty Poppins. Poppins gets a decent reaction from the crowd, but complete ignores it as this week, his attention is on Cockles' scarf. Jack admits that it's a nice scarf. Bill refuses to acknowledge it. Inkster then announces Cockles. The crowd gives a huge pop. Jack notes that this is the first time we've seen Cockles in a WMW ring since he left months ago. And, also reminds everyone that Cockles left with a huge win streak, almost picked up a title at one point.

[Pier starts the match. As the match begins, Cockles goes for a lockup, but Poppins grabs his scarf and begins to massage it with his fingers. Cockles looks down and they both exchange pleasantries. Cockles removes the scarf and hands it to Poppins. Poppins, apparently excited about that happening, twirls around trying it on. He does a mini-fashion show, which Cockles applauds.]

The crowd gives a mixed reaction. Some laughs, some "boring" chants. Bill huffs in disgust. He says this isn't wrestling, unless we're talking about wrestling with sexuality, and that has no business happening inside of the ring.

[Just then, "The Entertainer" in beautiful MIDI format is heard over the loud speaker. Then, out onto the stage appears Positive Pete pushing an Ice Cream cooler. He's got a mic. Poppins and Cockles turn their attention to him.]

Pete asks the crowd if they want Ice Cream? The crowd pops. As does Poppins and Cockles.

[Poppins and Cockles slide out of the ring and run up the ramp. Pete reaches into the cooler and pulls out Choco Tacos. He starts to throw them into the crowd. As does Cockles. Poppins grabs a Choco Taco, unwraps it and starts to eat it.]

Bill doesn't understand what's going on. Jack thinks that this match has gotten a bit out of control. Bill questions if this was a legitimate match. He then decides that he, too, would like a choco taco and leaves the announce booth.

[As Bill Hughes leaves the announce booth, he motions to Inkster and Luna Pier to follow. They all do, and all get ice cream from Pete. They help in passing out the ice cream to the crowd. Vendors start to walk down into the crowd passing out Choco Tacos to the crowd. Jack joins the rest of the staff and the scene fades as everyone has ice cream.]

Matrix vs. Zana Knight

Writer: Garvin

[In the WMW Arena, Zana Knight stands in the center of the ring, looking as angry as ever. She tests the ropes.]

Wayne Inkster announces the next contest. He introduces the first fighter: Zana Knight. She gets more boos than silence. Jack reminds the viewers that Zana Knight hasn't been in a WMW ring since being suspended a few months back. But, WMW has given her a second chance and here she is. Bill says that this isn't a "second chance" but more punishment. Because, she's not coming back to compete against some of the lower-rung talent. She's going up against the greatest WMW has ever seen: Scotty Jackson Kames.

[Jack shakes his head as the chorus to "With Arms Wide Open" hits the PA and the crowd gives off a mixed reaction. Matrix comes up slowly, wrapped up in his trench coat. He's followed by his minions: the small Undead Kid and the larger then life Zombie Bob. Both of them are covered in wounds and blood, though Bob's looks significantly more genuine.]

As the trio heads to the ring, Jack says that he's more and more creeped out by both Zombie Bob and the Undead Kid. Bill shrugs it off saying that if they were creepy, Kames wouldn't be hanging out with them. He doesn't hang out with Marty Poppins.

[As Matrix hits the ring, his two associates retreat to the outside. The ref calls for the bell and Zana Knight immediately charges across the ring with a primal scream. She slams a forearm into Matrix, but he counters a further attack getting a knee into her midsection. She tries for a cheap shot, but he dodges it and catches her with a jab that sends her into the ropes. He comes at her with a few more head strikes, before taking her down to the mat with a hiptoss. He goes for a quick pin, but she kicks out. He grabs her by the hair and locks on a rear naked choke.]

Jack says he thinks Zana is showing a lot of ring rust and that, when she left, she could take guys down with her aggression. But, Matrix had obviously planned for her. Bill disagrees, as he thinks that Kames is just doing what Kames does best: make out of his league fighters, look like out of his league fighters.

[He pulls her back up to her feet. He then whips her into the ropes. As she comes back, he kicks her in the midsection, causing her to fall to one knee. He then bounces off the ropes and goes for a scissor kick, but she ducks and connects with a jaw breaker. Matrix collapses, holding his jaw and she goes for a quick pin. He kicks out. She gets back to her feet, pulls him up and sends him into the ropes. He bounces back and she locks on a sleeperhold.]

Bill can't believe what he's seeing. Jack can, because the Zana Knight he remembers is the one that never gave up and continued to fight, regardless of how many security guards held her back. Bill says that there's only one thing missing. A sledgehammer. Well, that, and an impending divorce from MOD.

[Matrix gets an elbow into her midsection, causing her to drop the hold. He then connects with a chop that sends her against the ropes. He holds his neck and head in pain. She charges forward with a clothesline but he ducks it. She turns and he goes for a dropkick, but she sidesteps it. He bounces up holding his face. She slams a boot to his midsection, and then takes him down with a fameasser. She goes for the pin, but only gets a two count, as in the ring slides Zombie Bob and the Undead Kid. She quickly slides out of the ring, reaches under it and pulls out a sledgehammer. She slides back into the ring and swings it at Zombie Bob. He ducks and quickly rolls out of the ring. The Undead Kid hits her from behind and he and Matrix begin to double team her. The ref calls for the bell. The match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces that the match has been called off by referee Luna Pier and declares it a double disqualification. Security charge the ring and corral up both sides of the fight.

[The scene fades.]

Meet the Crew

Writer: Eric

[The camera cuts to the back where we see Eric Dillinger standing by wearing MMA shorts and a black Hatebreed hoodie with the hood thrown back. Despite standing with his arms crossed we can glimpse that his hands are taped and gloved already. Standing next to him is John Squires sporting his usual WMW polo, khaki slacks, and holding a microphone.]

John Squires – I’m standing by with Eric Dillinger who’s about to head into his first official MMA match tonight when he goes up against Jasmine Lucky to decide who gets a shot at the Shoot Title at El Dia. Eric, I know you’ve said it already, but will you please clarify your reasoning for stepping into a genre of combat you are relatively new to?

Eric Dillinger – John, I just wanna make it clear that I ain’t new to this. From day one I’ve been trained to take folks down to the mat and hurt them using what God gave me. Over time, though, I just gained a reputation for doing the opposite and it’s like I said before. I’m here to show the fans in WMW a side of me they ain’t seen before. 

John Squires – And was competing in MMA style matches your goal when you came back?

Eric Dillinger – No, actually. I overheard the folks in the back saying they needed a new contender for Jade’s strap and, like always, I turned on the Southern charm and got the ball rolling on that. 

John Squires – Even though there might be more qualified people out there?

[Eric grins widely.]

Eric Dillinger – Heh, I sold them on the idea that if I lost either fight, at least it would be a good fight. But, hell, if people have learned anything about me it’s not to count me out. I’m a wild card and I don’t intend on losing.

John Squires – I have a good feeling that these men to our left don’t intend on you losing either.

Eric Dillinger – Who? These guys?

[Eric motions to his left and the camera pans over. There are four men standing there. One person stands out immediately and that is CMW wrestler “The Bruiser,” Mike Barr with a freshly shaved head, a white shirt that reads Ju-Jitsu World Wide, blue jeans, and black and white vans. In front of him is a man in his mid-twenties sporting a plaid scaly cap over his black shoulder length hair. He’s relatively handsome and stands with his hands crossed over a Dropkick Murphys t-shirt that tucks into blue jeans and black Converse. The third man who stands off to the back is an older Mexican man who looks as if he’s seen more than his fare share of wars in his day. He wears a Bastard Icon t-shirt, gym shorts, and running shoes. The last man is not a man, but a young boy in a white button up shirt, black tie, black slacks, and nice dress shoes. Despite this his size nearly rivals that of all the men around him as his black hair and the scar above his brow resemble a likeness we’re very used to seeing.]

Eric Dillinger – That’s the Cauliflower Crew. These are the guys that are gonna get me a shiny new strap around my waist. Y’all know Mike Barr pretty much already and you’ll get to know the rest of the gang as the weeks go on.

[Eric motions with his hand for one of them to come over and Mike leaves the group to come by Eric’s side.]

Eric Dillinger – Now, Mike, why don’t you give some of your credentials to the folks at home.

Mike Barr – Those’a yous that donno me I’m Mike Bahr and I’m a bad sonovabitch. I been choking people out since I was in the fifth grade and I’ve made a pretty good livin’ doin’ it. I’m a 4th degree black belt in Brazilian Ju-Jitsu and this man right here is gonna be the next Shoot champion. I guarantee it.

Eric Dillinger – You see, John, I told you folks from Boston could put more than a few words together to make a sentence.

John Squires – I never said—

Mike Barr – Watch it, ya [bleep]!

[Mike puts a finger in his face, but Eric puts a hand on Mike’s shoulder and ushers him back to the rest of the crew.]

Eric Dillinger – With that said we got a match to prepare for. Gonna be a tough one, but I think I can manage. See you around, John.

[The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Jasmine Lucky vs. Eric Dillinger

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the Lion's Den where Wayne Inkster stands with referee Stephen Tyler.]

Wayne Inkster announces the next match. He says the match will take place inside the Lions' Den, and will decide the Shoot Championship #1 Contender. That fighter will challenge Jade at El Dia de los Muertos for the Shoot Championship. He introduces the first competitor: Eric Dillinger.

[Eric walks out with his crew in tow. The commentators make mention that while they know who Mike Barr is, they're pretty sure they've seen the other guys before but not sure where. When Eric gets to the ring he removes his hoodie to reveal he's extremely cut up as its clear he's been dieting.]

Bill makes the bold statement that he thinks Eric Dillinger will walk out of here with the title shot. Jack isn't as certain. He thinks it would be a mistake to push someone like Eric, who has no real MMA experience, and isn't a MMA-technical fighter. He's a brawler, but how will he react when he's taken to the mat? How will he react when he's in his guard or in the clinch?

[As the music fades, Jasmine's music hits as she, her brother Justin, and their trainers walk down to the Lions' Den. She enters and prepares for the match.]

Wayne Inkster introduces Jasmine. Jack notes that Jasmine is a trained MMA fighter. She knows the Lions' Den, and is the favorite going into the match. Bill questions the logic behind that, considering the weight difference, plus her bruised psyche considering her loss at Burn 2010 against Scotty Kames. The crowd starts a "Jasmine Lucky" chant. Jack says Jasmine looks calm but knows she has a tough fight coming up. Bill agrees, saying that Eric is chomping at the bit to get across the octagon to start this match.

[Both Fighters join Tyler in the center. He gives them the last bit of instructions before sending them back to their corners. A few moments later, he looks at the timekeeper and gets into position. He looks at both fighters, and then calls for the bell. This is round one. The fight gets underway. The two charge across the ring and immediately, Dillinger launches rights and lefts. They exchange wildly, and Dillinger catches her with a few. Eric quickly gets her into a plum position, pushing her up against the fence. Jasmine doesn't want to clinch and ducks under Dillinger's embrace. She tries to escape, but Dillinger forces her back into the fence. They get into a clinch. Eric launches a few hard punches to Jasmine Lucky's ribs. He continues to land right after right into the ribs, which starts to show impact. She manages to push him away, but he stays within striking range. He throws a right, but she ducks it, and immediate goes back into his body and into another clinch. Eric turns her back into the cage, and tries to use the cage as leverage. They continue to fight for leverage, but out of nowhere, Eric throws her down and gets into a side mount. She tries to fight him off, but he keeps his grip, slides his leg over and gets into a full mount.]

Bill says that Eric is showing his power. He may not have the technique, and he may not have the experience, but he's just taken a great MMA fighter down at her own game and is in a great position. Jack says that yes, even though he's in a great position, that doesn't mean he knows what to do next and that this fight could change at any time. Jack notes that there is 1:20 left on the clock in Round 1.

[Lucky tries to push him off, but Dillinger remains in control. He looks for an opening and lands a stiff shot to her ear. He goes for another one, but she quickly blocks it and defends that side. She starts to roll, trying for a half guard, but Eric slides behind her and takes her back with a rear mount. Justin Lucky begins to yell from the outside, telling her to get out of that mount. Eric reaches in with his leg, and manages to get his leg hooked in. She tries to roll him over, but he stays with it, and gets a second leg hooked in. She lifts her head up, just for a second, but it was long enough for Eric to grab on with a rear naked choke. The crowd immediately goes silent, but Jasmine, somehow, pulls Eric's hand down and saves herself from a submission. She escapes from one leg hook and quickly gets to her knees and drives her shoulder and head into his chest and midsection. She powers to her feet and the crowd cheers. Eric holds Jasmine's right leg, making sure she doesn't throw a knee. He trips her up and takes her back down to the mat.]

Bill says that this is the second time, count 'em: 2-times, that Eric Dillinger has taken her down to the mat. He is looking strong, he is looking good, he is looking like he's been here before. Jack notes that there's 30 seconds left in the round.

[Eric Dillinger gets into a side mount over Jasmine Lucky. He feigns a few punches, before landing a stiff shot to her head. He lands another and another and forces himself onto her with a full mount. He throws a right hand and catches Jasmine in the head. She covers up, and Eric begins launching lefts and rights. All connecting, but some only hitting the back of her gloves. She throws her hips up, which causes Eric to lose his balance, but he stays in control, keeping her grounded. You can see a cut above her nose. Eric measures her up, looking to ground and pound again, but she holds onto his right hand, keeping him at bay. The 10-second mark is heard and Eric pulls his hand back. He launches another right hand, this one catching her in the face. He lands a left and another right, but she quickly grabs onto him again, pulling him towards her and lands a stiff elbow to the side of his head. A few seconds pass, and the bell rings. Tyler separates the fighters as the round concludes. The fighters head back to their corners.

Jack says that was a close round. Bill doesn't see it. He thinks Eric Dillinger completely won it, and completely took Jasmine Lucky to her limit. Jack reminds everyone that Fuel 37 is brought to us by the FTW Podcast, which is something he listens to quite often. Bill says he can't stand it because Harrison is always wrong. Jack notes that the round did see a lot of aggressiveness from Eric Dillinger, but the amount of offense he landed wasn't anything really worth noting. Bill refused to believe what he was hearing, considering she had a cut opened above her nose. Jack agreed and did say that he caught her with a few shots. He's definitely stronger, but she kept him at bay most of that round.

[Referee Tyler walks back to the corner. He asks both sides if they're ready and then calls for the bell. This is round two. They charge the center of the ring once again and immediately grapple. Jasmine Lucky leans forwards and tries to grapple with Eric, but he wants to maintain the distance and ducks it, pushing her to the side. She comes back towards him and he throws a left. She ducks it and tries to take him down with a tackle. He blocks it and manages to get her into a double underhook. He holds on as she tries to fight out of it, keeping her in the clinch. Jasmine tries to break it, but Eric keeps his grip. He launches a knee into her chest. He lets go of the clinch, and she stumbles backwards. He shoots towards her and takes her down once again.]

That was an excellent takedown, according to Bill. Jack agrees, saying that the knee really knocked the wind out of her sails. He notes that we're only in 40 seconds into the second round.

[Jasmine pushes back up to her feet as they remain in the clinch. She lands a few jabs, and then catches Eric with a stiff knee. Dillinger gets wobbly, but is able to regain his composure quickly. He dodges a straight jab and lands a body shot. He gets back into a grapple and tries for a leg sweep. He succeeds and gets another takedown. He gets into a closed guard. They continue to battle for position. Eric sneaks a quick right hook that catches her in the jaw. He throws another, but this time she catches it and quickly wraps her legs around his head. She's going for a triangle choke. Eric tries to fight out of it, but she keeps her grip firm. He keeps his body weight on top of her as he attempts to pry himself from her grip. He succeeds and throws a hammer fist. It connects to the side of her head. He turns it into a side mount.]

Jack notes that the clock now reads 1:50 and again, Eric is in a good position. He's caught Jasmine with a couple stiff shots, opening up a cut above her nose in the first round, and trying to open up another one here in round two.

[Eric keeps to her side. She throws a few shots that land on his ear. He quickly slides his leg over and gets back into a full mount. From there, he blocks her attempts at grabbing onto his arms and lands a stiff right hook to her face. Her arm falls. He lands a left and a right. She tries to block and fight him off of her, but he lands another right and another left. Eric really using the ground and pound to his advantage. She tries to block the strikes, but she loses that battle. A cut above her eye opens up as he lands a straight jab. That shot sends her head back into the mat. The ref sees this, and breaks up the fight. He calls for the bell. This match is over. Eric immediately jumps up and is greeted by his team. They celebrate in the corner.]

Wayne Inkster announces Eric Dillinger as the winner by knockout at the 2:45 second mark and will face Jade at El Dia de los Muertos 2010 for the Shoot Championship. Bill brags for calling this one in the first round and says that Jack is too pessimistic. Jack reminds him that Jasmine, with her experience and history, was the favorite going in, but it goes to show everyone that MMA is a different beast. Even the most experienced can be taken out. One mistake is all Eric needed. He overpowered her, and his punches were just too strong.

[A medical team surrounds Jasmine. She sits up and throws her mouth piece against the fence. Eric and his team leave the Octagon and the scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Revolution vs. The Inquisition

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the ring where Black Friar, Father Nathan, Wayne Inkster and referee John Law stand in the ring.]

Inkster announces the main event and says that the Midwest Tag League Championships are on the line. He introduces the challengers: Father Nathan and Black Friar, The Inquisition.

[The crowd cheers. Then, Revolution comes out with their Championships around their waists. Kronin has the GLC over his shoulder. They walk to the ring.]

Inkster introduces the Champions: Kronin and Ryven, the Revolution. Jack says this is the match they've been waiting for since MTL4 began. We will finally see Revolution defend the MTLs again, and this time they're going up against an unstoppable force. Father Nathan has been on a roll since before he picked up the ASC and tonight, if anyone had the momentum to take the titles off the Champions, it would be him. Bill reminds him that this is a tag team match, and Black Friar is also interested in getting those titles. Kronin, being a double Champion, will do whatever it takes to keep the title on his hands. Jack notes that with Ryven's loss at Burn 2010, he could be the weak link here. Going 3 rounds with Jade in the Lions' den could really put his future as MTL Champion at risk. Especially with a rested Black Friar.

[As Ryven and Kronin enter the ring, they immediately walk to the center. They remove the titles and hand them to John Law who shows them to the crowd and to the challengers. He puts the titles on the outside and starts the match. Friar and Ryven begin. As they reach the center of the ring, they lock up, but Ryven immediately drives a knee into his midsection and then takes her over with a hiptoss. He tries to get him into a submission on the ground, but he fights out of it. They get back to their feet and he ducks under a clothesline, quickly going after his back and knees with kicks and forearms. He pushes Ryven into the ropes and goes for an irish whip, but Ryven counters it and turns it into a short-arm clothesline. He begins to stomp away at Black Friar, before tagging in Kronin. As Kronin jumps in, he pulls up Friar. They send him across the ring with an irish whip. As he bounces off, they meet him with a double elbow smash sending him to the mat. Kronin makes the pin, but only gets a 1-count. He locks on a modified sleeper on the downed Friar as Ryven leaves the ring.]

Jack notes that Kronin and Ryven have held the titles for almost a year. Ryven was brought in as Kronin's partner at last year's El Dia de los Muertos, have AWS Man stood Kronin up. Kronin has held half of the Championship since June 2009.

[Kronin pulls up Friar and tags Ryven back in. As Ryven gets a hold of him he twists his arm, and slams an elbow to the back of his arm, before locking on a hammerlock. He continues to put pressure on the arm as he changes it to an arm lock. He pushes him down to the mat face first, continuing to hold onto the arm, and wrenches back. Father Nathan gets the crowd to clap, as he reaches in for a tag. Ryven sees this and quickly pulls Friar back up to his feet and throws him into the corner. He begins to stomp away at his midsection, before tagging back in Kronin. As Kronin gets in, he delivers a chop across Friar's chest. Kronin takes the targeted arm, wraps it over the top rope and begins to pull on it, which causes Law to immediately start a 5-count. As he reaches 3, Kronin lets go and pulls Friar out of the corner. He hits a snap suplex and makes the cover. He gets a 1-count. Friar sits back up, and Kronin quickly locks on a rear naked choke.]

Jack says that Friar desperately needs to make a tag if The Inquisition have any shot at winning here tonight. Bill agrees, and notes that the Champs are showing everyone exactly why they've held the titles as long as they have. It has nothing to do with the fact that they've only had 4 or 5 defenses (if that) over the last 52 weeks, and everything to do with the fact of how good of a team they are, despite their differences.

[Kronin goes for another quick pin, and Friar kicks out at 2. He tags in Ryven. Ryven delivers a stomp to his chest, then one to his leg. Friar reaches up and rakes Ryven in the eyes, causing Ryven to turn, holding his weakened eyes. As he does, Friar crawls over and makes the tag. Unfortunately, the ref didn't see it, as he checks out Ryven's injury. Nathan charges Ryven and takes him down with a forearm to the back. He delivers another shot, but the ref breaks it up. They argue briefly before Father Nathan reluctantly goes to the outside. Black Friar goes back into the ring and tries to take Ryven over with a headlock, but Ryven counters and slams him down with a backdrop driver. Just then, through the crowd and over the railing jumps a random fan. He attacks Father Nathan.]

Jack can't believe it and calls for security. But, as security arrive, the hooded fan removes the hood to reveal it's Xavier Langston.

[Langston takes Father Nathan down with a reverse Russian legsweep, slamming him down onto the protective mat. In the ring, Ryven locks on a Triangle choke on Black Friar. Black Friar taps out. The ref calls for the bell. The match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces that The Revolution have won the match and are still MTL Champions. 

[Ryven and Kronin stare at one another as Law hands them the titles. They then celebrate in front of the crowd. On the outside, Langston pulls up Father Nathan and takes him down with The First Rule.]

Jack can't believe that Xavier Langston is attacking Father Nathan. But, it's obvious to Bill that Langston is back to get the shot at the Champion that he deserved and is sending a message that the Ace Superior Champion is in his future.

[Langston stands up and hovers over Father Nathan. Ryven and Kronin continue to show the titles to the crowd as they get a pop. The scene fades.]


Next Week on Fuel 38

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up to show a dark factory scene where a shadowy figure stands looking straight at the camera. The words "Divion Sadistik" scroll across the screen. He laughs dramatically as shots of a torn down and barren city are shown.]

Voice Over - In the eyes of "The Redeemers", the world is infected by humanity. Humanity taints "Lady Earth" with it's concrete pavement and steel structures, draining the world of resources and ultimately of life itself. In the eyes of the Redeemers, the world would be great without the infestation of human beings. To preserve the life of our world, The Redeemers are coming to destroy the role models, destroy the hobbies and interests and hopes of this society. And it begins, next week... with the arrival of Divion Sadistik.

[The shot changes to show Boris Drago holding the Heartlands Championship and Bob Wire holding the Steel Chair.]

Voice Over - Boris Drago won the Heartlands Championship at Burn 2010. Next week, he'll meet his first challenger. That man... is Bob Wire.

[The shot changes to show Xavier Langston and Father Nathan in action poses.]

Voice Over - Xavier Langston is back and he sent a message to Father Nathan. How will Father Nathan respond? Or will he be healthy in time to face the next challenger for the Ace Superior Champion.

...

Fuel 38, from WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio on October 8th, 2010. 

[The scene fades.]


Fuel 36

Posted: September 12th, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | No Comments »

WMW Fuel 36 on YouTube

The Card:
Thomas Kilik vs. The Angel of Death
BBW vs. Shank and Tim

Main Event
Arick Wills vs. Dasha Dranovia


Fuel 36 – September 12th, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up backstage where John and Stephen Squires sit in the production truck outside of the WMW Arena, in Cleveland, Ohio. Both are wearing suits. Stephen smiles as he looks towards the camera.]

Stephen Squires - And welcome everyone to Fuel 36. Tonight, we bring to you live from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio - Burn 2010! Exclusively from ESN. My name is Stephen Squires, this is my brother John and tonight we start off the show with the two fighters already in the ring. It's Thomas Kilik vs. The Angel of Death.

[A camera shot behind him shows them standing in the ring as the ref and Wayne Inkster are prepping the match.]

Stephen Squires - This match-up will send the winner into the 2nd round of what is being called the Heartlands Championship Mini-Tourament [2]. This one will help decide who will fight the winner of tonight's Championship match at Graveyard Shift 131. And, that match, the Heartlands Championship match is between Boris Drago, Tyson Banes and the current Champ, Gras-Dawg. And, it's inside the steel cage. Coming up later, we've got Shank and Tim Tyler taking on BBW and in tonight's Fuel 36 Main Event, it's Arick Wills vs. Dasha in the second HCMT2 match.

[He looks back at the monitor as the match between TAOD and Kilik is starting. He looks back to the camera and smiles.]

Stephen Squires - Let's send you down to the ring for our opening contest.

The Angel of Death vs. Thomas Kilik

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up inside the ring, where Wayne Inkster stands in the center. Kilik walks out as his music plays. He get a mixed reaction from the crowd.]

Inkster announces the opening contest, the first round of the HLCMT2. The winner of this match will fight again at GS131 for a shot at the Heartlands Champion at GS132. He introduces the first fighter, Thomas Kilik. Bill says that he's really disappointed with Kilik, seeing that he's now lost two weeks in a row. His record now sits at 8-4, but really, it should have been 8-3, but he dropped the ball against Tyson Banes two weeks ago.

[As Kilik reaches the ring, he slides in and holds up his hands, getting a mixed reaction from the crowd. He stares at the entrance, waiting for The Angel of Death to arrive. Just then, The Angel of Death's music hits. And, as she has done for 4 straight weeks, she glides from the WMW big screen on a zip line.]

Jack says that Angel of Death definitely has a different look to her this week. She had gone 3 straight weeks, just cruising through the Heartlands division, but then got dismantled by Boris Drago. Bill says that was an obvious conclusion go the match. He knew that going in she wouldn't of been able to compete against Boris. And, if she doesn't play it smart tonight, she'll receive a similar fate from Thomas Kilik, because - there's one thing that Kilik has on his side, and that's desperation.

[She hits the ring, landing on top of the turnbuckles, before doing a backflip, and landing on her feet. In the opposite corner, Kilik awaits the match to begin. And after a few moments, it does. The ref calls for the bell and he storms across the ring. She meets him in the center and he clubs her in the side of the head, then in the back. She stumbles forward, and he catches her with a european uppercut that sends her into the corner. He goes to work on her in the corner with right hands and boots to the midsection. He pulls her out and goes for a snapmare, but she turns it into a front flip and lands a stiff kick to his head. She bounces off the ropes and charges back with a flying forearm that sends him to the ground. She pulls him up and whips him across the ring. When he reaches her again, she takes him down with a hurricanrana. She holds for the pin, but only gets a 1.]

'Too early' says Bill as he questions why she went for the pin at this point in the contest. Jack says that Kilik is not really showing the same technique that we're used to, but that was expected considering their both speedy, they're both high flyers. And instead of using the ropes, Kilik is trying to brawl with her.

[She pulls him up again and whips him across the ring. She goes for another drop kick, but he holds onto the ropes, causing her to hit the mat with her back hard. He quickly dives towards her and rolls her up, but she rolls through it and begins to hammer at him with rights and lefts. She continues to work on him with boots to his head and back. He fights back to his feet and she whips him across the ring. As he comes back, she charges with a clothesline, but he ducks it. He turns back around and meets her with a jumping leg kick. He makes a cover, but only gets a 1. She fights back to her feet and he forces her into the corner. He picks her up and puts her onto the top turnbuckle, but she responds with two right hands that sends him back to the mat. She jumps up onto the top rope, but before she can jump off, he runs up and meets her. They trade rights and lefts while standing on the top rope.]

Jack calls this a very dangerous position. Normally, they're both used to being alone on the top rope, but both Kilik and Angel are risking this match staying there for too long. Bill says that Kilik is showing a lot of fight in this match, and really is keeping TAOD off of her game.

[Kilik gets the upperhand and tries to take her over with a waist lock. She blocks it. They continue to trade rights and lefts, both waivering on the second and top rope. She connects with a right hook that sends him flying to the outside. She falls to the apron. She pulls her self up on the ropes as Kilik tries to collect himself on the outside. As he stands up, she jumps onto the second rope and springboards off with a moonsault that connects. The crowd gets on their feet. She quickly rolls him into the ring. He crawls towards the center. She climbs back onto the apron. He sees her and charges, but she quickly jumps up and springboards off of the top rope and grabs him with a leg scissors that sends him across the ring. She quickly crawls to make another cover, but only gets a 1-count. She pulls him back up to his feet, but without warning he takes her down with a short-arm clothesline that spins her inside out. He quickly locks on a chin lock.]

Bill says this is where Kilik can win the match. He's studied up on submissions, he's a raw mat technician when he's not flying through the air, and can really dominate TAOD here. Jack says that, for sure, Kilik is stronger than Angel, but his grip is not tight. He lost a lot of gas earlier in the match.

[She fights back to her feet and catches Kilik with a right hand. She charges the ropes and bounces off, but slams Kilik with a forearm that sends him stumbling backwards. She hits him with a boot to the midsection. She charges the ropes again and Kilik goes for a boot to the face, but she ducks it and catches him with a jumping heel kick that sends him spinning. She charges again, but he ducks it and pushes her into the ropes. She jumps into them and springboards off, catching him with a Tornado DDT. She struggles to get back to her feet, but she does and she walks to the corner and climbs up. She keeps looking over her shoulder, making sure that Kilik doesn't move. She then starts to climb, but just as she reaches the top, Kilik pushes himself back up his feet.]

Jack says that Kilik is showing just how important the Heartlands Championship is to him. Getting back to his feet and continuing this fight is a good sign that Kilik has the goal in mind. Bill isn't as easily optimistic and says that this is the point in the match that Kilik loses it. Bill won't take his side until Kilik proves his ability.

[She sees him and measures him. As he turns towards her, she jumps off with a double-handed axe handle, but he greets her with a punch to the midsection. She doubles over, holding her stomach. He grabs her by the head and tosses her over the top rope, but she holds on, landing on the apron. He does see this. As he turns back around, and charges, but she hits him with a high kick that sends him stumbling backwards. He falls to his back holding his head. She then jumps onto the top rope and goes for a 450 splash. She hits it. The crowd goes crazy. She goes for the pin, and gets the 3-count. This match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces The Angel of Death as the winner and says they have advanced to GS131 in the HLCMT2. Jack and Bill were both impressed with TAOD's ability to bounce back the way she did.

[The scene fades.]

Shank and Tim vs. BBW

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens inside the ring as Tim Tyler and Shank stand across the ring from BBW. Wayne Inkster stands in the center alongside referee John Law.]

Wayne Inkster announces that the following contest will be a no disqualification flaming tables match. He explains that the winner must put their opponent through a table that has been set on fire. He announces Shank and Tim Tyler first, then BBW. Jack can't believe this match didn't open up Fuel. So much on the line between these two teams. But, it's not material, it's all about pride in this "turf war". Bill refuses to believe that Jack just said "turf war". He then says that it's all about dominance here. The father and son heros vs. the guys looking to destroy each and every person who steps foot in the ring with them. Bob Wire screams "Chair!".

[As the match begins, Wire charges across the ring with the chair. He swings it at Shank, but Shank punches it, knocking it into the head of Wire. Wire stumbles a bit, but catches his balance just as Tim big boots it into his face. Wire falls down to the mat and rolls out of the ring. Bundy charges across the ring and slams Shank in the back with a forearm. Shank catches himself before he fell down. Tim turns and chops Bundy across the chest. He does so again, putting Bundy into the ropes. Shank meets him and they whip Bundy across the ring and then send him out of the ring with a double clothesline over the top.]

The crowd pops. Jack says that Bundy is the largest man on the roster, and he'd hate to be underneath Bundy falling out of the ring. Bill agrees, and expects them to bounce back in this match. Even though Shank and Tim have the crowd roaring in these early moments, it's too early to count out BBW. And plus, you can't because they have to throw them through the flaming table.

[Wire slides back into the ring as Tim climbs out to the apron. Shank greets Wire with an open-handed chop. He sends Wire across the ring and takes him down with a choke lift spinebuster. He makes a cover, but only gets 1 as Wire kicks out. Shank continues to work on Wire. Many lifts and slams. Wire is able to get a few shots in, but nothing Wire tried took Shank off of his feet. Shank got Wire into a bear hug. He refused to quit and fought out of it. Hands to the ears, and even raking at Shank's eyes. As Shank drops him, Wire quickly takes him down with a chop block. He tagged in Bundy who then just took over, going after Shank's knee and ribs.]

Bill says that this is where we see the meanness of John Bundy. The grittiness and the want to just destroy his opponent. Especially when he's down. Jack notes that Bundy is going right after the left knee of Shank. Just doing what he can to make sure Shank doesn't stand back up.

[Bundy tells Wire to get the table. Wire does so, pulling one from under the ring and setting it up on ringside. He also grabs a bottle of lighter fluid and starts to pour it all over the table. Tim Tyler comes over from the other side of the ring and just wails on Wire with rights and lefts. Bundy sees this, but he has Shank on the ground in the corner and just stomps away at him. On the outside, Wire catches Tim with a thumb to the eye and then a low blow. He proceeds to set up the table. He pulls a book of matches from under the ring, lights a match, then lights the whole matchbook, and then sets the table on fire.]

Jack calls this site one of the most hellacious scenes that he's ever witnessed. And the thought only gets worse when you consider that someone will be thrown through it here tonight.

[Bundy pulls up Shank. He walks out onto the apron and pulls Shank out with him. He then tries to throw Shank through the table, but Shank holds onto the ropes. He catches Bundy with an elbow to the head, and then another. Shank then reels back and lands a huge punch to the face that causes Bundy to collapse onto the apron and rolls off onto the floor. Shank steps off of the apron and lands a big boot to the back of Bundy. He reaches down and pulls up Bundy, but Bundy doesn't budge and Shank holds his knee in pain, unable to pick him up. Shank shows his anger and knocks over the table and collapses to his knees. The volunteer firemen at ringside put out the table, since it had been knocked over.]

Jack says it's obvious that Shank's knee is causing him a lot of discomfort.

[Wire pulls another table from under the ring and slides it in. Tim Tyler walks to him, but is met with a scoop slam. Tyler holds his back in pain as Wire sets up the table in the corner. He douses it with lighter fluid and then sets it on fire. He turns around and there stands Tim Tyler. Tim kicks him in the gut and DDTs him onto the mat. Tim holds his back in pain as Wire lays motionless. Tim pulls up Wire. Shank hobbles up to them. They both grab Wire by the throat, lift him up, and chokeslam him through the table. The ref calls for the bell and the match is over. Medics rush to the ring as the fire covering Bob Wire is put out by volunteer firemen.]

After Match Happenings

Writer: Garvin

[Just then, as Shank and Tim hover over their fallen pray, the lights go out.]

Jack Gene - My god! The lights! What's happening?

[And, just as quickly, the lights come back on and Shank is laying on the ground, busted open.]

Bill Hughes - Shank! No!

Jack Gene - Shank is busted wide open, folks. He's laying motionless on the mat, and I don't know what happened. The lights went off, Shank and Tim were fine, the lights come back on and Shank is knocked out cold.

Tim Tyler - Quick! My boy need some medical attention!

[The camera pans over top of Shank to see the blood running down his forehead. Medics rush the ring to take care of him as the scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

Better Friends? Or Better Enemies?

Writer: Eric and Jordan

[Shirtless is Eric Dillinger as he tapes up his fists whilst wearing a pair of blue Dickies pants with his usual Oxblood Gripfast boots with the white laces. He takes a deep breath and lets it outslowly as he finishes with one fist. He squeezes his grip and lets go, before moving onto the next one.]

Eric Dillinger - You just gonna stand there all day or are you gonna say something?

Jordan Keyser - Saw you blow off an ESN employee last week. You have a problem with my company and what we're trying to do here?

Eric Dillinger - Yup.

[Jordan sighs and shakes his head.]

Jordan Keyser - Eric, I don't know why you're so upset with ESN. You've never been given a reason to hate the company. We certainly didn't do anything in the WTF that wasn't well within our rights.

Eric Dillinger - Don't play games with me. You know what you did.

Jordan Keyser - Of course I know what we did. We prevented Vance Bonesteel from destroying the WTF and taking ESN down with it. The man was costing my company millions by driving down WTF the way he was. You tell me why I wouldn't intervene and stop that from happening.

Eric Dillinger - So how long is it gonna be until all of WMW's assets are seized and sold off? You gonna take care of ESN's problems before you remember to pay another sad [bleep]'s medical bills?

Jordan Keyser - Be damned careful, Eric. I respect you, and there's nobody I'd rather fight side-by-side with, but I won't listen to crap like that. ESN is here because we think we can take the WMW product and market it to the world, making millions for both companies, and in turn producing an even better product for the fans to enjoy. THAT is what we're doing here, and nothing else. Understand that.

[Eric finishes taping his hand. He clenches his fist before turning to Keyser and looking him square in the eye.]

Eric Dillinger - Everyone else around here might not be wise to it, but I am. I ain't gonna let WMW go down the same way the WTF did.

Jordan Keyser - You don't have a choice in the matter, Eric. I have no desire to take over the WMW, but I also have no intention of letting you have any say whatsoever in what happens between ESN and WMW.

Eric Dillinger - You can think that all you want. You know damn well that when I decide to start putting people in the hospital there's not a thing anyone can do or say to stop me. There's not a lawyer in this world that'll take me on for good reason. I know ESN is here to make money and, yea, maybe that's a good thing. Economy's bad right now so we can all use a little extra green... but the moment WMW needs ESN you just better damn well be there for her.

Jordan Keyser - You know I have to protect ESN's interests.

Eric Dillinger - I know and you know I'll be there for WMW. I guess we'll just have to cross that bridge when we come to it.

Jordan Keyser - Suits me just fine.

[Eric extends a taped hand to which Jordan takes.]

Eric Dillinger - Now get me some coffee. Black, two sugars.

[Jordan chuckles and shakes his head.]

Jordan Keyser - You never change, do you? Just go out there and tear into Poppins, and send me a thank you card for booking you in such an easy match for your first time back.

[The scene fades.]

Arick Wills vs. Dasha Dranovia

Writer: MOD

[The shot opens up inside the ring as Wayne Inkster stands in the center.]

Inkster announces the beginning of the next contest, which is a one falls match in the Heartlands Tournament.

[The lights in the arena dim a bit and the sound of many soldiers marching is heard. After a few seconds, 'Soviet March' by James Hannigan plays and Dasha walks out, wearing a black leather sports bra with a Soviet flag on it, the sports bra trimmed in Crimson red and gold. She also wears boxing style fighter shorts, colored crimson red and lined in gold coloring. She sports MMA style fighting gloves on her hands and pauses for a brief moment at the entryway, looking around the arena before setting her eyes on the ring and narrowing them, throwing a few warm up punches, a right cross, left cross right upper cut combo before holding her hands up and out and yelling out something to the crowd in Russian. Boris, throughout the opening, stands just behind Dasha and follows her down to the ring. As she moves, she moves straight towards the ring, ignoring the crowd reaction. When she reaches the ring, she rolls in and comes to her feet, her eyes fixed on the entrance as she awaits Arick Wills' arrival.]

Bill and Jack go back and forth commenting on how impressive Dasha's ring entrance was. Wayne Inkster now begins to introduce her opponent Arick Wills.

["Breakeven" by The Script plays over the P.A. system as "The King of Wrestling" Arick Wills makes his way down to the ring in a fancy robe. Damian Knight makes his way down to the ring along side Arick Wills. Pyros go off in the entrance way as Arick Wills and Damian Knight continue to make their way to the ring to a crowd of boos. through out the arena.]

Bill does not understand why Arick Wills has aligned himself with Damian Knight. Jack also
agrees with Bill Hughes. But, Bill does go on to say despite Arick's decision to align himself with MOD, that Arick Wills is a great athlete.

[Referee calls for the bell and Dasha starts the match off with a lot of striking moves, punches, kicks, throws and take downs, etc. Dasha is really falling back on her MMA training. It takes a distraction from Damian Knight, which allows Arick Wills to gain the advantage. Arick Wills quickly takes Dasha down into The Magnificent Crossface, but Dasha does not give up. Dasha fights her way to the ropes. Arick Wills begins to work on the arm by taking Dasha and sending her into the ring post shoulder first. Arick Wills follows it up with a shoulder breaker, then shows his skills by locking in a Fujiwara Armbar.]

Bill states how Arick Wills is starting to look skillful in this match. Jack Gene states how this has been a good contest so far with both wrestlers showing their skill.

[Moments later Dasha fights out of the Fujiwara Armbar and gets back to a vertical base. Arick and Dasha fight for the advantage, but Dasha gets the advantage with a takedown. Dasha now focus her attack on the body of Arick Wills, looking to soften him up. Dasha goes for an ankle lock, but Arick Wills counters it into his own Ankle lock. Arick Wills feels his has Dasha right where he wants her, but Dasha counters with a roll up where she only gets a two count.]

The fans are really into this match up. Bill respectfully honors both wrestlers for those exchange of counters.Dasha begins to work on the left knee of Arick Wills and his head with different strikes and technical moves. The commentators comment on Dasha's tactics of 'picking Arick Wills apart.' Jack makes reference to Dasha being banned from MMA competition for seriously injuring her opponents. Bill Hughes mentions how he is a big fan of Dasha's sadistic 'take no prisoners' approach to things.

[As the match goes on and Arick Wills starts wearing down, Dasha will begin to pick up the pace a bit, using springboard DDTs, Springboard dropkicks, and some aerial moves to soften Wills up more, but Dasha with too many attempts of springboard moves which leads to Arick Wills countering a Springboard Clothesline into the Magnificent Crossface for the second time in this match.]

Bill Hughes states that Arick Wills is no slouch and not to be taken lightly. 

[Dasha not giving up again and makes it to the ropes 30 seconds later. Dasha with thumbs to the eye to gain back the advantage. Dasha begins to whip The King of Wrestling to the ropes, but Arick Wills counters sending Dasha to the ropes instead. Dasha rebounds off the ropes and Aricks goes for an STO, but out of no where Dasha counters and plants Arick Wills face first on the mat with a reverse STO instead. Dasha then jumps up and grab hold of Wills' left ankle, before locking in a Sambo Calf Crush Slicer and increasing the pressure on the hold, but Arick Wills refuses to tap out. Dasha increases more pressure, but Arick still refuses to tap out. Damian Knight begins to make his way on to the ring apron to try to distract the ref, but Boris Drago makes his way over to MOD and pulls him off the apron. Boris Drago connects with a Knockout Punch on Damian Knight that knocks him out cold. Moments later in the ring you can hear the ankle bone of Arick Wills pop out of place. Arick Wills screams in pain and the ref calls for the bell.]

The commentators are confused because Arick Wills did not tap out, but at the same time they are wondering if the referee stop this match because he heard Arick Wills' ankle bone pop out of place. Wayne Inkster announces Dasha the winner of this match due to referee was lead to believe that Arick Wills could not continue the match.Jack Gene criticizes Dasha submission hold, and says that it should be banned because it can easily end someone's career. Jack then goes on to say that Arick Wills career could have been ended here tonight. Bill calls Jack a wimp and say that if a wrestler is too stupid or proud to tap out, then Dasha can't be blamed for trying to win the match.

[Dasha jumps to her feet and holds her hands above her head crying out something in Russian before bending down and slapping Wills in the face, rubbing in her victory over him.]

Jack complains about Dasha's lack of sportsmanship, but Bill loves the attitude. Paramedics finally make their way down to ringside to check on Arick Wills and MOD.

After Match Happenings

Writer: Garvin

[Dasha is pulled from the ring by the ref. She walks up as she continues to bark towards the ring. Arick remains on the mat, showing just how much pain he endured, surrounded by medics. She walks through the back.]

Jack Gene - Just a devastating move by Dasha. And, the way Arick is moving, you've got to think that his ankle is broken.

Bill Hughes - No doubt about it. And, he put up one hell of a fight, but as soon as she locked on that Sambo Calf lock. Man. But that shows what his mistake was. He just wouldn't give up, and he should have.

Jack Gene - Well, stay tuned. We still have got a lot more happening tonight. Tonight is Burn 2010 on ESN. Check your local listings. I'm hearing Louie Cwik is backstage with Dasha. Let's take you there.

[The scene fades.]

Louie Cwik Talks With Dasha

Writer: TBD

[The shot switches over to Louie standing backstage with Dasha.]

Louie Cwik - Dasha, big win tonight, main event of Fuel, the night of Burn, with ESN broadcasting and you beat Arick Wills to advance to Graveyard Shift to fight The Angel of Death to determine who gets a shot at the Heartlands Championship! All in all, a great night, yes?

[Dasha smiles and nods, crossing her arms across her chest.]

Dasha - Da, is good night for me. I told you all that I would crush the so called King of Wrestling and King of the Leaderboard. Now, he is nothing but King of tapping out to Dasha and admitting Soviet Superiority. The Revolution is coming, people of Wrestling Midwest. Soon, everyone will bask in the glory and freedoms that the CSSW brings and offers to you all. Arick Wills foolishly chose to stand in the way of progress and he was cast down. The same will happen to all future dissidents who get in the way of the Revolution!

[With that, Dasha turns and walks away, leaving Louie hanging as he was about to ask another question.]

It's Time For Burn

Writer: Jordan

[We open up on a dark screen. Kick In The Teeth by Papa Roach plays in the background as blood red letters fade onto the screen.]

Sunday, September 12, 2010

[A deep voice reads what is written, and then the screen changes to a bare, windswept desert. There are nothing but sand dunes in sight, save for one dark figure walking towards the camera. As the chorus of the song hits the screen flashes to Gras-Dawg hitting the Voodoo Plunge.]

Feels like a kick in the teeth, I can take it.

[We flash to the figure walking in the desert just in time to see him stumble a little. The it flashes back to Father Nathan hitting the Price of Sin on Hecate.]

Throw your stones and you won't see me break it.

[Back to the figure in the desert as he falls to his knees, then gets back up and walks steadily on. We flash to Jade nearly taking Jordan Keyser's head off with a wicked roundhouse kick.]

Say what you want, take your shots

[Once again to the desert to see the figure, a little more clearly now, obviously a man in a business suit. The suit is dirty, his suit jacket open, his tie loosened. We can barely make out the fact that his hair is matted with sweat. Then we flash to Kronin lifting Dru and dropping her with Death by Metal as the crowd goes wild.]

You're setting me free with one more kick in the teeth 
(Na na na na na) 
Kick in the Teeth (na na na na na na)

[We flash back to the desert, and the man is now lying face down, motionless in the sand. The camera zooms in on him as a voice comes across the speakers.]

For the first time ever, WMW and ESN collaborate to bring you the greatest show on earth.

[The man's hand twitches.]

Burn 2010.

Get it while its hot.

[With that, we fade to a Burn 10 WMW/ESN logo.]


[The scene fades.]


Graveyard Shift 130

Posted: September 3rd, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | No Comments »

Graveyard Shift on Sports Time Ohio

The Card:
Tyson Banes vs. Boris Drago
The Foxxy Grandpas vs. BBW

MTL4
The Celestial Avatars vs. The Inquisition

Main Event
Hecate vs. Scott Vyper


Graveyard Shift 130 - September 3rd, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

The Foxxy Grandpas Arrive

Writer: Steph and Garvin

[As the shot opens up, Tim Tyler and Handlebeards McGee walk into the arena. Handlebeards looks pretty perturbed with anger.]

Tim Tyler - Relax, Beards. You'll get your shot against Bundy and Wire tonight. And, I'll also get my hands on them for what they did to you, to me, and to my boy Shank.  You know, nothing brings family and friends together like having a common enemy, and in our case, we have two common enemies so I figure we're twice as good off.  This reminds me of when the Spaniards invaded Southern Alabama and the native hillbillies thought that the blonde invaders from the north were the incarnation of their Gods, specifically, the Gods who bore them gifts of sweet tea and Popeye's chicken.  When the Spaniards stole their food stamps and the hill-jacks were leveled by heart disease and type II Diabetes, they realized that they had a common devil---the Spaniards.  Well, Spain was a long way off, and the Southerners were sleepy from their heavy fattening meals and the oppressive heat, so they decided, what the hell, Mexicans are the same thing, right?  And they built a border fence.  They made a common enemy of all those who spoke Spanish, or in those days, whatever bastardized forms of Latin they managed to mumble through their thick beards.  

Handlebeards - Mumbles.

Tim Tyler - Exactly, just like that!  Now, in my day, we didn't care what shade of tan someone was, if they didn't speak English they couldn't order at Burger King.  Not that I have anything against Spanish, just that bi-lingual menus seemed like a waste of time and money in THOSE days, where a Quarter Pounder cost....

[The scene fades as Tim continues talking.]

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW and Graveyard Shift logos in the WMW Arena as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Graveyard Shift 130! And we are coming to you from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and we are one week away from one of the biggest supercards we've had in a long time. Burn 2010, brought to you by ESN, and we've got a few matches happening tonight that will help us get there. As we just saw, The Foxxy Grandpas have arrived in the building as they take on BBW tonight. And, talk about grudge match.

Bill Hughes - Yeah, seems like the Foxxy Grandpas have finally had enough of what BBW has been doing lately. They've taken out Lumberjack and Shank on numerous occasions, and last week, they tried taking out Handlebeards McGee.

Jack Gene - McGee and Tyler will try to even the score tonight. Also on the card tonight is the finals of the MTL4 Tournament. It's the Celestial Avatars taking on The Inquisition in a match that will decide who will face Revolution at GS131 in 3 weeks. And Hecate, who's involved in that match...

Bill Hughes - Obviously.

Jack Gene - She's involved in another tonight. Double booked by management, and the second match won't be any easier. It's tonight's Main Event to decide who will fight Father Nathan at Burn 2010 for the Ace Superior Championship.

Bill Hughes - Yeah, I heard she didn't even know about the match until about 2 nights ago at a fan meet and greet event. Sounds like her relationship with Johnson has changed considerably to what it was before Hardcore Hell.

Jack Gene - That does seem strange. And in other big news, the Shoot Championship weigh-in is tonight. This is our last chance to see these fighters before they go into their last round of training heading into Burn 2010. So stay tuned for that. Also on the card tonight, we've got Tyson Banes taking on Boris Drago. That match is also a #1 Contenders match, with the winner moving on to face Gras-Dawg for the Heartlands Championship. And we've got AWS Man (also known as Bill), challenging his partner in MTL4, Josh Briskout in AWS Man's last match before he challenges Kronin for the Great Lakes Championship. Right now, it's time for our opening contest. Let's turn it to Wayne Inkster in the ring to make the official announcement.

The Celestial Avatars vs. The Inquisition

Writer: Garvin

[Out from the back appear Hecate and Jade.]

Inkster announces the opening contest and says that it's to decide who will fight Revolution for the MTLCs at GS131. He also said the match was set for a 15-minute time limit. He introduces the Celestial Avatars.

[Their music begins and they walk to the ring. Hecate walks slowly, with Jade sticking by her side.]

Bill takes back what he said last week. Last week, he said that Hecate wouldn't last past her match against the Foxxy Grandpas. She received a free pass by BBW. This week, though, there's no way she'll do well. This match is entirely on Jade's shoulders, which is unfortunate for her considering that she'll be defending the SC next weekend. Jack thinks that Bill's chaos mechanism has gone off again. Hecate, all though still not at 100% still held her own. Bill suggests she's more at 45%.

[Hecate and Jade roll into the ring. As the music fades, referee Luna Pier checks them both out. The lights in the arena dim.]

The voice of Black Friar says that this begins the time of the Inquisition. He tells all to repent for their sins, so that they'll be forgiven. He then tells heretics and blasphemers to prepare for their judgment.

[Then, a Church bell tolls three times and over the PA, a group of Gregorian monks can be heard reciting the Latin poem 'Dies Irae'. Father Nathan emerges from the back, walking side by side with the Black Friar, both men also adding their voices to those on the PA. They make their way down to ringside, where Nathan sets his cross down and both men then climb into the ring, conversing with each other before the match.]

Jack expects this match to go the full 15-minute time limit. But, unlike Bill, he believes that the Avatars have the advantage. Hecate and Father Nathan are both in the same spot, physically. They're both hurt, they're both struggling, they're both fighting through the pain, and they both are looking forward to going to Burn to fight for the Ace Superior Championship. What gives TCA the advantage is Jade. Bill says that the fact that Jack brought up the ASC match at Burn, and Hecate's potential for being in it signifies why The Inquisition has the advantage. Because they know what this match is about, and that's MTL4. Nothing else.

[Jade and Black Friar begin the fight. As they reach the center of the ring, they lock up, but Father Nathan immediately drives a knee into her midsection and then takes her over with a hiptoss. He tries to get her into a submission on the ground, but she fights out of it. They get back to their feet and she ducks under a clothesline, quickly going after his back and knees with kicks and forearms. With Nathan on the ground, she tags in Hecate. Hecate comes in and they pull him up. The whip him into the ropes and take him down with a double clothesline. Hecate makes the cover, but only gets a 1-count. She puts Nathan into an arm/neck lock.]

Jack reminds everyone that this is the second MTL tournament that the Celestial Avatars have been a part of, and it's been because of their experience that they're at this point. They are the veterans of this tournament and have an obvious advantage. Bill says they have an obvious disadvantage though, and that's because Jade is on the outside of the ring.

[Nathan fights out of the hold and gets to his feet, but Hecate keeps him at bay, moving her arm lock to a side headlock. She tags in Jade. As Jade pops back in, she slams a forearm into his midsection. Hecate lets go and climbs out of the ring. Jade pushes Nathan against the ropes and whips him across the ring. As he bounces back, Jade gets him into a sleeper. As he fights it, it's obvious that she's forcing him to the mat. Somehow, he pushes her past him and slams her down with a backdrop driver. As they stand back up, she goes for a right hand, but she misses. He ducks it and lands a heavy shot to her midsection causing her to fall backwards. He makes the hot tag to Black Friar. As Friar comes back in, he pulls Jade back up and throws her into the ropes. He connects with a running dropkick, sending her inside out. He makes the cover, but she kicks out after two. Friar pulls her up and slams her back down. He follows it up with an elbow drop, but she rolls out of the way. She crawls over to the corner and quickly tags in Hecate. Hecate runs in and meets Friar with a right hand. But he responds with a right hand of his own. They trade rights and lefts. Hecate gets the advantage and sends him in the ropes. He holds on. She charges and he connects with a back elbow. He then connects with a springboard moonsault. He holds on for the pin, but only gets a two count. He pulls her back up and tags in Father Nathan.]

Bill Hughes harps on Hecate some more, but Jack says he's being over-critical. Jack says that this is the turning point of the match. If Father Nathan can keep Hecate in the ring, that it is likely the match will end in the Inquisitions way. But, if Hecate can survive the attack and bring Jade back into the match, it is likely that Jade can overcome, since Father Nathan is also battling injuries. But both of these competitors are weak at this point and it's obvious.

[As Father Nathan comes in, he pulls up Hecate. He backs her into the ropes before shooting her across the ring, as she bounces back, he boots her in the midsection. He lifts her up onto his shoulders, but she slides off the back, holding onto his head. She tries to lock on a dragon sleeper, but he counters and twists into it, so that he's facing her. He picks her up and flips her over with a Northern Lights Suplex. He holds it for a pin, but it only gets a 2. Nathan is the first to pop up. As Hecate does, he lands a wicked right hand to her jaw that sends her stumbling. He lifts her onto his shoulders and then drops her down in front of him, driving a knee into her face in a move Jack called the Price of Sin. He makes the cover. Both Jade and Black Friar jump into the ring. Friar takes Jade down with a clothesline as Nathan gets the 3-count. The match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces The Inquisition as the winner and says that they will face Revolution at GS131. Jack was very impressed by both teams tonight, but says he thought the best team won. Bill reminds him that The Inquisition were named the Fighters of the Week going into tonight, and it's likely, this win, will lock them in that position.

[Nathan and the Black Friar head to the back, celebrating while Jade checks on Hecate in the center of the ring. After a few moments, Hecate leaves the ring, and walks up the ramp alone, leaving Jade alone in the ring. Jade quickly catches up with her and they walk up the ramp together.]

Jack says that Hecate still has a huge night a head of her. With her fight against Scott Vyper as the main event, she's got some time to rest, but will it be enough? Bill suggests that this match, especially the way it ended, took a lot out of her and he doubts she'll be able to hang with the Hall of Famer.

[The scene fades.]

Tyson Banes Prepares For His Match

Writer: Arick

[The camera cuts backstage where it shows Tyson Banes leaving the locker room of Arick Wills. Stephen Squires happens to see Tyson Banes walk out of Arick Wills locker room. Stephen Squires walks up to Tyson Banes and tries to get the scoop, but Tyson Banes ignores Stephen Squires and walks right pass him.]

Bill Hughes - What the heck is going on here?

Jack Gene - Did we just see Tyson Banes walk out of the locker room of Arick Wills?

Bill Hughes - Yes, that's exactly what we saw. I wonder what was going on in the locker room of Arick Wills.

[Moments later, Zana Knight comes walking out of the locker room of Arick Wills. Stephen has a confused look on his face not really understanding whats going on. Damian Knight then exits the locker room of Arick Wills right behind Zana Knight.]

Zana Knight - I'm glad Arick gave you the night off, so we can go out and have some fun.

Damian Knight - Yeah, Arick says he got everything covered tonight, so lets go have some fun babe.

Zana Knight - Right on....

[Stephen Squires approaches Damian and Zana Knight....]

Stephen Squires - Mr. and Mrs. Knight, could you please take a moment and tell everybody watching Graveyard Shift [130] tonight, why Tyson Banes was caught coming out of the locker room of Arick Wills.

Damian Knight - Did you hear that? Did someone say something?

Zana Knight - I dont think so. I didn't hear anything.

Damian Knight - Maybe, I'm just hearing things...

[Zana Knight gives off a chuckle. Damian Knight and Zana Knight totally ignore Stephen Squires and proceed to make their way towards the exit of the arena.]

Stephen Squires - ...

[Stephen Squires begins to knock on the door of Arick Wills, but doesn't get an answer.]

Stephen Squires - Arick, it's me Stephen Squires. I just would like to get a moment of your time.

[Stephen Squires continues to knock on the door, but still gets no answer. Stephen tries to open the door, but it is locked. Stephen Squires left with a more confusing look then before. The footage switches back to ringside.]


Handlebeards Found Hurt

Writer: Garvin

[The camera focuses in on Jack and Bill.]

Jack Gene - Okay, we're going to turn it backstage to Stephen Squires. Looks like he's got a breaking story, as it unfolds. And... it doesn't sound good.

[The shot opens up in the back with Stephen Squires. He stands outside of an ambulance. Tim Tyler, Shank and Lumberjack stand there.]

Stephen Squires - Thanks, Jack. Yeah, some bad news back here. It appears that Handlebeards McGee, who was scheduled to fight this week against BBW alongside his tag team partner, Tim Tyler. Right now, I can positively report that match will not happen. What we are being told is that Handlebeards was attacked, and eye-witness reports say it was by John Bundy and Bob Wire, and he was thrown through the refreshment table. That table had not just cold beverages on it, but also scalding hot coffee. And, let's just say, not only is Handlebeards bloody because of the attack, but he's also been speculated to be pretty badly burned.  I'm also hearing some grumbling backstage from thirsty wrestlers waiting for refreshments.  Hopefully that issue gets resolved soon. Doctors are currently treating Handlebeards, but they have said, for sure, he will not be able to compete tonight.  If only they could also provide those affected with some beverages.  Now, what that means is if Tim Tyler goes forward with the fight, he will either have to find a new partner, or fight the match alone. We'll keep you updated as this story progresses.

[The scene fades to show Tim Tyler, Shank and Lumberjack walk out of the scene. All with their heads down.]

Tyson Banes vs. Boris Drago

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens inside the ring as Tyson Banes and Boris Drago stand in opposite corners. Wayne Inkster stands in the center alongside referee John Law.]

Wayne Inkster announces that the following contest will determine who will face Gras-Dawg at Burn 2010 for the Heartlands Championship. He announces Boris Drago first, then Tyson Banes. Jack calls this the biggest Heartlands #1 Contenders match that he can remember. Bill says that it would be better if it had Shank. Plus, it's for the contendership, not contenders. Bill says for sure, this match is hard to progress. Boris is huge while Tyson is a semi-successful dirty fighter.

[As the match begins, Tyson charges Boris and lands a stiff shot to his chest. Boris smiles at him before charging, but Tyson ducks under a clothesline and escapes to the outside of the ring. Just as he does, Dasha chases him back into the ring. As he gets back in, Boris catches him with a spinebuster.]

Jack reinforces the idea that Boris is probably the strongest fighter that the company has seen, and Boris is finding that out first hand. Bill says that may be true, but to discount Tyson Banes only by strength and size is not learning from the last few weeks, because what has been seen from Tyson is anything short of pushover. He's in this position for a reason.

[Boris lifts up Tyson and immediately rakes him in the eyes. As Boris stumbles backwards, Tyson dives towards his knee, driving his shoulder into his thigh. As Boris stumbles backwards, Tyson gets back to his feet and charges him with another forearm shot, and another. But, Boris catches his arm and slams a right hand into the side of his head that forces Tyson back down the mat. Just then, Arick Wills walks down the ramp.]

Jack notices Arick Wills walking down the ring and is wondering what he's up to. Bill suggests he's coming down to take his rightful place as the Heartlands Champion #1 Contender. As, to Bill, Arick Wills is still the King of the Leaderboard and deserves another shot at the title. Jack reminds him that he had a chance, but - failed.

[Boris pulls up Tyson and slams a forearm across his back. He then lifts him up to go for a powerbomb, but Arick Wills climbs into the ring. Boris sees him and drops Tyson.]

The referee tells Arick to get out of the ring. Arick challenges Boris, telling Boris that he'll never be Heartlands Champion and that the title belongs to him. Bill agrees. Jack can't believe Arick is challenging Boris.

[And, without much warning, Dasha slides into the ring. She quickly gets into Arick Wills' face. Then, Tyson jumps up and slams a right hand into Boris' head. This creates a chain reaction, which is followed by an all out brawl by all 4 fighters in the ring. Referee John Law calls for the bell. This match is over.]

Inkster announces that this match has been ended by the ref as a no contest.

After Match Happenings

Writer: Garvin, Reb, and Rob

[As the brawl continues, Dasha goes after Arick, while Tyson and Boris continue to battle.]

Jack Gene - My god, this match has completely gone out of control. And in the ring, it's now, apparently, Tyson and Wills vs. Boris and Dasha.

Bill Hughes - And security is getting involved, Jack.

[Security rush the ring and pull everyone off of everyone. Brad Johnson appears at the top of the ramp.]

Brad Johnson - All right, all right.

[Johnson paces at the top of the ramp. He watches the struggling and fighting continue.]

Brad Johnson - I said enough! I'm stopping this before you four take this beyond the point of no return. And you four will listen and understand what I mean when I say, it's time this company protects it's investments.

[He smiles as he shakes his head.]

Brad Johnson - Arick Wills, you have no right getting involved in this match. You had your shot and you lost. End of story. You'll have another shot at Graveyard Shift 132. That is, if you earn it. And, I'm very certain you can. You are the self-proclaimed king of the Leaderboard.

[Arick smiles and the crowd boos.]

Brad Johnson - But you won't earn it this way. Dasha, first of all, let me officially welcome you to Wrestling Midwest. I'm glad that you are so... well, ready to get into the ring. And, since you've met Arick Wills, let me formally... introduce you two, because you two will be competing at Burn. The winner will advance in the Heartlands Championship #1 Contendership at GS131.

[The crowd cheers. Arick and Dasha glare at one another.]

Brad Johnson - Now, for the Heartlands Championship match at Burn 2010. It's unfortunate we couldn't come up with a #1 Contender tonight. But, as they say, the show must go on. And since a #1 Contender didn't rise here tonight, we are stuck with two #2 contenders. So, that means, at Burn 2010, it will be Gras-Dawg, defending his title against both of you.

[A mixed reaction comes from the crowd as Boris and Tyson glare at each other.]

Brad Johnson - Gras-Dawg vs. Tyson Banes vs. Boris Drago for the Heartlands Championship.

[With that, all 4 fighters begin to struggle to get towards one another. Security continues to hold the peace, but it's a struggle. Johnson sighs loudly.]

Brad Johnson - Michael McGillicutty. What is it with you 4? You know what, I'm going to make another change for this match. Dasha and Arick? It's quite apparent that asking you two to stay out of the match isn't going to do much. Considering, a ring full of security doesn't seem to damper your attitudes. So, we're going to make sure that the fight stays inside of the ring, and you two stay out of it. Because, the Heartlands Championship will be decided in a Steel Cage match.

Jack Gene - My god! A Steel Cage match?

Brad Johnson - Now, what I suggest is you all go home and prepare. Burn 2010 will be a big night... for everyone.

[With that, "I Fight On" by the Graveyard Shift Trio plays over the PA as Brad Johnson leaves.]

Jack Gene - My god! Gras-Dawg defends his Heartlands Championship against Tyson Banes and Boris Drago in a Steel Cage match next week at Burn 2010!

[The camera pans over the ring to show all four competitors before the scene fades.]

Shank, Lumberjack and Tim Tyler Discuss Options

Writer: Garvin/Steph

[The shot opens up in the back as Tim Tyler, Shank and Lumberjack stand around talking. Well, Tim Tyler is mostly talking.]

Tim Tyler - To wrestle, or not to wrestle, that is the question!  Whether 'tis nobler in the ring to suffer the slings and arrows of those ruthless bastards Bundy and Bob Wire, or to take arms against our grizzled oppressors, and by opposing, end them!  To wrestle, to fight, to pin!  To pin?  Perchance...to win by submission?  For in that victory of default, what honor may come when we have shuffled off this unbalanced competition?  Must give us pause. 

[Tim holds his cigarette aloft and gazes at it, lost in verbose thought.]

Shank - KNOW WHAT SHANK THINK FATHER OF SHANK SHOULD DO? IN EVERY SITUATION BUT SITUATION OF RIGHT NOW, SHANK SAY THAT TIM TYLER SHOULD HAVE SHANK BE PARTNER TO FIGHT JOHN BUNDY AND BOB WIRE! SHANK WANT NOTHING MORE, EXCEPT FOR HEARTLANDS CHAMPIONSHIP, MICROWAVE PORK RINDS AND FUZZY KITTEN, BUT BESIDES HEARTLANDS CHAMPIONSHIP, MICROWAVE PORK RINDS AND FUZZY KITTEN, SHANK WANT NOTHING MORE THAN TO PUNCH JOHN BUNDY AND BOB WIRE IN FACES!

Lumberjack - ...but?

Shank - BUT, KNEE OF SHANK NOT AT 100%! IT PROBABLY NOT GOOD IDEA FOR SHANK TO FIGHT AT SHIFTING GRAVEYARD! SHANK NOT ABLE TO BRING ALL OF THUNDER OF SHANK TO RING! INSTEAD, SHANK LOOK AT GOOD FRIEND OF SHANK, LUMBERJACK, AND THINK TIM TYLER CHOOSE LUMBERJACK!

Lumberjack - And... it's not like I am without reason to want to get into the ring with those two. They've put me through hell the last few months. I'd gladly take that opportunity.

Tim Tyler - Alas, poor Lumberjack, I knew you well!  But if you're willing to go up against those uncouth jerks and help me in this match, I'll certainly owe you a favor.  The barter system!  I remember back in the day when a friend could do a favor for a friend without accepting monetary gain.  We would fix engines for plates of cookies, or provide parenting advice for a pitcher of martinis!  Why, just the other night I was sitting around with my friends Glen and Cindy, discussing child-rearing.  We were discussing how spoiled kids today are when lo and behold we ran out of drinks!  Well, Cindy called her dad, who lives around the corner, and he used his Golden Buckeye card to pick us up a case of High Life and a pitcher of margaritas!  We were able to continue our discussion about lazy, entitled children without a pause in the consumption of our favorite beverages.  Now that's what I call "fair trade," not like these hippies...

[The scene fades.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

An Unlucky Rebecca

Writer: Reb

[Backstage, the camera fades on an empty hallway. Out of the side of the screen appears Rebecca Randolph, aka The Emo Girl. The crowd responds positively in the background as she begins to walk down the hall, with the camera following along. She passes Justin Lucky, who nods to her as she continues walking]

The Emo Girl - Oh, hey Justin.

Justin Lucky - Yo.

[They don't exchange much more then that, as Rebecca continues. Justin turns a corner, and as soon as he does, Rebecca bumps into someone who was off-screen. The camera pulls back to reveal she's accidentally knocked into The Matrix, who was standing near his locker room. He turns and gazes down at her.]

The Emo Girl - Oh! Uh...sorry about that.

Matrix - Maybe you should pay a bit more attention to what's in front of you, and less time ogling untalented twins.

The Emo Girl - Uh, yea...I'll do that. I'll just be going...

[She turns to leave, but Matrix puts his arm up against the wall, blocking her attempted escape. She backs up against the wall, seemingly a bit nervous but also tensing up defensively in the event she needs to fight.]

The Emo Girl - Look...

Matrix - No, you look. I'm trying to make progress in this city by pushing it to take steps forward. One by one, brick by brick, I will build my legacy here in this company and change it to a respectable wrestling company. But I'm never going to do that with punk rejects like you leading these idiots around.

The Emo Girl - Now hold on, I hardly think...

Matrix - So take this as your first and last warning, Ms. Randolph. Go back to CMW, and don't come back.

[He suddenly strikes her with his free hand, causing her to hit the wall with the back of her head and drop to the ground. Booing is heard in the background as Matrix turns and begins to walk away. After a few moments, Justin and Jasmine Lucky appear and begin to help her up.]

Justin Lucky - What the hell? I just saw her like two seconds ago! She was fine!

Jasmine Lucky - You gotta be kidding me. That creep is taking this thing too far.

[Justin helps Rebecca stand up against the wall. She shakes her head, getting her senses back.]

Jasmine Lucky - I'm sick and tired of that creep acting like he's entitled to get any kind of respect around here. All he does it bully the people who are too new to know any better. We'll see what happens when the new talent bands together to take shots at him. One way or another, Justin, we gotta stop that ass[bleep].

Justin Lucky - You know me, sis...gimme the call and I'm there.

The Emo Girl - Me too.

[Jasmine nods, and glances in the direction Matrix headed]

Jasmine Lucky - We'll see how the match goes with Masina tonight. I think this is something I'm going to have to take care of myself.

[The Lucky Ones help Emo Girl off screen. Fade out]

The Return of an Icon

Writer: Eric

[“Never Let It Die,” hits across the house PA and the crowd in attendance begins to boo. From behind the curtain comes “The Bastard Icon,” Eric Dillinger sporting his black and yellow Fred Perry collared shirt tucked into his blue jeans and his oxblood Gripfast steel toe boots.]

Jack Gene - Now here's a guy we haven't seen since Party in the Plaza!

Bill Hughes - Where's he been all these summer months?

[He has a solemn look on his face as he looks over the crowd. He nods almost as if in agreement with the jeers he's receiving. He pulls a mic from his back pocket and lifts it to his mouth.]

Eric Dillinger – I deserve that. I believe my last run through WMW I acted like an ass and it took an unfortunate event in my personal life to open my eyes to the error of my ways. I'm not going to get into specifics and drag my life out in front of the camera. I've done it before and I really don't feel like doing it again, but I'll say that these summer months have been life changing for me.

Jack Gene - I wonder what happened.

Bill Hughes - By the sounds of it the Wizard gave him a heart. This doesn't sound like the Eric Dillinger I remember.

Eric Dillinger – I'll admit I was wrong. I said there was a glass ceiling over my head and, in all reality, I was keeping myself grounded. Every chance I had to fly it was like I my legs were willingly giving out from under me. Look at the names I hold victory over... AWS Man (Also Known as Bill), Jade, Hecate, Ryven... There's no good reason that I shouldn't have been able to capture the gold in WMW. There's no reason that I shouldn't have beaten Father Nathan for the Ace Superior Championship, but I found failure through no one's volition but my own. 

After every thing that happened to me, after it was all settled on the home front I made a promise to distinction. I realized I'd become my own worst enemy and now it was time do what set me apart from the pack years ago. I've got to do the things that made me dangerous in the first place. I'm thirty-one now and that's an age not many guys in my profession get to see with out getting sidelined permanently. Having reached that milestone in my career I stopped pushing myself so I could keep competing well into my thirties. So when I stopped pushing myself was when I'd become complacent. I gave up the winning factor that brought me here.

Suddenly the Bastard Icon wasn't the Icon he used to be, just a Poor Bastard pointing the finger at everyone but himself when faced with an ugly truth. Things were so deluded I can't even remember when things went south for me. I just wandered through this business a shadow of what I'd used to be and everyone could tell. Not anymore, not after today I will never be that guy again. The guy who came out and blamed the locker room for holding him back is gone. 

So here's my promise to you all of y'all, the boys in the back, my wife, my son, the Pope, Audrie McLaughlin, and myself... For the first time in over a year I'm going to do something I should have a long time ago, something I should have never stopped doing in the first place.

Let go.

[The crowd gives a mixed reaction. Some were easily swayed are willing to see the Eric Dillinger they once knew, while others aren't quite so willing to just forgive and forget. With his peace said Eric waves to the crowd, bows, and exits to the back.]

Jack Gene – Eric Dillinger promising to Let go tonight and I've got to wonder what that means.

Bill Hughes – I think he means like when a sociopath finally just goes on a rampage and kills everything in sight.

Jack Gene – That may or may not be the case, but this we know for certain. Eric Dillinger has come back and whether or not he still calls himself the Bastard Icon he's going to try and do something he failed to do last time around and that's capture gold. 

Bill Hughes – Look out Father Nathan.

Jack Gene – Or anyone else for that matter. 

[The scene fades.]

Lumberjack Found Hurt

Writer: Garvin

[The camera focuses in on Jack and Bill.]

Jack Gene - Okay, we're going to turn it backstage to Stephen Squires. Looks like there has been another attack backstage. Stephen? What do we know?

[The shot opens up in the back with Stephen Squires. He stands outside of an ambulance. Tim Tyler, Shank and Lumberjack stand there.]

Stephen Squires - Thanks, Jack. Yeah, it looks like BBW has attacked again. Earlier tonight, eye-witness reports suggested that they were behind the attack on Handlebeards McGee. An attack that took him to Cleveland General Hospital. Now, Lumberjack has been loaded into an ambulance. And he's being taken down, and as you can see from the shards of wood around me, he was also thrown through a table. This one was the replacement refreshments table. Which means, again, refreshments destroyed in the carnage. In most cases, when you'd see cups thrown around a room like this, you'd think 'job opening'. But, in this case, it sounds like whoever is in charge of distributing refreshments around here is working overtime.

Jack Gene - Stephen, not to interrupt, but, where are Bundy and Wire? Have you talked to them?

Stephen Squires - No, Jack. Not as of yet. However, we do know that they have been pulled into Brad Johnson's office and are still there as we speak. Obviously, this situation has gotten out of control and Brad Johnson is looking to put a stop to it. But, with Lumberjack being removed from the situation, and we knew that Tim Tyler had chosen Lumberjack to replace Handlebeards, that now means that either Tyler will have to fight this match himself or choose a replacement. And that replacement, you'd have to think, would be Shank.

Jack Gene - But, Shank's not at 100%.

Stephen Squires - That's the story being told. But, at this point, it looks like it's more about survival. They've seen two of their friends removed, and it can only be assumed that either Tim or Shank are next. That is, unless Brad Johnson steps in, which he apparently has. We'll keep you posted on the situation as it continues to unfold.

[The scene fades to show Stephen stepping over empty cups in the cafeteria.]


The Zombie Union

Writer: Reb

[Fade into the backstage area, where Louie Cwik is standing in the middle of two unfamiliar men. One is about his size and very skinny, while the other is much bigger and taller, but both have gruesome wounds and torn, dirty clothing.]

Louie Cwik - I'm here with two fighters from Central Michigan Wrestling, making their tag team debut tonight in Wrestling Midwest. We have The Undead Kid and Zombie Bob. Thank you both for talking to me. Now, Bob, this isn't your first time in WMW. Are you here to stay?

Zombie Bob - ...

[Louie Cwik looks unsure of what to do. The Undead Kid pulls his mic down to his level. He talks very fast.]

Undead Kid - Hey, look Louie, I know you're new to this whole zombie thing, but here's the scoop, got it? Bob? He don't talk so good, so I get to do all the talking. Me? I'm the Undead Kid. I'm like, super fast and I get real high and no one can ever catch me, cause I'm so fast, you know? So Bob here, he don't really got to do anything, but when he does, ohhhhhhhh boy watch out, because, well, you know why.

[There is an awkward pause.]

Louie Cwik - Uh...no, I don't. Why?

Undead Kid - Oh. Well, because he hits so hard, ya get me? He's like, BAM! And you're like, OW! And the ref is like, THREE! And the crowd goes wild! Right? Right? Right?

[Zombie Bob nods down at Undead Kid, who grins like a child at being noticed.]

Louie Cwik - Okaaaaaay. Well, tonight you're going to be teaming with Scotty Kames-

Undead Kid - Who?

Zombie Bob - Matrix.

Undead Kid - Oh! That guy! Yea, he's totally cool.

Louie Cwik - Anyway. You'll be facing the team of the Lucky Ones and Masina. There's some bad blood from last week, between Jasmine and Matrix. Where do you two fit into that? Do you have any negative feelings for your opponents?

[Undead Kid waits to see if Zombie Bob is gonna speak, but Bob only nods down at him. So Undead Kid pulls the mic down to his level.]

Undead Kid - We're here because there ain't nothin' waitin' for us up there in Michigan or whatever the heck. We're freakin' zombies, dude! We, like, totally eat people! The real challenge, and the real meat? It's right here! Totally!

Louie Cwik - So...you're just here to...eat people? You're kind of...I don't know, a bit scrawny. And your blood smells kind of like...ketchup.

Undead Kid - Hey! Are you doubting me! You don't think I really eat people! I'm a total zombie, dude! Right Bob? Right! Right!

[Bob suddenly nudges Undead Kid, causing Cwik to back up. Zombie Bob then takes the microphone from the interviewer and brings it up to his lips as Undead Kid looks up at him.]

Zombie Bob - Tonight, Louie Cwik, we will earn our place in the revolution that the Matrix is forming...by ripping apart the Lucky Ones limb from limb. And I, the Risen Devil Himself, will feast upon their tender flesh like a banquet, served in my honor. Jasmine Lucky is but the first victim of our regime...and soon nobody will be able to stop the Zombie Union that he is creating.

[Bob puts the mic in Cwik's hands again and walks off. Both he and The Undead Kid share an awkward moment... and then the smaller, faker-looking zombie disappears as well. Fade out on a confused and creeped out Louie Cwik.]

The Shoot Championship Preview: Ryven

Writer: Harrison

[The shot opens up backstage with John and Stephen Squires. They sit in front of a flat screen TV that has the Burn 2010 logo, along with a shot of Jade, Ryven and the Shoot Championship.]

Stephen Squires - It's all over Twitter, Facebook, and even WMW's homepage, and it's time for us to dive right in; Ryven vs Jade II; now in the new Lion's Den MMA format.  I'm Stephen Squires, and with me as always is my brother John.  And I know I'm not the only one excited for this match.

John Squires - You are absolutely right, the fans have been going nuts in anticipation for this bout.  Two of WMW's young stars going head-to-head in a match that it seems they've been bred for.  And the new format really allows these two to shine.  Neither competitor is being booked in any major match prior to this MMA fight, allowing both of them to focus entirely on this upcoming match, and what a match it will be.

Stephen Squires -  For those of you new to the Lion's Den, here are a few quick facts.  Each competitor will be put into a steel cage octagon.  The rules are standard MMA rules, which differ from our normal wrestling format.  There will be three five-minute rounds with a final judge's decision if the match doesn't end with a knockout or submission.  The shoot division has been around for a bit now thanks to the efforts of Jack Reynolds, but this is the first time neither competitor will be booked in the run-up to the championship match.  And speaking of competitors, let's first take a look at our challenger, Ryven.

John Squires - Ryven has had a career at Wrestling Midwest that hasn't been a bed of roses.  He initially came to WMW a few years ago as a rookie, his first match a devastating loss to a real veteran in AWS Man (also known as Bill).  That initial defeat really put things into perspective for him, because immediately after he began a run at the Ace Superior Championship, ending with him going from rookie to gold faster than anyone else in the history of this organization.  After a few title defenses he eventually lost the belt and dropped into obscurity, eventually leaving the company altogether.

Stephen Squires - At the time many thought he was just a flash-in-the-pan; a classic case of someone burning bright and burning out.  But then he came back.  And boy did he.  He jumped the Heartlands Division altogether given him technically not being considered a 'rookie', and began another run for the Ace Superior championship.  After a long and bitter feud with Druscilla he finally captured the title and held it before losing it once again.  It was about this time he surprised the WMW world and entered into the Tag Division with Kronin.

John Squires - And surprise us he has.  With Kronin as his partner, he's managed to get a lock on the Tag Division like no one has seen since the days of Umbrage and the Black Riders.  Ryven has even repeatedly gone on record declaring that The Revolution will hold the tag team titles longer than two of them, and they show no signs of slowing down.  But looking at Ryven's style in the ring, and his history previous to WMW, everyone knew that when the Shoot Division opened, he'd make a run at it.

Stephen Squires - Boy, did he.  After besting a few competitors to earn the chance to take on Jade for the Shoot Championship, he remains the only person to ever get her to go all the way to a decision, in what many consider one of the greatest Shoot Championship matches in WMW's history.  However, the decision was marred by controversy.  The former General Manager of WMW, Sault St. Marie, was one of the judges and had made it clear he would do anything to keep Ryven under his boot.  Whether that had any influence on what happened remains to be seen, but it's still considered a black mark on the history of the Shoot Division.

John Squires - But that's no more, because with Sault St. Marie no longer employed by this company, so finally we have the potential to see Jade and Ryven go toe-to-toe on an even playing field in a battle that some see as the best the Shoot Division can offer.  Let's look at some facts and figures about Ryven.  Take it away, Stephen.

Stephen Squires - Thank you, John.  Ryven had his start in boxing where his record stands at 17 wins, 2 losses, and 1 tie.  He held the North Ohio Regional Championship twice, and was nominated for Rookie of the Year, but unfortunately did not win.  He moved onto Mixed Martial Arts, taking his boxing experience with him to a record of 12 wins and 1 loss.  And since moving from MMA to Wrestling Midwest his record stands at 13 wins, 11 losses and 1 disqualification; not exactly a stellar record, but some - myself included - think this is mostly due to his style not exactly being a great fit in the world of Professional Wrestling.  However, that all changes in the Lion's Den.  But the interesting thing I want to talk about is during his 'break' from WMW.  Specifically his time in Isreal.

John Squires - Oh, good point, Stephen.  Ryven spent time overseas in Israel between when he left WMW and came back, and many think he experienced a transformation in that time.

Stephen Squires - Absolutely, John.  He became schooled in the art of Krav Maga, an absolutely brutal style of Israeli self defense that has served him well in the ring.  He's limited in standard wrestling matches, but as we saw in his fight with Jade the last time they were in the Lion's Den, it can really serve him well.  Ryven has said repeatedly that he views the battles between himself and Jade as metaphor for the greater battle between the West and East, and given their history, I think he's absolutely right.

John Squires - You aren't kidding, Stephen.  Ryven's history and style in MMA are a great counterpoint to Jade's history and fighting style.  And given how the last matchup between these two ended, I know I'm not alone in saying I can't wait to see these two go at it again.  Jade is a powerhouse in this company, and clearly the favorite going into this match.  But as we've seen here, Ryven is more than ready and capable to step up to meet a challenge.

Stephen Squires - We'll be back a little later to take a look at the Shoot Champion, Jade. Stay tuned.

[The scene fades.]

The Lucky Ones and Masina vs. Matrix and The Zombie Union

Writer: Reb

[In the WMW Arena, "Unstoppable" by Rascal Flatts begins to play over the loudspeakers and the audience cheers for the Lucky Ones, who come out excited and fired up. Behind them is Masina, the female Samoan who will be teaming with them. All three run to the ring together and slide in.]

Wayne Inkster announces them as The Lucky Ones and Masina. Jack Gene is impressed by the way three CMW fighters are standing up to the bullying of The Matrix, but Bill Hughes is less them pleased that anyone would stand up to Scotty Jackson Kames. Before Jack can correct him on the middle name, more music plays.

[The chorus to "With Arms Wide Open" his the PA and the crowd gives off a mixed reaction. Most people arn't happy with his current views, but there are still die-hard fans in the audience. Matrix comes up slowly, wrapped up in his trenchcoat, and being followed by the small Undead Kid and the larger then life Zombie Bob. Both of them are covered in wounds and blood, though Bob's looks significantly more genuine.]

As the trio heads to the ring, Jack admits to being a bit creeped out by Zombie Bob, though Bill feels like he's really just a big cuddly bear...covered in blood. Bill notes that this is The Undead Kid and Masina's WMW debut from CMW, while Zombie Bob is making his second appearance. The Lucky Ones are CMW graduates. Bill is quick to note that the Zombie Union should be honored that someone like The Matrix has taken them under his wing, though Jack is fairly sure he's just manipulating them.

[The Undead Kid is very eager to get the ball rolling so Zombie Bob and Matrix retreat to the apron. Justin Lucky starts things off for his team. When the bell rings, both Undead Kid and Justin lock up in the middle of the ring, but Justin's larger stature lets him push the Kid back into the ropes, and then launches him into an irish whip. Justin meets him in the middle of the ring upon return, hitting a flying shoulder tackles and laying him out. Matrix shouts at Undead Kid from the apron as Justin tags in Jasmine Lucky. She's very quick to dropkick The Kid down.]

Matrix is still shouting at The Undead Kid to get some offense in, and Bill seems to agree that Undead Kid is way out of his league and shouldn't be in the same ring as Matrix. Jack thinks the Lucky Ones are just on a hot streak and are looking fantastic out there, and Undead Kid just happens to be on the receiving end. Bill challenges them to be as good when Matrix himself gets in.

[Jasmine Lucky throws The Undead Kid into the turnbuckle and then rushes him, jumping onto his front and then leaping back, flipping Undead over her body. He lands hard on the mat and groans, seemingly hurt. Rather then go for a pin, Jasmine bounces off the rope and hits a splash before locking the legs in. The pinfall only gets two, as Matrix manages to jump in and knock Jasmine off. Jasmine begins to argue with Matrix about him getting involved, giving The Undead Kid a chance to roll to the ropes.]

Jack encourages Jasmine to pay attention and not fall for Matrix's tactics, but it's to no avail. Bill laughs, giddy, as The Undead Kid is able to use the distraction to get up and then dive for his corner, tagging in Zombie Bob. Matrix quickly exits the ring as Jasmine realizes her new opponent is Bob. Jack notes that Zombie Bob doesn't have the best track record in WMW so he doesn't expect him to contend with Jasmine.

[Zombie Bob towers over Jasmine Lucky, but that doesn't stop the former mixed martial artist from trying to go on the offensive, striking the big man in the belly and thighs and pushing him back to the ropes. When she throws him to the turnbuckle, lands in the corner but quickly raises a foot up to stop the flying crossbody, knocking Jasmine in the face. She stumbles backwards, and then tries once more before he scoops her up and hits a bodyslam. With Jasmine down, Matrix calls for a tag and Bob quickly obeys.]

Jack Gene is disgusted that Matrix wants to fight Jasmine only when she's down and hurt, but Bill Hughes has no problem seeing that as legal. After all, it's a tag team match and it's all about teamwork. Why shouldn't the big guy do all the work?


[Jasmine Lucky stands up, encouraged by the shouting of her brother. She's greeted by several head strikes from Matrix, who kicks her in the gut and then bounces off the ropes, returning to perform a scissors kick upon her head. He goes for a pin but it only gets two, but he doesn't seem too beaten up about it. He shouts at the crowd angrily and signals for the Cyberspace, which only gives him a "You Sold Out" chant. Scotty Kames picks Jasmine Lucky up and throws her to the ropes, preparing to hit the Cyberspace. However, when she returns, she jumps up and hits a flying enziguri, causing a large reactions from the crowd and sending Matrix to the ground, surprised.]

As Jasmine is quick to tag in Masina, Jack takes the time to note that Masina, who he calls a Samoan Princess, is the CMW's secret weapon. Bill doesn't see what all the hype is about, but Jack reads off the stats of the large female fighter: 6'1" and 195 pounds, more then enough to contend with the likes of any male in WMW.


[The Matrix realizes fast that Masina is in and doesn't seem to want to bite, tagging in the Undead Kid and sliding out of harm's way. Undead Kid doesn't seem too thrilled with the match-up either and quickly tags Zombie Bob. The Lucky Ones laugh in their corner, but finally the stand-still is brought to a close as Senior Referee John Law calls in Zombie Bob to fight.]

Bill Hughes laughs at the idea of Masina being any kind of answer to Zombie Bob, who is still much taller and heavier. Jack Gene would rather point out the fact that the Matrix, a hall of famer and former hardcore champion, didn't want to get in the ring with the Samoan.


[Masina looks eager to make her WMW debut and puts her hands up to defend against Bob's eventual grappling. Sure enough, Zombie Bob tries to tie up with Masina to lift her up, but the Samoan is faster and able to catch his arm, twisting it over her and then slamming down on his shoulder. Masina goes for her own big move, lifting the big zombie up and hitting a huge suplex, causing a pop from the fans. She goes for a pin but it only gets one. She waits for Zombie Bob to get up, and then runs at him, hitting a running knee strike and bringing Bob into the corner. She turns around, signals for a move, and hits a corner booty splash, causing groan from the undead. Masina finishes up with a bulldog to lay Zombie Bob out, and then goes to tag Justin Lucky in, who has no problem coming in]

Jack reminds viewers that Justin Lucky is Jasmine's twin brother, though he just finished a competition in the World Poker Tour, which explains his absence from WMW television. He is still active in CMW and always remains at his sister's side. Bill, however, doesn't feel like Justin can hack it in wrestling like his sister can, which is why he's calling it quits and throwing in the towel.


[Justin Lucky tries to pick Zombie Bob up, but he easily manages to brings his hands up and strike Justin in the gut and chest. He hits a hard punch to the top of the blonde's head and stuns him, followed by an irish whip to the corner. When he goes over there, The Undead Kid holds Justin at bay while Zombie Bob hits a headbutt. Since he's near them anyway, Bob tags in Matrix, who seems hesitant at first, mainly due to surprise, but Matrix does enter the ring.]

Surprised by Matrix's cowardice, Jack notes that Matrix hasn't fought anyone in this match unless they were already hurt. Bill thinks it's intelligent to pick your spots and only fight when you have an advantage.


[The Matrix shouts at Jasmine Lucky and Masina, both of whom don't seem particularly scared of him. He lifts up Justin Lucky and hits a suplex, keeping the poker player down. He then says something to Bob and Undead Kid, who both nod. Matrix encourages Justin Lucky get up, wanting to hit another big move. When Justin stands up, he quickly catches a punch and tries to hit one of his own, but a double-counter sends him to the ropes. The crowd immediately boos as Matrix catches the 180 Spinebuster out of nowhere - The Cyberspace. Almost immediately, Jasmine Lucky jumps over the ropes to stop a pinfall attempt, but Matrix ducks a clothesline and he runs right into Zombie Bob. The Undead Kid slides in and jumps at Masina's corner, who catches him and pull him through the ropes to the outside. While all of the chaos is happening, Scotty Kames has climbed to the top rope]

Jack is going wild, not liking the situation at all. Bill warns Jack to remain unbias, because Matrix is doing nothing illegal or against the rule. Zombie Bob and Undead Kid are just keeping the opponents at bay. Masina is actually man-handling The Undead Kid outside and Zombie Bob is throwing Jasmine Lucky over the top rope.


[With nobody stopping him, The Matrix 2.0 leaps off the top rope and hits a perfect shooting star press, dubbed The Touch of Reality. It's more then enough to allow John Law to count 1...2...3. Masina is distracted by the fact the bell has rung, which allows Undead Kid to run away from her and slide into the ring. Zombie Bob follows suit.]

Wayne Inkster announces the winners of as Matrix and the Zombie Union, who get a very negative response. Jack is disgusted that Matrix might actually be gaining a following in the back due to this, and he could very well create an evil army out of new people like The Zombie Union.


Enough of the Games

Writer: Reb

[Jasmine Lucky slides into the ring while the trio celebrates. Nobody seems to notice until out of nowhere, she hits a Lucky Shot (superkick) right into the jaw of The Undead Kid. Zombie Bob is about to make a move at her, until Masina shows up and yanks Zombie Bob around. Matrix retreats out of the ring, leaving Zombie Bob for the wolves. Masina somehow lifts up the massive Zombie Bob and then drops down onto her knees, slamming in what Jack Gene calls The Samoan Crusher. The Zombie Union is laid out as Jasmine helps her brother up. Matrix is seen watching as he backs up on the ramp.]

Bill Hughes - Talk about bad sportsmanship.

Jack Gene - One second, Bill. Jasmine's got the mic.

Jasmine Lucky - Enough of the games. No more zombies, no more ringleader attitude. If you want to make a statement, if you want me to respect you as some kind of legend...prove it to me one on one! I'm not the only one sick of your attitude, Matrix...so next Sunday, at Burn...you and me, one on one, in a Hardcore match!

Jack Gene - My god! Jasmine vs. Matrix in a Hardcore match?

Bill Hughes - That's a mistake for Jasmine. Matrix is the ORIGINAL Hardcore Champion in WMW.

Jasmine Lucky - Take the match, or I'm going right up the food chain! You don't think Brad Johnson wants to see you get your ass kicked by lil ole Jasmine Lucky?

[Matrix takes a moment, and then shouts out at the ring that he'll see her at Burn. The crowd reacts positively at this. He then quickly disappears backstage, leaving the Zombie Union hurt in the ring.]

The Bookers Make A Decision

Writer: Garvin and Steph

[The shot opens up inside of Brad Johnson's office.  Tim Tyler is chain-smoking furiously.]

Tim Tyler - And then, like two thieves in the night, Bundy and Bob sneaked up behind my old pal Handlebeards, and...

Brad Johnson - Enough! I don't care who started it, but it ends right now.

[The camera pans out to show Brad Johnson standing in between Shank, Tim Tyler and BBW.]

Brad Johnson - John, I don't know if you realize this, but there is a no-tolerance clause in your contract, and Sault's not here to save you from that.

John Bundy - What the hell are you even talking about. There is no proof we were behind those attacks.

Brad Johnson - There were eye-witness accounts that you two where involved.

John Bundy - Yeah? Well - I'm sure there were eye-witness accounts of Hecate giving you a [bleep] in the back so you'd give her another undeserved title shot.

[Johnson glares at Bundy.]

Brad Johnson - Excuse me?

John Bundy - See what happens when false, eye-witness reports get put out as fact? You can say what you want, Johnson, and we all have our own stories, but I stand behind Wire's and mine. We weren't behind those attacks, and couldn't give two [bleep]s about what happened.

Bob Wire - I was smotting forward to driving the two baboochkas through the table again.

Shank - MOTHER OF BOB WIRE BABOOCHKA!

[There is almost a fist fight. But, Johnson breaks it up... again.]

Brad Johnson - No, this is not happening here. Shank, Tim, I suggest you two go home and rest. Because, you will have your shot at these two. Bundy and Wire... if I were you, I'd watch what I said and did around here. You make the wrong step, and you will be removed.

John Bundy - You ask Hecate if that's okay?

Brad Johnson - You keep your mouth moving and this will end quicker than you'd think. At Burn, all four of you will have your shot, in the ring. It'll be Tim Tyler and Shank vs. BBW, and since you two...

[He looks directly at Wire and Bundy.]

Brad Johnson - Seem to like tables so much, we're going to make this a flaming tables match.

John Bundy - How cute. A flaming tables match at a supercard named "Burn"?

Shank - IT NOT BE SO CUTE TO JOHN BUNDY WHEN SHANK THROW JOHN BUNDY THROUGH TABLE OF FIRE!

[Johnson gets in the middle again.]

Brad Johnson - Save it for next week.

[The scene fades as BBW and Shank/Tim have a stare off with Johnson in the middle.]

The Shoot Championship Preview: Jade

Writer: Jade

[The shot opens up backstage with John and Stephen Squires. They sit in front of a flat screen TV that has the Burn 2010 logo, along with a shot of Jade, Ryven and the Shoot Championship.]

John Squires - And welcome back, WMW fans!  We showed you a bit about Ryven going into this fight, now let's take a look at Jade.

Stephen Squires - Jade is just... scary.  It's like someone decided to build the ultimate fighter and they got Jade.  Here's a look at her Martial Arts styles she's versed in:

[The screen changes to show a picture of Jade with some biographical information on her.]

John Squires - Jade is only 23 years old, she'll turn 24 later this year, but she's definitely crammed the most into those 23 years.  Her primary martial arts style is Wushu, better known to us here in America as Kung-Fu and that certainly forms the basis for her striking ability that we've seen displayed time and again, but also for her speed and relative grace as well.  In addition to Wushu, Jade is also very accomplished in Tae Kwon Do and Judo, the former being the style from which her devastating Tornado Kick comes from. 

Stephen Squires - And it should be noted that while her record does not list her as knowing them, we have also seen Jade use moves from Thai Kick Boxing and Jiujitsu as well which, while she is by no means an expert in those styles, the fact that she has a few moves from other styles indicates to me that she is continually adding to and refining her own unique style of fighting and also makes her very hard to gameplan for.

John Squires - Exactly.  Jade is constantly evolving.  We've seen her outside of the Lion's Den adding some technical wrestling ability to her striking ability as well, no doubt a benefit of her partnership with Hecate, and because Jade is constantly evolving as a fighter, in my mind, she becomes very hard to beat because you can never be exactly sure what she's going to pull out and throw at you.

Stephen Squires - Exactly.  And thanks to our friends at ESN's research team, we have dug up Jade's stats in the world of Mixed Martial Arts.  She is 25-0 in MMA competition, most of which has taken place throughout Asia, namely China, Thailand, Korea and Japan.  She has won 20 matches by way of knockout, and 5 by way of submission.  She also holds Olympic medals in Judo, Tae-Kwon-Do and Gymnastics. 

John Squires - And here in Wrestling Midwest, since we started with the Lion's Den format, Jade is also undefeated.  5-0.  3 by Knockout, 1 by Submission, 1 by Decision.  Only 2 of her opponents have even made it to Round 3 against her.  One of them, she will be fighting next week at Burn, Ryven.  Also the only man ever to fight Jade and force a decision.  Jade has held the Shoot Championship for 6 months, putting her roughly half way to beating Guy Kinski's record of a year straight as the champ.  Right about now, if you're a betting man or woman, I think you're saying if Jade gets past Ryven at Burn, she's pretty much a lock to get that year long title reign, unless a surprise challenger can come out of the wings.

Stephen Squires - And boy the last time these two entered the Lion's Den, they gave us a match of the year candidate.  Expectations are high that Jade vs. Ryven II will be even better then the last one.

John Squires - Especially with the added viewing audience.  ESN has pushed Burn a lot, advertising it all over the air waves and for the first time, we're going to have actual MMA expert analysis of the match, of the fight.  Jade's home country will see this fight live, and you can bet people in the MMA community will see this fight live too.  This is not only WMWs chance to shine, but Jade's as well!

Stephen Squires - It is at that, John, but we have to pause for a bit here to get back to Graveyard Shift.  We'll be back a little later with the official weigh-in for Jade vs. Ryven. Stay tuned.

[The scene fades.]

Vyper Prepares For His Match

Writer: Amanda, Scott and Tabi

[Scott Vyper is shown in his locker room. Lacing up his boots. Jade walks into the locker room and Vyper lifts to his feet. He grabs Jade’s hand and kisses it.]

Scott Vyper - For what do I owe the pleasure of your acquaintance my dear?

Jade - Hello Scott. I thought I’d come in and check up on you. Tough loss in the MTL. Father Nathan is a tricky man. Just when you think you have him... he turns the lights out.

Scott Vyper - I wouldn’t worry about it, the whole thing was Vinny’s idea to reintroduce me into the wild so to speak. It served its purpose. Besides, I actually feel relieved that I will no longer have to fight you and Hecate. You guys are truly the favorites at this point.

[Jade smiles a bit and nods.]

Jade - No offense to you, Scott. But we always were the favorites. Umbrage may have been great once, but this company has a habit of rewarding mediocrity. All I have seen of Umbrage is a washed up, old drunk hanging to the coattails of others for his glory. The Hardcore Icons were great because of Valora who managed to win in spite of, not because of, Umbrage. If Vegas had been able to dig up a better partner for you, you would likely still be in this thing.

Scott Vyper - Maybe, maybe not. Never been much of a tag team player really. You and Hecate on the other hand, seem to be a rather formidable team, I’m sure you’ll do fine. How come I get the feeling there is more to this visit though? It’s not like us to be an “on-screen” couple.

[Jade nods a couple of times.]

Jade - Yes. That. I noticed Hecate is double booked tonight. A stupid move on the part of management, who seems increasingly more willing to cripple us all if they can make a few extra bucks in the shortfall. One day there will be consequences of that attitude. At any rate, we both know how you like to play ball, Scott. And I’m here to request that you give your less then pure and noble tactics a rest and keep them locked up tight in your bag of tricks.

Scott Vyper - Though it is unfortunate that Hecate is double booked... this opportunity does not change. Hecate is fully capable of handling the schedule. I will, however, do whatever it takes to get my hands on Father Nathan at Burn.

Jade - I understand that. But your quest to prove you can still do this won’t be served by say... cracking an injured woman in the head with brass knuckles, or the countless other cheap tricks you use to win matches.

Scott Vyper - Jade, you know I care about you... but what you’re asking me to do is rather astronomical here. 

Jade - Yes, I am. But factor this into your calculations. Hecate and I need to be 100%. I’m reasonably sure you are eager to see us humble Kronin and Ryven. So, if you injure Hecate, it then becomes impossible for that to happen. I can beat Kronin or Ryven one on one. I can not, however, beat them both at the same time, by myself. Also, Hecate is a friend of mine, a very close friend of mine. If you injure her by cheating, rest assured that action will have it’s own consequences.

Scott Vyper - Hmm... I see your point. Alright, I’ll play ball. I’ll treat this match... competitively. However make no mistake, just because I will play fair, doesn’t mean I will play nice. I want that title shot, and it’s just unfortunate who they lined up in front of me to get it.

Jade - Hecate would be gravely offended if I asked you to take it easy on her. I am not saying do not try to win the match, I’m saying I would like very much to see the Scott Vyper who nearly ended his career trying to save me from Adam Pyre’s little death trap. Fight honorably and don’t break the rules and I will be happy.

[Hecate picks that moment to walk passed the doorway and pauses as she spots Jade, a smile forming on her face. As soon as she steps into the room and spots Vyper sitting nearby that smile fades though. Looking cooly at Vyper, Hecate walks over and stands beside Jade.]

Hecate - Hello Scott, good luck in the match tonight. I was wondering where you disappeared off to so fast Jade.

Scott Vyper - Evening Hecate. Big night for you in a couple of ways.

Jade - I was just visiting with Scott. We were talking about the MTL and how unfortunate it was that Vyper did not draw a better partner.

Hecate - (Nods her head and gives Scott a sympathetic look) Well it could have been worse, you could have gotten Josh Briskout or someone like that.

Scott Vyper - Somehow Briskout sounds like a more formidable teammate than Umbrage at this time. Ultimately, I wish you both the best of luck in your matches tonight. I think you 2 would look absolutely stunning in tag team gold. However, I think the Ace Superior title looks just a bit more glamorous around my waist.

Hecate - Remember Scott, if you get by me tonight, you won’t just be able to slip out of the cage to take the belt from Nathan.

Scott Vyper - Ouch. Listen Hecate, out of respect for Jade, I will bite my “forked” tongue and let my actions do the talking. Jade? Always a pleasure to see you my dear. Now if you’ll excuse me ladies... the men’s room is calling.

[Vyper takes his leave from the locker room. Jade and Hecate look at each other. Hecate gives Jade a shrug, the scene fading after a long shot of the two women.]

AWS Man vs. Josh Briskout

Writer: Aaron

[The shot opens up inside the ring as Wayne Inkster stands in the center. Josh Briskout walks down to the ring to his music as the crowd gives him a mixed reaction, but more boos than cheers.]

Inkster announces the beginning of the next contest, which is a grudge match, and introduces “Dr. Genocide,” Josh Briskout. Bill says he’s a disgrace to mad scientists everywhere. Jack talks about the problems Josh and AWS Man have had with their partnership lately that have led to this match, and notes that this seems to wind up happening with all of AWS Man’s tag partners. In fact, everyone AWS Man’s ever allied himself with seems to eventually become his enemy. Bill says that’s because nobody can ever measure up to the high standard set by AWS Man, so eventually they all become jealous and try to sabotage him.

[“Three Point One Four” by the Bloodhound Gang plays as AWS Man (also known as Bill) makes his way out to an almost entirely negative reaction. He has Lilly following him to the ring, still in her Princess Leia bikini and carrying Pen on a gilded pillow. But now she also has a studded collar around her neck with her name on the front.]

Jack is of course disgusted by the collar, in addition to Lilly’s already inappropriate outfit. Bill reminds Jack that Lilly was the one who agreed to the stipulation that her contract would be put on the line at Party in the Plaza, and also was the one who ended up costing Kronin the match. So maybe she subconsciously wanted this to happen. Jack says that Bill is sick.

[AWS Man (also known as Bill) whispers something to Lilly at ringside. She looks angry and shakes her head no, but the Insane One points to her collar and says something else, causing Lilly to sigh and reluctantly nod. AWS Man (also known as Bill) then enters the ring as the announcers wonder what he was telling her. As the bell rings, AWS Man and Briskout begin to circle each other, but Josh is soon distracted when Lilly hops up onto the apron and begins demonstrating her milkshake, so to speak. Dr. Genocide smirks, apparently honestly believing that Lilly is hitting on him, and never sees the Knock Your Freakin’ Head Off coming.]

Bill finds this hilarious, while Jack is again saddened by what Lilly’s being forced to do as AWS Man’s valet. Bill’s pretty sure this makes Jack gay.

[Lilly hops back down from the apron as AWS Man (also known as Bill) quickly jumps up to the top rope and flies off onto Josh Briskout with the Win the Freakin’ Matchifier shooting star press. The referee makes the three-count, and the match is over just like that.]

Bill says this just proves Briskout was never in AWS Man’s league and wasn’t worthy of being his tag partner. Jack says this match may have gone quite differently if AWS Man hadn’t found a way to cheapshot Josh right off the bat, but still admits that AWS Man probably is in a different league of talent than Briskout. He says that AWS Man’s looking very strong heading into his title match with Kronin at Burn.

The Champ Has A Message

Writer: Rob/Aaron

[Just then, AWS Man's music is cut off as 'Sonne' by Rammstein plays and the crowd explodes into cheers and Kronin walks out, the GLC draped over his shoulder and holding a mic in his right hand. Kronin stands there a moment, basking in the crowd's cheers as AWS Man (also known as Bill) narrows his eyes. Kronin then points to the crowd and shakes his head.]

Kronin - Cleveland, Ohio.... Kronin has a problem.

[Kronin pauses for a moment before pointing directly at the Insane One, staring him down for a few seconds before moving his glance to Lilly.]

Kronin - And that problem is... You, AWS Man. I have honored my agreements, I've always done things the right and proper way, I've risked life and limb for this damn company. And you. You stand there in the ring and you cry and whine like a little BITCH because people won't just bow down and kiss your ass. 

[Kronin paces back and forth as the crowd starts to feed off Kronin's anger and 'Kronin's gonna kill you' chants rise up from the crowd. AWS Man (also known as Bill) calls for a mic but before he can speak, Kronin cuts him off.]

Kronin - But you know what REALLY pisses me off? 

[Kronin points to Lilly in the Leia outfit.]

Kronin - You. Humiliating that woman. I think Lilly has worked with you more then long enough. Furthermore, I've decided that I'm done going back and forth with you, so here it comes, you self-absorbed son of a bitch. You want this?

[Kronin holds up the GLC, AWS Man nods, yelling and pointing at Kronin.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Well, freakin’ DOYYY! 

[Kronin nods.]

Kronin - Good, then time for a taste of your own medicine. Let's see how good you really are, Billy, boy. If you want a shot at my belt come Burn, you're gonna do it in a ladder match. 

[The crowd rises to their feet cheering. Kronin holds up a finger.]

Kronin - But wait! There's more! As a special one time only, Kronin inaugural ass kicking super spectacular bonus, WHEN I kick your ass and send you away, I get Lilly back. So how bout it, Bill? You willing to risk everything for a chance to get the GLC back?

[The Insane One quickly raises the microphone up to speak, but hesitates for a moment.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – I don’t know, I really like having my own personal Pen holder… And ladders are stupid, just like your freakin’ FACE! Burn!

[AWS Man (also known as Bill) laughs nervously. Kronin grins.]

Kronin - Yeah, that cold chill you feel running down your spine? That lump in the back of your throat? That's fear, Billy. You watched me end Druscilla's career last pay per view. You know I nearly ended your career the last time we fought and now... You and me Billy... On top of a 20 foot ladder... you know what it's gonna do to your neck and head when I hit the Death by Metal from that height? Or when I literally put you through the ring with the Metal Meltdown? Admit it, Bill. The fear won't go away, but you can at least try to man up.

[The Insane One paces back and forth in the ring a few times before glaring back up at Kronin.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Wait, hold up. You think I’m freakin’ stupid? That I’m going to accept an unfair stipulation just because you hit me with a few empty threats? Nice try, but I’m waaaay smarterer than you. I enjoy lording my control of Posey over you too much to just put her on the line for no reason… I mean, not that I stand a chance of losing to you anyway. But if you get something extra for winning, I should too. How about this? I’m sick of fighting you. I’m sick of even looking at you. Everything about you annoys me. So after I freakin’ beat you this time, I don’t want to ever have to do it again. If and when I win this match, you don’t get your automatic rematch, or any other title shots against me as long as I have the belt. Our feud is done and I’m declared the winner, forever and ever plus infinity, no backsies.

[Lilly steps up, yelling out no, clearing begging Kronin not to take the risk but Kronin narrows his eyes.]

Kronin - Done. For the record, I, Kronin state that if you beat me and take the GLC belt, I don't get a rematch or title shot against you while you hold the belt. Hell, I'll even shake your hand and publicly state that you're the better wrestler.

[AWS Man (also known as Bill) clears his throat, still sounding a bit nervous.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Then I guess it’s on. One way or another, this freakin’ ends at Burnination.

[Kronin narrows his eyes as he stares a hole through AWS Man (also known as Bill.)]

Kronin - You're damn right it does. You're on borrowed time, Billy Boy. Come Burn, w're going to end this thing. Permanently.

[Kronin's music hits and the scene fades.]

The Shoot Championship Weigh-In

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up on the stage where a scale is placed. Behind the scale, on the WMW Big Screen is the Burn 2010 poster. Next to the scale stands Wayne Inkster.]

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and gentlemen, it is time for the Shoot Championship weigh-in. First, the challenger, reigning from Cleveland, Ohio, he is the Anti-Hero, he is Ryven!

["Grounds for Divorce" by Elbow blasts from the PA as Ryven walks out onto the stage with his trainers. He wears a t-shirt and jogging pants.]

Stephen Squires - Stephen Squires here again, and this time, we've got Jack and Bill with us to talk about this match. And so far guys, what do you think about this match and about Ryven in general?

Jack Gene - Well, I like how this match is being built up. It's being given the respect that it deserves and, you can tell that Ryven is preparing himself for the battle.

John Squires - Ryven's bulked up a bit.

Bill Hughes - Wow, yeah John. He looks about 10-15lbs heavier than the last time we saw him. He's got a much sleeker build, much more toned. You can tell he's been eating his Hughes Family peaches.

[Bill laughs. No one else does. Ryven strips down to just shorts and steps on the scale. Cameras flash as Ryven looks towards the ring.]

Wayne Inkster - Ryven weighs in at 215lbs.

[He poses showing his arm muscles as the cameras continue to flash. He steps off the scale, walks up to Brad Johnson and Ben Cash and shakes their hands.]

Jack Gene - I think you called it, Bill. 215lbs. Last billed weight we had for him was 205lbs.

Bill Hughes - He's been out of the WMW ring since Party in the Plaza. And sure, you could throw out the speculation that he's got ring rust, but this isn't a wrestling match. This will be an MMA fight and everything we've heard is that he's prepared. And if he's not yet there, he's got a week to get there. Jade, she does not have that same opportunity.

Wayne Inkster - And his opponent, the Wrestling Midwest Shoot Champion...

["The Jade Dragon Concerto" plays over the PA as Jade walks out with her trainers. She is wearing a black sports bra trimmed in Jade green and darker colored Jade green shorts.]

Wayne Inkster - ...she reigns from Lhasa, Tibet, China. She is... Jade!

[She gets a big pop from the crowd as she walks up to the scale.]

Stephen Squires - Jade, again, has held that Shoot Championship for 6 months. She has cruised through the competition to date.

Bill Hughes - Yeah, but you're forgetting the fact that she has fought, actively, all month. She hasn't taken a break, basically carrying her team through the MTL4. This fight isn't going to be just like the others. You would have thought that this match has been secondary to her, which is disappointing.

Stephen Squires - I suppose you could look at it that way. But, with her being in tag team competition, and being able to use the ring, versus the Lions Den, you could see those matches as training, as sparring, because she was able to rely on Hecate.

[As Jade steps on the scale, Wayne Inkster walks towards it. He reads it.]

Bill Hughes - Rely on Hecate? Are you serious? She's been injured. Jade's had to carry those matches.

Wayne Inkster - Jade weighs in at 147lbs.

Jack Gene - That's 3lbs lighter than she has been billed. Even earlier tonight.

Bill Hughes - And that's what I'm talking about. The time she's spent at the hospital. The time she's spent traveling to talk with consulates in China. She is not focused for this fight and that's a damn shame.

[She poses for some muscle shots. Jade steps off the scale, walks up to Brad Johnson and Ben Cash and shakes their hands.]

Stephen Squires - All great points, guys. I can't argue that her involvement in all of those other things has taken her attention away. But, you can't sit there and tell me she's not prepared for this fight.

Bill Hughes - I can and I will. We've built Jade to be this super hero, and I just can't see it continue that way.

Jack Gene - You look at the way schedules are meeting right now. Ryven with months to train, prepare, focus on what he needs to do to get back to this point.

Bill Hughes - All of July. All of August. We're now into September, and he hasn't had to go through the punishment that Jade has.

Jack Gene - Sure, he wasn't aware that he'd be in this match specifically until last week, or maybe even prior to that. We really don't know the entire timeline. But, from that point, he's had that chance to look forward to that match.

John Squires - I have to agree with Bill here. There's just been too much going on in Jade's career and life, since even Hardcore Hell, let alone earlier tonight.

[Ryven walks back to Johnson and stands in front of Jade. Johnson gets in between them and both raise their firsts for some photo ops.]

Wayne Inkster - Ladies and gentlemen, your Shoot Championship fight for Burn 2010! Jade! ...vs. Ryven!

Stephen Squires - Well, we've got some varying opinions of this matchup, but after tonight, it's up to these two fighters. Nothing else stands in their way. The time to focus is now, and they have 9 days. 9 days, we meet here again in WMW Arena for Burn 2010. Stay tuned.

[The crowd pops as more cameras flash. The scene fades.]

Hecate vs. Scott Vyper

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up in the ring where Wayne Inkster stands with referee John Law.]

Wayne Inkster announces tonight's Main Event and says the winner of this match will go on to fight Father Nathan for the Ace Superior Championship at Burn 2010. He then introduces the first fighter, Scott Vyper.

[Scott Vyper walks down to the ring as his music plays. He ignores the fans who give him a mixed reaction as he walks to the ring.]

Bill Hughes sticks by his prediction that Scott Vyper will win. He says that it was obvious to him during the week when the announcement was made that this match would take place, it was obvious to him when Hecate struggled to compete in a tag team match, and it's obvious now. Scott Vyper has the ability to cruise through this match. Jack disagrees, saying that Vyper's agreed to alter his style, his normal methods because of his relationship with Jade. So, this won't be the Scott Vyper we've come to expect. He's handcuffed tonight because of Jade.

[As the music fades, Hecate appears at the top of the ramp along side Jade.]

Wayne Inkster introduces Hecate. Bill remarks that Jade seems to be very busy tonight. First the MTL4, then the Shoot Championship weigh-in, and now coming down to get involved in the ASC #1 Contendership match. Jack reminds him that Hecate is her friend and her tag team partner, and she's out here to make sure she stays safe. Bill is confused by this because, he's pretty sure Jade already did that by telling Scott Vyper not to fight her the way he normally would. To Bill, if Jade wants to hold the ASC, she should enter her name in the hat, not carry Hecate through another match.

[As Hecate slides into the ring, the ref immediately checks her for foreign objects. He reviews the rules with her and then starts the match. They meet in the center of the ring. Vyper gets the advantage and forces Hecate back into the corner. The ref starts a 5-count, but Vyper lets go after 4. They get reset and put back in the center, where they meet again and again, Vyper pushes her back into the corner. The ref warns him as he reaches another 4-count in the corner. Vyper continues with the games, forcing her into the corner, and when she reverses it, he uses the ropes to get the ref to break it up. The last time he uses the ropes, she slaps him in the face. He throws a right hand, but she blocks it and kicks him in the midsection. He stumbles backwards. Hecate charges out and slams a forearm shot into the side of Vyper's head. She then pushes him back into the corner and slams a shoulder into his midsection. The crowd gets on their feet as he stumbles out of the corner. She takes him over with a hiptoss and immediately goes to work with some mat wrestling. Headlocks, waist locks, and finally locks on an arm lock.]

Bill is questioning where this is coming from as Hecate has refrained from this type of aggression. Maybe it's of desperation? Maybe it's just her playing possum. But, if he were in Jade's shoes, he'd be questioning right now why this didn't come out in the MTL. Jack says that she finally got sick of the games Vyper was playing and decided to use them against him. And now, she's showing why she belongs in this fight and in the running for the Ace Superior Championship.

[Vyper tries to fight his way back to his feet, but Hecate keeps the advantage. She turns it into a headlock. Vyper pushes her back and turns it into a pin attempt, but she gets back to a sitting position at the 2-count. He rolls her back again and goes for another pin. This time, she kicks out at 2, and gets back to her feet. She charges, but he catches her and slams her down to the mat with a spine buster. He climbs back to his feet and hovers over her. As she holds her back in pain, he stalks around her. She is slow to get back to her knees, but before she pushes up, he drives his knee into her back. He keeps a hold of her chin and neck and pulls back, digging his knee into her spine.]

Bill Hughes says the Spinebuster was the turning poing in this match, saying that as soon as her back hi the mat, just the power of the move took out any and all apparent momentum she had. Jack says that Jade looking on as her best friend and her... the person who Jack calls her "real best friend" fight for the ASC must be the most difficult thing to go through. Bill says to ask the Squires as from their Shoot preview, they both think that Jade can do anything. The emotions she has for this situation must be the equivalent of pocket change.

[Hecate fights out of it. She gets to her feet and turns to face Vyper. He charges towards her, but she catches him by the legs and drops her to the mat. She tries for a leg submission, but he rolls her up. He gets a 2-count. She jumps back to her feet, as does he. She catches him whips him into the ropes. As he bounces back, she goes for a back drop, but he blocks. He lifts her up over his shoulders and slams her down with a powerbomb. The crowd goes silent. Jade turns her back as she cringes. Vyper holds on and lifts her up again, another powerbomb. He lifts her up for a third time, and this time, falls down with her and holds it for a pin. He gets a two count. He gets back to his feet and quickly pulls her back up. He then gets to her side and puts her up onto his shoulders. He goes for the Vyper Driver and DDTs her into the mat. He goes for the cover and gets the 3 count. The match is over.]

Wayne Inkster announces Scott Vyper as the winner and says he will move on to face Father Nathan at Burn 2010 for the Ace Superior Championship. As Jack and Bill watch Hecate being tended to in the ring by refs, they can only speculate that 'it's not good'. Jack heard her screams of pain when Vyper hit the first powerbomb, but he hit 3 of them. Bill thinks that maybe he was too hard on her, and that people like him, who were voicing their opinions pushed her to do something she shouldn't have, and that was compete before she was healthy.

[Vyper walks up the ramp with his hands above his head. He motions to the crowd that he'd be wearing the ASC come Burn 2010. He walks through the back and the camera pans back over to Hecate, who is now sitting in the center of the ring. The scene fades.]

Burn on ESN?

Writer: Jordan and Garvin

[We cut to the back, and we find Jordan Keyser sitting comfortably in a chair in Brad Johnson's office. Johnson sits across the desk from him, and we've apparently come in right in the middle of a conversation.]

Brad Johnson - No. You have to understand, Jordan, that WMW is a company steeped in tradition. It's one of the things we find most important. Every time we've had a super card with the GLC on the line, that GLC match has been the main event. Its our flagship title, and its served us extremely well up to now.

[Jordan leans forward, nodding.]

Jordan Keyser - I completely understand, Brad, I really do. Under normal circumstances, I would say we couldn't afford to put anything over the GLC. These aren't normal circumstances, though. Considering the time, effort, and capital we've invested in pushing the Shoot Championship, it doesn't make sense, from a business standpoint, not to make it the main event at Burn.

[Johnson just shakes his head.]

Brad Johnson - Jordan, I get that. But we've got Kronin vs. AWS Man for the GLC title. Lilly is involved, AWS Man has been on fire lately, and Kronin is almost unstoppable in the ring. Its gonna be an epic battle if these two give everything they've got. Asking me to put them lower than a championship match in a division that, quite frankly, has been stagnant up until the last few months is hard to swallow. I feel like it would disrespect them in a serious way if we ask them to take a back seat.

Jordan Keyser - But Brad, we have a unique opportunity here. MMA is one of the fastest growing sports in the world. We have two wrestlers fighting in this match that may possibly give us the best Shoot Championship match we've ever had here in the WMW. Making it the top billed match will give us a shot at more potential viewers, better marketing opportunities, and a chance to make this the biggest event in WMW history. Speaking in terms of revenue and ratings, of course. We both know that Jade and Ryven are every bit as much Main Event material as AWS Man and Kronin, so we know that the show won't suffer. If there was ever a time to break with tradition, this would be it.

[Johnson stares at Jordan for a long moment, obviously thinking hard about this.]

Brad Johnson - Look, I'll have to think about this. We're selling the WMW product, Jordan, not just the Shoot division. I just don't know-

[Just then, there's a tone in the air and a voice begins talking through a speaker on Johnson's desk. It's Johnson's secretary, Michelle.]

Michelle - Sorry to interrupt, Mr. Johnson. But, Mr. Dunn from Sportstime Ohio is here with his lawyers.

[Johnson looks at Jordan and smiles. He shakes his head.]

Brad Johnson - And...?

Michelle - And, he'd like to speak to you.

Brad Johnson - Well, I'm in the middle of something.

Michelle - He says it's important.

[Johnson shakes his head and throws Jordan a questioning look. Jordan shrugs but stays where he's at. Johnson stands up.]

Brad Johnson - All right, let him in.

[There is a click over the speaker, and then after a few seconds, the door to the office opens. In walks STO Vice President of Operations Richard Dunn. Johnson motions for him to sit down, but Dunn refuses.]

Richard Dunn - Mr. Johnson, we have submitted a letter to you at the end of last week. You apparently have refused to answer that?

[Johnson smirks.]

Brad Johnson - Well, I wouldn't say 'refuse'. I mean...

Richard Dunn - Are you just unaware of how serious this is? And how if you continue to push this event you will be in breach of your contract with Sportstime Ohio?
 
[Jordan watches the exchange with what can only be termed as mild disinterest. Johnson shakes his head.]
 
Brad Johnson - We're in breach of nothing, and you know it.
 
Richard Dunn - Mr. Johnson, what you are doing is a slap in the face to STO. We will not be disrespected like this. After the support we've given you over the last few years, we are disappointed that you treat us this way. We will NOT just stand by and allow you to do this.
 
[Johnson starts to speak, but Jordan holds up a finger.]
 
Jordan Keyser - If I may, ah, interject, Brad...
 
[Jordan turns to Dunn and flashes a broad grin.]
 
Jordan Keyser - Mr. Dunn, if it's a matter of you feeling that STO is being left out of such a big show like this, allow me to make you an offer. ESN would be more than happy to work with STO in the future.
 
[Brad turns and looks at Jordan with a bit of a stunned look, but Jordan continues.]
 
Jordan Keyser - Once ESN has shown the wrestling world how damn good we are when it comes to broadcasting Burn 2010, we would be more than happy to sell you the rights to show Burn 2010 re-runs on your network, along with whatever other crumbs you'd like for us to drop you.
 
[Johnson suppresses a grin as Dunn's face colors a deep red. Jordan leans back in his chair, a hint of a smirk on his face and a raised eyebrow directed at Dunn, silently daring him to speak out of turn. Dunn takes a deep breath and speaks, unable to keep the fury out of his voice.]
 
Richard Dunn - Mr. Keyser, you need to be very careful. STO is extremely unhappy with ESN right now, and we are not inclined to accept this lying down. If you continue to treat STO with this level of contempt, I assure you that we will take this matter to a court of law.
 
[Jordan is on his feet in an instant, his eyes narrowed.]
 
Jordan Keyser - Let me warn you, Dick. STO doesn't have a leg to stand on, and I'm not a bit afraid of taking this matter to court. In fact, I think our justice system would be very interested to know how you've tried to bully WMW into bending to your will. It may have worked when Sault was here, but it won't now. The only reason I'm in this room now is to ensure that WMW gets the best and fairest deal they can get for the product they're selling. You and I both know that ESN offers that.
 
[Dunn takes a step back, then looks around Jordan to Johnson.]
 
Richard Dunn - You'll be hearing from our lawyers, Johnson. If this event goes on as planned, you can expect a long and unpleasant experience in court.
 
[Dunn turns and leave. Jordan looks back to Johnson, who is sitting at his desk with a concerned expression. Jordan gives him a questioning look.]
 
Jordan Keyser - Johnson?
 
Brad Johnson - I don't know, Jordan. A long court battle just isn't relevant to my interests. If we do this, and STO wins, Graveyard Shift is finished. I'm just not sure I can risk that.
 
[Jordan sighs]
 
Jordan Keyser - Let's have a look at that contract again.

[The scene fades as Jordan sits back down in the chair.]



Graveyard Shift 129

Posted: August 27th, 2010 | Category: Televised Results | No Comments »

Graveyard Shift on Sports Time Ohio

The Card:
Tyson Banes vs. Thomas Kilik
Boris Drago vs. The Angel of Death

MTL4
The Celestial Avatars vs. The Foxxy Grandpas
The Inquisition vs. Vyper/Umbrage


Graveyard Shift 129 - August 27th, 2010 - WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio

A Move Into The Future

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up on the stage as Brad Johnson stands looking towards the ring. He smiles.]

Brad Johnson - Welcome everyone to Graveyard Shift 129!

[The crowd pops and he smiles.]

Brad Johnson - Look, I made it clear I wasn't going to go down to the Wrestling Midwest ring anymore and use it as my soapbox. And I'm going to respect that, and stay out here on the stage. But, there's been a few things happening as of late that I feel needs to be addressed front and center. And, I might be speaking for myself here, but - since the 100th and 101st episodes of Graveyard Shift, it just seems like things have gotten a bit... stagnant. Maybe it was when St. Marie decided that those who earned the right to compete in high level matches need not appear on camera at all. Or, maybe the idea that Champions didn't need to appear here on Graveyard Shifts at all. Or, maybe it's that a few people around here think that they can leak every bit of information about what type of decisions we're making and not be reprimanded for it.

[He looks around.]

Brad Johnson - Look, I know that what we've all seen is a lack of effort. Both on the booking side, the confidentiality side, and on the competition side. The product has become... stagnant. And, I see that. I know the fighters in the back see that. And, I know you, the WMW fans, see that.

[There's a mixed reaction.]

Brad Johnson - I can't claim that this is all one man's fault. I think we all got caught in this lull and... went with it. But that's going to change. Starting tonight.

[He looks down and obviously holds back some anger. He looks back up and smiles.]

Brad Johnson - Granted, you might have already heard part of what I'm about to say, but that doesn't mean that the impact of this message is lessened. We must take back the uniqueness of the situations we have created and start again. When Jack Reynolds came to me with his idea to bring the Shoot Championship back, we wanted to make sure that it kept the same level of respect, it honored the tradition, and was held on a pedestal as it had been in years past. And, all though, I believe Jade has been a good Champion, unfortunately, it's clear that this title has been lost in the mix. The Shoot Championship is not a wrestling title. It's not even defended in a ring. The Lions' Den doesn't have the same give. There is no escape to the outside. This is an all out fight and the injuries in those matches last a lot longer than injuries sustained inside of the wrestling ring. And that's not discounting the Wrestling Midwest ring. But to suggest that Jade can compete in that match, and then be expected to compete each and every week is not giving her, or the Shoot Championship the respect that it deserves. And to suggest that a challenger can fight each and every week, and have stiff competition to make it through, yet still be ready to compete at a level they need to be at to challenge for that title, is again, not giving this title the respect that it deserves.

[He shakes his head and looks around.]

Brad Johnson - In two weeks, we will be bringing to you and to the entire ESN subscriber-base Burn 2010. And at that event, we plan on making sure we are treating each and every Championship match with the respect that it deserves, and that includes the Shoot title. Instead following the road we've been trudging down, we're going to do something a bit different this time around. We're going to give the Champion a chance to prepare, all though, we all make choices. Jade chose to join the MTL4, and we can't change that. If she wins tonight, she will compete next week and won't have that opportunity to rest, train and prepare. But that was her choice. But, we are prepared to give Jade the chance she needs to prepare if she takes it. As will the Challenger. And, right now, that Challenger will be named.

Jack Gene - Wait, we're going to find out now who Jade will defend the title against at Burn? Tonight?

[He looks around and smiles.]

Brad Johnson - Because of everything that has happened over the last two to three months, the Shoot Division has been hit by a lack of competition. And, one of those who were pulled from active competition and challenging for the Shoot title was removed because of his fight against Sault St. Marie. Tonight, though, tonight is his return. Not just back to WMW, but back to challenging for the Shoot Champion. Ladies and Gentlemen, let me introduce to you, the challenger for the Shoot Championship match at Burn 2010 on ESN...

["Grounds for Divorce" by Elbow plays over the speaker as the crowd erupts into a chorus of boos.]

Brad Johnson - Rrrryyyvennn!

[Ryven walks out from backstage, shakes hands with Brad Johnson and stands off to the side as Johnson brings the mic to his lips.]

Brad Johnson - Ryven, it's good to see you back here in Wrestling Midwest. And I want to make it clear, the glass ceiling that you hit because of Sault St. Marie? It left with him. And that goes for every single fighter in the back. It's time we get back to what's important. And, this isn't about me. This isn't about anyone else in management. This is about the competition inside of that ring, and the Lions' Den. Now, there will be criticisms against me for making this decision. It's not something we announced. It's not something we discussed with the current Champion, Jade. But, word seems to travel fast. And all though this could be seen as a "peace offering" to Ryven, because of his involvement in illuminating the corruption that had been keeping him, and many others, from doing what they came here to do. But, Ryven since he entered the Shoot Division, he remained a top contender. And he would have received that shot if certain people didn't stand in his way.

[He looks at Ryven and smiles. Ryven crosses his hands in front of his waist and gives a curt smile and nod toward Johnson.]

Brad Johnson - Ryven you have exactly two weeks to prepare. Good luck. Next week at GS130, we will do the official weigh-in and contract signing for this match.

[With that, Ryven refuses to acknowledge the booing fans as he walks backstage. Johnson looks back towards the crowd.]

Brad Johnson - So, that's part one of my announcements. Part two? The Heartlands Championship division changes tonight. The main point of this division is to be the starting ground for new fighters, for up and comers, or for fighters just looking for an opportunity to stand in the spotlight. But, what we've seen... once the Champion gets the title, it seems like they... stop doing what they were doing to get to that level. Instead of the HLC winning the title, defending it, showing up each and every week and taking advantage of the limelight, it seems like they're just sitting back and relaxing.

[Johnson shrugs.]

Brad Johnson - To me, it seems counterproductive to place the same 30-day policy that's on the GLC, or the ASC, or even the SC on the Heartlands Champion. What we don't want is complacency with being stagnant. It's become a wasted opportunity, and tonight that ends. I have personally reached out to Gras-Dawg, and he is here tonight. Not just to compete, but to defend the Heartlands Championship. And, as long as he is Champion, he will be required to defend it every two weeks. The other fighters in that division will also be required to compete for their shot at the title every week.

[He looks at the WMW big screen and a small bracket is shown.]

Brad Johnson - Tonight, we will see Tyson Banes take on Thomas Kilik and Boris Drago take on The Angel of Death. The winners of those two matches will compete at GS130 to decide who will fight the Heartlands Champion at Burn 2010.

[He turns back to the crowd.]

Brad Johnson - If Gras-Dawg successfully defends his title tonight, he will take on that challenger at Burn 2010. But, tonight, he's got to get through the self-proclaimed King of the Leaderboard. The man who's been on top of his division and on top of the roster for the last 2 weeks, Arick Wills.

[The crowd gives a mixed reaction.]

Brad Johnson - That is your night's Main Event. And that is what I will leave you with. 1 match to determine who will walk into Burn with the HLC, and 2 matches to help determine who they'll defend it against. Thank you, and enjoy Graveyard Shift 129.

[With that, he turns and leaves the stage.]

Opening Commentary

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up showing the WMW and Graveyard Shift logos in the WMW Arena as big bursts of pyro go off in the background and the crowd in attendance cheers loudly. The camera pans to show Jack Gene and Bill Hughes, dressed up in their best commentating attire.]

Jack Gene - Hello and welcome everyone to WMW Graveyard Shift 129! And we are coming to you from the WMW Arena in Cleveland, Ohio. My name is Jack Gene and I'm alongside Bill Hughes, and well, we all heard what Brad Johnson just had to say. We've got an action packed show, including two MTL4 matches, two matches where the winners will fight next week to decide who will fight the Heartlands Champion at Burn 2010. And, the Heartlands Championship is also up in the air, as Gras-Dawg defends it in tonight's main event against Arick Wills.

Bill Hughes - The King of the Leaderboard.

Jack Gene - Self proclaimed King of the Leaderboard, but yes. Johnson made all of our announcements, so we're going to go right into our first match, the opening contest. Let's turn it to inside the ring where Wayne Inkster is ready to announce this match.

Umbrage/Vyper vs. The Inquisition

Writer: Garvin

[The shot switches back the center of the ring. Wayne Inkster is in the ring. Just then, Scott Vyper appears at the top of the ramp. His music hits and he makes his way down to the ring.]

Inkster announces the opening contest. He introduces the first member of the first tag team, Scott Vyper. Jack is unsure why Vyper agreed to be Umbrage's partner if he wasn't going to come down with him. Bill suggests that not all good tag teams need to fit the same mold.

[Vyper slides into the ring and receives a mixed reaction from the crowd. Just then, Bulls on Parade hits and out walks Umbrage.]

Inkster announces Umbrage. Jack notes that Umbrage has taken 5 different partners to MTL history: Dess, AWS Man, Sub-Beast, Garvin and Outlaw Biker. Bill Hughes predicts that he could add Scott Vyper to that list because the Drunken Snakebite, as he calls them, will be the MTL4 winners and will win the titles off of Revolution.

[As Umbrage roll into the ring, the lights in the arena dim.]

The voice of Black Friar says that this begins the time of the Inquisition. He tells all to repent for their sins, so that they'll be forgiven. He then tells heretics and blasphemers to prepare for their judgment.

[Then, a Church bell tolls three times and over the PA, a group of Gregorian monks can be heard reciting the Latin poem 'Dies Irae'. Father Nathan emerges from the back, walking side by side with the Black Friar, both men also adding their voices to those on the PA. They make their way down to ringside, where Nathan sets his cross down and both men then climb into the ring, conversing with each other before the match.]

Jack is still impressed that Father Nathan continues to push through this tournament. Bill thinks it's a bit idiotic, and suggests that Father Nathan doesn't need to be out here. Jack reminds him that Nathan said that he wouldn't let his partner fight alone. Bill's not sure how it's been any different. It's just that, Nathan's been out here to watch.

[Nathan heads to the center of the ring, despite Black Friar wanting to start the match. Vyper meets him in the center as the ref calls for the bell. Vyper lands a stiff kick to Nathan's chest, sending him falling backwards. He catches his feet, but Vyper catches him with a right hand. Vyper continues on the offensive, pushing Nathan back into the ropes. Nathan goes into boxing mode, trying to block the attacks and punch wildly, but Vyper keeps a good distance with eye pokes.]

Jack says that Father Nathan is a lot slower this match than he was the last match. But, he thinks the ref is even slower, if he's not catching the illegal moves by Scott. Bill shrugs off the idea, reminding Jack that he's a veteran, and veterans know how to win. Except for MOD and Outlaw Biker. But, they're the exceptions to the rule. Vyper has held the GLC and that type of experience means everything.

[Vyper tags in Umbrage, who continues on the attack. Umbrage and Nathan trade punches, but Umbrage gets a knee into him, knocking him down to the mat. Umbrage attempts a Standing Boston Crab, but Nathan catches him in a quick rollup. It only gets 1 and Umbrage immediately gets back to his feet and levels Nathan with a clothesline. Umbrage works on his neck and back, trying to weaken him with shoulder and neck locks. He tags back in Vyper. They double team him against the ropes, heyo, before whipping him across the ring. As Nathan charges back, Umbrage and Vyper stare eachother down causing themselves to be distracted. At the last second, they go for a clothesline, but Nathan ducks under it. He turns and launches a right hand into Umbrage which sends him spinning. The crowd pops. He takes Vyper down with a clothesline and makes the hot tag to Black Friar. Friar jumps into the ring. Vyper is the first to greet him and he gets hit with a back elbow. Umbrage charges and gets tossed in the air with a back body drop. Friar quickly gets to Vyper and locks on an arm lock as Vyper struggles to get back to his feet. He takes him back down to the mat with a hip toss and locks on a rear naked choke.]

Bill criticizes Father Nathan for not allowing Black Friar to start the match off. He says he just barely escaped being destroyed out there. Jack says that Vyper and Umbrage only have themselves to blame for not capitalizing.

[After about a minute of keeping Vyper on the ground, Vyper powers up. He pushes Friar into the ropes and shoots him across the ring. As Friar bounces back, Vyper goes for a clothesline. Friar ducks under it. They turn back towards eachother and Friar hits 'In Pace Requiscat', driving his knees into Vyper's face. Friar pops up quickly and quickly tags in Father Nathan. Nathan comes in and pulls up Vyper. He lifts Vyper up onto his shoulders and goes for his finisher, but Vyper pushes off and slides off his back. As Father Nathan turns back to him, Vyper rakes him in the eyes causing Nathan to turn away. Vyper twists him around lifts him up onto his shoulders going for his finisher. Nathan struggles and slides off his back. As Vyper turns around, Nathan lifts him up onto his shoulders and drops him, slamming his knee into Vyper's head. Umbrage stands on the outside of the ring shaking his head. He makes the cover and gets the 3-count. The match is over.]

Inkster announces that The Inquisition are the winners and will move to the MTL4 finals at GS130. Jack is very impressed with how Father Nathan continued to fight in this match, considering his condition. Bill says that it's an obvious disappointment for him, and for Umbrage. They watch Umbrage walk up the ramp by himself, as he leaves Vyper in the ring, and Bill can only think that this has to be heartwrenching to him. Two hall of famers, a dream team, knocked out of the MTL4. Jack says that Umbrage had a chance to make the save and he didn't. But, that's not what this is about. It's time to look at Father Nathan and Black Friar, the Inquisition who are on their way to become the future of the MTL.

[Vyper sits up in the ring as the ref checks on him. The scene fades as the Inquisition walk up the ramp together.]

AWS Man Makes A Challenge...s

Writer: Aaron

[Cut backstage, where Louie Cwik is standing by with a microphone. He does not look very excited. Seeing that he's on, he sighs heavily and begins to speak.]

Louie Cwik – Ladies and gentlemen, my guest at this time … WMW Hall of Famer, AWS Man (also known as Bill).

[The crowd boos as the camera pans out a bit to show the Insane One standing next to Louie. Farther in the background, silently holding Pen and looking unhappy, is Lilly in her Princess Leia-styled metal bikini. AWS Man (also known as Bill) crosses his arms and shakes his head in apparent disgust.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – What the freak's the matter with you? This is the second time in two weeks that you've been given the chance to bask in my presence. I should be the one pissed off that I have to be around you … and I freakin' am. So get out of my sight.

[Louie looks confused.]

Louie Cwik – But, didn't you request this time to be interviewed?

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Yeah, and clearly I can do a better job of it than you, chunkball. Now freakin' git!

[Louie scurries off, while AWS Man (also known as Bill) uncrosses his arms and looks into the camera.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Listen up, freakin' America. I'm mad as heckaroony and I'm not gonna take it anymore. All I wanted to do was win the tag titles one more time to prove that I'm the best at everything ever. That shouldn't be that hard, right? But it's freakin' impossible to do that when every tag partner I have ends up being a loser of epic proportionitudes. Last week Brisket needed to redeem himself after royally screwing up at GS127 by fondling Pen. That should've been easy enough to do; I don't think either one of the Honkey Grandmas had won a single thing ever, even freakin' participation awards. I could've beaten them both by myself, asleep, with both hands tied behind my back, and DEAD. I just wanted to see if Bitchout could do the same. And clearly, he can't. He proved that if I'm not there to carry him every single step of the way, he fails miserably. And now we're out of the freakin' tournament.

[The Insane One sighs and shakes his head.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – But that just proved he never deserve to be my partner to begin with. I mean, I'm so great I win Fighter of the Week awards even when my partner gets pinned to lose the match; so what the freak was I doing teaming with a scrub like Brisk Iced Tea, someone who by comparison makes Todd Rattylsnake actually look like he deserves to be in the Hall of Fame? I'll tell you what I was doing: I was tricked by someone who claimed he could help me with my concussion problem, but didn't actually end up doing a damn freakin' thi-

[AWS Man (also known as Bill) abruptly cuts himself off and clears his throat.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Never mind, ignore that. I don't even have a concussion problem, Tits Out just made me think I did so he could scam me. But he's going to pay. I've already freakin' gotten it cleared with management, and next week, I've got a one-on-one match with him. Then everybody will see the price for wasting my freakin' time. AWS Man (also known as Bill), out!

[Louie Cwik steps back on screen and raises his microphone.]

Louie Cwik – There you have it, ladies and gentlemen. Next week on Graveyard Shift 130, AWS Man (also known as Bill) will go head to head with Josh Briskout…

[Louie trails off as AWS Man (also known as Bill) glares a hole through him.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Uh … what the freak do you think you're doing, pork sundae? What would make you think it's ever freakin' OK to interrupt me?

Louie Cwik – I'm … sorry, weren't you done?

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – Of course not!

Louie Cwik – But you said "AWS Man (also known as Bill), out!"

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – That's just something cool people freakin' say. You obviously wouldn't understand. Now go back to your hobbit hole!

[Louie quickly waddles off screen as AWS Man (also known as Bill) snorts in irritation and turns back to the camera.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill)As I was freakin' about to say, that's not all I've gotten cleared with management. See, one of the things that this stupid MTL tournament's been distracting me from, other than watching porn of course, is getting my Great Lakes title back. Another tag title reign would be nice and all, but there's nothing quite like being GLC. Plus, another win will only improve on the "most GLC reigns" record that I already hold, and make it that much more freakin' impossible for anyone else to ever hope to pass. Now, our current champion has probably forgotten due to all the wacky tobacky that I'm sure he used to smoke during his stupid rocker gimmick that I took away from him … but I never used my rematch from when Punch Out!'s incompetence cost me my last reign. Well, I'mma using it now. At Burnination, Chrome and I will go at it one more time, and once again, I'm going to get what I want. I already took his persona and his valet, who freakin' has much better fashion sense now thanks to me…

[AWS Man (also known as Bill) jerks his thumb over his shoulder at Lilly, who looks down in embarrassment.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – But he apparently didn't learn his lesson, so now I have to take his belt too, and his pathetic delusions that he can freakin' be the face of this company instead of me. Maybe when I leave him with absolutely nothing left this time, the message will actually sink in. AWS Man (also known as Bill), out!

[The Insane One stands there a moment awkwardly, then looks off camera and yells in irritation.]

AWS Man (also known as Bill) – That means I'm finished, freakstick! Geez, such amateurs around here…

[AWS Man (also known as Bill) stalks off, shaking his head, as Louie walks back on camera, appearing slightly relieved that the "interview" segment is over.]

Louie Cwik – Huge news, as it appears that Burn's main event will be Kronin vs. AWS Man (also known as Bill) doing battle one more time for the GLC! Back to you, Jack and Bill.

[Louie can be heard muttering under his breath as the camera cuts away.]

Louie Cwik – I hope Kronin beats that jackass so bad…

[The scene fades.]

Burn 2010 on ESN

Writer: Jordan

[We open up on a dark screen. Kick In The Teeth by Papa Roach plays in the background as blood red letters fade onto the screen.]

Sunday, September 12, 2010

[A deep voice reads what is written, and then the screen changes to a bare, windswept desert. There are nothing but sand dunes in sight, save for one dark figure walking towards the camera. As the chorus of the song hits the screen flashes to Gras-Dawg hitting the Voodoo Plunge.]

Feels like a kick in the teeth, I can take it.

[We flash to the figure walking in the desert just in time to see him stumble a little. The it flashes back to Father Nathan hitting the Price of Sin on Hecate.]

Throw your stones and you won't see me break it.

[Back to the figure in the desert as he falls to his knees, then gets back up and walks steadily on. We flash to Jade nearly taking Jordan Keyser's head off with a wicked roundhouse kick.]

Say what you want, take your shots

[Once again to the desert to see the figure, a little more clearly now, obviously a man in a business suit. The suit is dirty, his suit jacket open, his tie loosened. We can barely make out the fact that his hair is matted with sweat. Then we flash to Kronin lifting Dru and dropping her with Death by Metal as the crowd goes wild.]

You're setting me free with one more kick in the teeth 
(Na na na na na) 
Kick in the Teeth (na na na na na na)

[We flash back to the desert, and the man is now lying face down, motionless in the sand. The camera zooms in on him as a voice comes across the speakers.]

For the first time ever, WMW and ESN collaborate to bring you the greatest show on earth.

[The man's hand twitches.]

Burn 2010.

Get it while its hot.

[With that, we fade to a Burn 10 WMW/ESN logo.]



An Update With Jasmine Lucky

Writer: Reb

[In the backstage area, Louie Cwik is found with Jasmine Lucky, who is wearing her typical green tank top and her long hair back in a ponytail.]

Louie Cwik - I'm here with one half of the Lucky Ones, Jasmine Lucky. Now Jasmine, we haven't had much of a chance to hear from you in the last few weeks, since your loss to Umbrage for the Shoot Contendership. Are you still wrestling for WMW and will we be seeing you anytime soon?

Jasmine Lucky - Yea, I just signed a new contract. Part of the agreement was two weeks of paid leave. I'll be back next week.

Louie Cwik - Now, your brother was not renewed. Is that correct, and if so...why?

Jasmine Lucky - This was never what Justin wanted to do, Louie. I mean, he loves fighting, but his passion is poker. So he'll be continuing his training in Central Michigan Wrestling, and he'll probably be back around the New Year, when the poker season is coming to a break.

Louie Cwik - With Burn coming up, where do you see yourself fitting in? Are you going for a championship or a certain match in general?

Jasmine Lucky - I think it's too late for me to get into a title picture at this point, but there are some people on the roster I'd like to take a crack out. I wouldn't mind a rematch against Bridge, especially, or maybe take on another big name to put me on the map.

Louie Cwik - Do you think you could stand toe to toe with a legend? You came short against Umbrage. What about AWS Man, Scott Vyper or--

[Without warning, Louie Cwik is interupted as someone walks in the frame on Jasmine's side. The man is immediately recognized as Scotty Kames, aka WMW Hall of Famer the Matrix. The crowd is heard immediately hurling boo's in the background.]

Louie Cwik - Oh! Uh, Matrix...

[Matrix looks at Jasmine Lucky, who doesn't back down.]

Matrix - Get out of here, blondie.

Jasmine Lucky - This is MY interview, you d--

[Matrix suddenly brings his hand up and slugs the blonde in the head, causing her to fall backwards against the wall and then fall out of frame. Louie Cwik tenses up and the crowd goes back to heavy booing. Matrix turns to Louie, looking like he's about to hit him, and then just snatches the microphone. Louie Cwik escapes immediately and Trix looks at the camera.]

Matrix - I'm back and I'm here to stay. Enough of the dumb blonde, wanna-be wrestlers and the emo hippies coming in here and acting like they deserve what I've waited for my entire career. No more watching the fakes and the hypocrites thrive on the love of the idiots. My mission is to right the wrongs you people have created...and create a new status quo here in WMW. I will lead the revolution, and I will create a new world...a new legacy.

[He looks back at the fallen body of Jasmine Lucky, who is just now recovering from the huge punch she took to the cranium. He then glares at the camera, keeping a very serious look across his lips.]

Matrix - Welcome to Cyperspace, WMW. Enjoy the ride.

[Cut to black.]

Boris vs. The Angel of Death

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up inside the ring, where Wayne Inkster stands in the center of the ring. Boris Drago' music hits and he walks out to the ring, alongside Dasha.]

Inkster announces the next match, the second number one contender match to decide who will challenge for the Heartlands Championship at Burn 2010. He introduces the first fighter, Boris Drago. Jack is very impressed with Boris Drago. His size and strength have been unstoppable since his arrival here. Bill reminds him that Shank was obviously injured and that was a bad example.

[As he enters the ring, he begins to crack his knuckles. He stares at the entrance, waiting for The Angel of Death to arrive. Just then, The Angel of Death's music hits. And, as she has done for 3 straight weeks, she glides from the WMW big screen on a zip line.]

Jack started to build up the fact that she was found during the Wrestling Southwest tour, but Bill Hughes says that he needs new material. Instead, he should be talking up the fact that she is now 2-0 in WMW competition. And how no one has been able to stop her. Jack agrees and says that she is being touted as a future Heartlands Champion. Bill says that it's unlikely that future will be any time soon, because tonight she takes on Boris Drago and her winning streak will end.

[She hits the ring, landing on top of the turnbuckles, before doing a backflip, and landing on her feet. In the opposite corner, Boris Drago is all business. AOD is checked for foreign objects by the ref. As the bell rings, Boris and TAOD meet in the center. Boris immediately challenges her to a game of mercy, but she instead bounces off the ropes and tries to take him down with a forearm. He laughs at her attempt. She'll go again, but this time Boris tries for a clothesline. She rolls through it and hits a dropkick to his face. He stumbles backwards, but doesn't show much of a stun. She'll throw more forearms and try to take him down, but every time, he remains standing. She charges the ropes one last time, and as she charges, Boris goes for a big boot. She slides under it, and as she turns back around, she hops to her feet and dives towards his knee, hitting him with a chop block, which sends him crumpling into the ropes.]

Bill says that we finally saw what kind of fighter TAOD is: dirty. Only a coward would take him down with a chop block.

[Boris remains down on one knee. She launches a stiff kick to his back, then another to his face. He blocks that one and uses her momentum against her, tossing her through the ropes. She holds on and lands on the apron. She quickly gets back to her feet and runs along the apron to the corner. He gets back to his feet. She climbs up and launches herself off with a cross body splash, but he catches her and slams her down, using all of his weight to crush her. He kneels over her with a smile on his face as she cringes in pain. He makes a cover, but only gets a 1-count. He gets back to his feet and waits for her to stand back up. As she gets back to her feet, he lands a stiff boot to the side of her head, sending her crashing back into the mat. Boris pulls up TAOD and puts her into a bearhug submission.]

Bill says that this is what he was talking about. The Angel of Death, tonight, will be the Receiver of Death, after Boris is done with her.

[Suddenly, Angel grabs Boris by the head and shifts her weight, causing Boris to fall forward, hitting a devastating DDT. She pops up as the crowd cheers. She holds her back in pain. She runs towards the corner and climbs up. As she reaches the top, she turns and measures him up. Boris struggles to get to his feet. He holds his head. She launches herself towards him, but just as she is about to connect with a splash, he slams his fist into her face knocking her out cold. The crowd goes silent. He makes the cover and the ref calls the 3-count. The match is over.]

Inkster announces Boris as the winner and will go on to GS130 to fight for a shot at the Heartlands Championship.

[The Angel of Death struggles on the floor, holding her head as the ref checks on her. Boris stands up and roars. He gets booed out of the building. Just then, the lights go out. As they come back on, TAOD is no where to be seen. Boris continues to celebrate as the scene fades.]

Vyper Responds

Writer: Scott

[The shot opens up in the back as Louie Cwik stands next to Scott Vyper.]

Louie Cwik - Scott, tough loss out there. You two went in as favorites and got knocked out of the competition. How surprised are you that it ended so soon?

[Scott glares at him.]

Scott Vyper - I don't care what anyone says... if it wasn't for Umbrage's addictions, we wouldn't have lost out there! I'm carrying this team and the whole damn world knows it! Now get out of my face.

[The scene fades as Vyper walks away.]

Listen to Joe, Harrison, Rob and Kevin every Thursday on FTW. Wrestling News... and Wrestling Noes. Check out TheFTWPodcast.com for more information.

The Celestial Avatars vs. The Foxxy Grandpas

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up at ringside as The Foxxy Grandpas dance in the center of the ring as their intro continues. Wayne Inkster stands in the center of the ring.]

Inkster announces the next match and introduces The Foxxy Grandpas. Jack and Bill welcome back the viewers at home. Jack reminds everyone that this is the last match of the second round of the MTL4 tournament. The winner of this match will take on The Inquisition. Bill says that he's torn about this match. He's starting to really understand why Tim Tyler dispises the two women they're about to face. But at the same time, he's sick of this charade that goes on in the ring each week. The dancing, the music, the tandem bike, they have no place in wrestling.

[The music fades and out from the back appear Hecate and Jade. Their music begins and they walk to the ring. Hecate walks slowly, with Jade sticking by her side.]

Bill says that it's unfortunate that Hecate is in such a poor condition. It's unlikely they'll make it past this week. Jack agrees that Hecate does look in bad shape. Very stiff and it will be interesting to see how she does.

[Hecate and Jade roll into the ring. As the music fades, referee Luna Pier checks them both out. She then calls for the bell. Jade and Handlebeards McGee start the match. McGee charges across the ring, but Jade quickly locks him in a headlock. He fights out of it and puts her into a hammerlock, but she reverses it. McGee tries to move out of it, but she keeps it tight. He reaches over his shoulder, but she keeps her distance. He reaches to his side, but she's not there. He reaches underneath him, but she positions her legs away from his reach. So, he butt bumps her, knocking her backwards. He then locks on a headlock and pulls her into his corner. Tyler tags in and lands a right hand into her midsection before targeting her arm. She rolls through and takes Tyler over with an arm drag. As Tyler stands back up, she takes him over with another arm drag. She gets him into a hammerlock, and walks him back to her corner. Hecate tags in.]

Bill marks this as the turn of the match. Only because it's obvious to him that Hecate is in no shape to compete.

[Hecate comes in comes in and takes Tyler by the arm and keeps him in an arm lock. He tries to struggle out of it causing her to take him over with a hip toss, before locking him in a headlock as she keeps him on the mat. She continues this for about a minute, but Tyler fights to his feet. He breaks out of the headlock, but she knocks him back down to the mat with a clotheslines. She tags in Jade, who continues on the offensive, going after his knee with a few stomps and then locking on a single leg standing boston crab.]

Okay, so Bill isn't completely down on the Celestial Avatars. They seem to be handling themselves pretty well. And Hecate got a decent bit of offense in, which seemed to catch The Foxxy Grandpas off guard. No one was expecting her to get Tim to the ground.

[Tim continues to struggle to reach the ropes, but Jade pulls him back towards the center of the ring and drops a boot into his midsection. She tags in Hecate. Hecate immediate goes for a pin, but only gets a 2-count. She locks on a Texas Cloverleaf. Just then, on the outside, out walks Bob Wire and John Bundy. The boos immediately attack them with a fury, but they just walk towards the ring. Wire carries a chair with him.]

Seeing BBW coming down to the ring upsets Jack. They weren't scheduled to be here and are obviously here for no good. Bill agrees and says that Tim needs to make a tag quick.

[In the ring, Tyler crawls to the ropes. He reaches and the ref quickly starts to count to 5. Hecate lets go before he gets to 3. She pulls him up and lays a right hand against the side of his head. And another. He stumbles backwards. She throws another hook, but this time he blocks it and he boots her in the midsection. Suddenly, he drops her on her head with a DDT. Both lay motionless in the center of the ring. McGee and Jade both reach for the tag, but their partners are not moving. The referee starts the 10-count. Outside the ring, Bundy and Wire seperate. Bundy goes to the side with Jade and begins to argue with her.]

The ref tells Bundy to get away from ringside. Hecate gives him a piece of her mind as well, but Bundy says he isn't doing anything.

[On the opposite side of the ring, Wire pulls McGee off the apron and slams the head of the chair into his midsection. McGee falls to his knees. Wire lifts up the chair and cracks it over his back. The crowd goes silent right before another thunderous round of boos. Hecate gets to her knees inside the ring, as does Tim Tyler. Both dart to their corner to make the hot tag. Hecate tags in Jade, but McGee is no where to be found. Tyler looks outside and sees Wire hovering over McGee. He turns back to the center of the ring. Just then, Jade flies through the air and hits Tyler square in the face with the Jade Dragon Kick. He collapses. In the corner, Hecate pulls herself up on the apron, and slumps against the turnbuckle. Jade makes the cover and the ref counts to 3. The match is over.]

Inkster announces The Celestial Avatars have advanced to the final round of the MTL4 tournament and will face The Inquisition at GS130. Jack remarks that Hecate doesn't look well, as she continues to slump in the corner.

[The ref raises Jade's hand. She looks over and sees Hecate and immediately slides out of the ring and pulls Hecate down. They walk up the ramp together as Hecate uses Jade as a crutch of sorts.]


After Match Happenings

Writer: Garvin

[Inside the ring, Wire rolls McGee into the ring.]

Jack Gene - Now, what exactly are Bundy and Wire doing out here for? Why did they attack McGee? What

[Bundy and Wire both slide in after him. Wire places the chair onto the mat. He then grabs McGee by the handlebeards and pulls him up.]

Jack Gene - No... come on, you've already done the damage! You've already took them out of MTL4, don't do it, Wire!

[He then puts him into a front facelock, then lefts him up and slams him down with a powerbomb onto the chair.]

Jack Gene - No! My god!

Bill Hughes - That was just sickening. He broke McGee in half with that powerbomb.

[Tyler tries to get to Wire, but Bundy catches him and slams him down to the mat with a sidewalk slam. Without much reason, BBW hover over their victims and then leave to a stream of boos. Wire carries the chair close to his head. He smiles maniacally at it. The scene fades.]


Louie Cwik talks with The Angel of Death

Writer: Maria

[The scene switches to Louie standing outside the WMW Medical office. The Angel of Death is still out cold, lying on a bed behind him. A doctor goes to remove her mask and Rosa jumps up and pushes him away.]

Rosa - No! You can not remove her mask! You will have to treat her as she is now.

[Rosa and the WMW medical staff arguing fades to the background as Louie speaks into the mic.]

Louie Cwik - I'm back here in the WMW Medical office. The Angel of Death is still out cold from that massive punch from Boris earlier tonight. No word yet if she has been injured more seriously or if she's just out. We'll have more details as they become available.

[The scene fades.]

Catch replays of Hardcore Hell 2010 exclusively on WrestlingMidwest.com

BBW Talks with Cwik

Writer: Garvin

[Bob Wire and Bundy stand in the back. Both looking pretty proud of themselves. Wire clutches a chair. He's basically hugging it.]

Louie Cwik - Why did they get involved in the MTL4 match?

John Bundy - A bit of a process of elimination. We can smell the blood. The demise of Shank and Lumberjack is near. The last bit of life they had was destroyed tonight.]

Louie Cwik - But, Shank and Lumberjack aren't even here tonight. You went after Tim Tyler and Handlebeards McGee. How does that affect Shank and Lumberjack?

John Bundy - What a dumb question. Besides Lumberjack, the #1 supporter of Shank are those two old timers. And with Tyler and McGee knocked out of the equation, there leaves no one else to save them. No more games, no more waiting. Shank and Lumberjack will pay for their sins against BBW. We will not fail in destroying them for good.

[The scene fades as they walk away.]

Thomas Kilik vs. Tyson Banes

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up inside the ring, where Wayne Inkster stands in the center. Kilik walks out as his music plays. He get a mixed reaction from the crowd.]

Inkster announces the next match, the second number one contender match to decide who will challenge for the Heartlands Championship at Burn 2010. He introduces the first fighter, Thomas Kilik. Bill says that after losing last week, Kilik's coming into this match with desperation. Jack says that Kilik has done well for himself in singles competition. Going 8-3 up to tonight.

[As Kilik reaches the ring, Banes appears at the top of the ramp. He walks to the ring arrogantly. The ref checks Kilik for foreign objects and goes over the rules with him.]

Inkster announces his opponent, Tyson Banes. Bill retorts Kilik's record saying that the only two problems with that argument is that a) Kilik loses the big matches, such as Arick Wills at Hardcore Hell, and b) he's going up against the Fighter of the Week. Tyson Banes is on his way to becoming the next challenger for the Heartlands Championship. And just like every time before this, Kilik will lose.

[As Tyson enters the ring, the ref checks him for foreign objects and goes over the rules with him. It's brief and after a few moments, he calls for the bell. Tyson charges across the ring for a clothesline, but Kilik ducks and runs through it. He bounces off the ropes and as he comes back, he slams into Tyson with a running front drop kick. He bounces back up, as does Tyson, and connects with a running forearm. Tyson falls back into the ropes. He rests there for a few moments. Kilik tries to pull him up, but the ref forces him back.]

Tyson complains to the ref saying that Kilik pulled his hair. The ref warns Kilik. Jack didn't see the hair pull, but it was an obvious dirty move to Bill.

[Tyson gets back to his feet and as Kilik moves in to grapple, Tyson rakes him in the eyes and immediately locks him in a headlock. Tyson overpowers Kilik, muscling Kilik down to the mat with the submission.]

Jack says that Tyson is about 30lbs heavier than Kilik, making it a bit easier for him to keep Kilik at bay on the mat. Bill says that it's easy because Banes is better than him, not because he weighs more.

[Tyson pulls up Kilik and powerslams him to the mat. He then begins to climb up the turnbuckle. As he balances on the second ropes, Kilik pops up and hits him from behind with a forearm. He then pulls him back down and takes him over with a snap mare. He lands a dropkick to the back of his head and then begins to descend himself up to the top rope. As he reaches the top, he turns and measures Tyson who lays in front of him on the mat, holding his head. Kilik then then spins around and launches himself off with a moonsault. Tyson sees it and rolls out of the way. Kilik lands on his feet. As Tyson pops back up, he goes for a clothesline, but Kilik hits an arm drag, and locks him into a kneeling armbar.]

Jack is impressed by Kilik's ability to land on his feet. Bill thought it was dumb for Kilik to think he had him beat with a dropkick to the back of the head. As if that was enough to take out Tyson Banes.

[Tyson fights back to his feet. As he gets his footing, he slams a right hand into Kilik, causing him to spin holding the side of his head. Out of nowhere, Kilik swings with a discus punch, but Tyson ducks it. As Kilik spins around, Tyson grabs him by the shoulder and slams him down over his knee with a modified backbreaker. He then walks to the corner and climbs up.

Jack doesn't think this is a good idea. Bill's not sure why. What's wrong with a larger athlete going to the top every once in a while.

[As Tyson gets to the top, he turns, measures up Kilik and launches himself off. He lands on Kilik with an elbowdrop. He makes the cover and the pin. The ref counts to 3 and the match is over.]

Inkster announces Tyson Banes as the winners of the match and will be going to GS130 to compete for a chance to fight for the Heartlands Championship at Burn.

[Tyson immediately leaves the ring and walks up the back. Kilik is checked out by the ref. The scene fades.]

Louie Cwik Talks With The Celestial Avatars

Writer: Amanda and Tabi

[Louie Cwik catches up with the Celestial Avatars in their locker room, Hecate is sitting on a bench with Jade sitting beside her. Jade has Hecate's wrist in her hand and she's checking Hecate out using Chinese style medical techniques. The pair look up as Louie enters the room after knocking briefly.]

Hecate - What do you want Louie?

Louie Cwik - Wanted to get a few words with you after your win tonight and advancing to the next round of the MTL4 tournament. Next week you will get to face The Inquisition. What are your thoughts about that?

[Hecate looks at Jade a moment and then back at Louie Cwik.]

Hecate - We are one step closer to facing off against Revolution again, this time for the belts. We have a goal to become the next Midwest Tag champs and we will go through anyone we have to in order to reach that goal.

[Jade, for her part stays silent for the most part until she looks up at Louie finally.]

Jade - You sound as if there was doubt we would win tonight, Louie. If the result of tonight's match surprises you. I suggest you visit with Jane Coughlin, The Squires Brothers, and Mischa and have them teach you a thing or two about journalism. We will address our upcoming match at the appropriate time. That time is not now. Good evening, Louie.

Hecate - Now if you will excuse us, we have other matters to attend to, like heading to the hospital to visit a dear friend. Close the door on your way out and next time Louie, wait till we respond before opening the door.

[Louie Cwik hesitates a moment, clearly wanting to ask more but a look from both Hecate and Jade make him think better of it and he heads out of the room, closing the door behind him.]

Louie Cwik Talks With Tyson Banes

Writer: Reb

[The shot opens up in the hallway. Just then, Tyson Banes walks into the scene. Louie Cwik stops him.]

Louie Cwik - Tyson, congratulations on the win tonight. That brought you one step closer to achieving your goal at becoming the next Heartlands Champion.

Tyson Banes - My goal? My goal is simple, Louie. Complete destruction. I'm gonna tear apart Boris next week, and I'm going to Burn, and win or lose against the champ... that person WILL remember my name. That person WILL respect me. I'll take them to Hell and back and before this is all over, and the belt is decided one way or another...I will be a permanent part of this roster. I'm a legend waiting to happen. Because I'm Tyson...mutha[bleep]in'...Banes.

[Just then, Tyson walks away. Louie Cwik looks across the hall and spots Boris and Dasha.]

Louie Cwik Talks with Boris

Writer: Rob

[Cwik runs up to them.]

Louie Cwik - Boris, with your win tonight, it's confirmed that next week, you'll be facing Tyson Banes for the #1 Contendership for the Heartlands Championship. Tyson sounds very confident in his chants. Do you?

[Dasha smirks and gestures to Boris.]

Dasha - I told you, my Boris is strongest man in world! He has broken every opponent put in front of him and now goes to Burn to face Heartlands Champion! That idiot Shank likes to call himself 'Champion in making' Well, here is REAL champion in making, Boris!

[Boris takes in the praise with that same look of pure joy you'd expect to find on a little boy whose just gotten his favorite toy (Or on Tallahasee's face when he finally got his twinkie in Zombieland.)]

Boris - Da. Boris happy with match tonight. Masked lady go splat. Boris wonder why she wear mask though?

[Dasha smirks and nods.]

Dasha - Because she is coward, Boris. Only coward hides behind mask. And she no longer matters. You crushed her.

Louie Cwik - Any thoughts on who you'd prefer to face for the title if Boris indeed becomes the number one contender?

[Dasha smirks.]

Dasha - Gras-Dawg. Arick Wills is weakling. My Boris will crush him easier then he crush Mexican coward tonight. Gras-Dawg might give my Boris a challenge, and he has been champ for while now. Boris would like to be one who ends streak.

[Boris nods.]

Boris - Da. Boris would like to face glass dog. Boris break dog of glass.

[Louie nods.]

Louie - Well, I think WMW fans would agree with you two there. Boris vs. Gras-Dawg would be a great matchup. We'll find out next week if it's in the cards. For now, back to Jack and Bill for our next match!

[The scene fades.]

Gras-Dawg (c) vs. Arick Wills

Writer: Garvin

[The shot opens up inside the ring as Wayne Inkster stands in the center. Arick Wills walks down to the ring to his music as Damien Knight follows in tow.]

Inkster announces the beginning of tonight's main event and introduces the Arick Wills. Bill calls him the King of the Leaderboard. Jack throws in 'Self Proclaimed'. Bill is tired of hearing people looking past Arick Wills as if he wasn't doing well here. He reminds Jack that he won at Hardcore Hell, he would have had the Heartlands Championship if Hecate hadn't thrown her big nose in the way, and currently sits at the top of the Leaderboard. Two weeks in a row.

[Just then, 'Get Up' by 50 Cent plays over the PA and Gras-Dawg comes dancing out from the back, the Heartlands Championship slung over his shoulder as he lifts a mic and points to Arick Wills in the ring. He dances as he walks towards the ring.]

Gras-Dawg says that Arick Wills is indeed the king, but no one told him that he's actually the Burger King. He tells the fans to 'get up' because he makes it rain and would be putting Arick Wills on the ground. He starts to sing along with the chorus of his entrance music, along with the fans. He tells Arick that he's the man who would be king, but he's the king of giving MOD... something. He trails off before finishing that statement. He then reminds Wills that he's the Champion and that Wills can't beat him.

[Gras-Dawg slides into the ring, and Arick Wills immediate charges him and lands a right hand, followed by another. Gras-Dawg blocks the third and lands a few right hands of his own. He quickly takes control knocking Wills back with a stiff kick to the chest, and then another. He forces Wills into the corner with body shots. He pushes him back and continues to land rights and lefts, then begins to stomp him down to the mat. Gras-Dawg jumps out of the corner celebrating.]

Jack says that he's glad to see Gras-Dawg get into the ring on a Graveyard Shift, and that the Heartlands Championship is being put in the Main Event.

[Arick Wills pulls himself up in the corner. Dawg goes for a jumping kick, but Wills sides steps him and slams him down with a legsweep faceslam. He then tries to lock on a crossface, but Gras-Dawg blocks it. Gras-Dawg powers back up to his feet, but Wills meets locks him in a headlock and takes him over down to the mat. He uses submission after submission, but Gras-Dawg is able to fight out of it.]

Bill says that it shouldn't surprise anyone that Arick Wills is doing well in this match. And what's happening out there to Gras-Dawg is another young gun getting too cocky, too quickly. Jack says that despite the different submissions Gras-Dawg has been in tonight, he's always found a way out.

[Gras-Dawg fights out of another submission, this time a side headlock. He reverses it and puts the same grip onto Wills. Wills counters and pulls him up, before sl